Upload
others
View
1
Download
0
Embed Size (px)
Citation preview
PhD Program Document
October 2020
2
Table of Contents
PROGRAM GOALS .................................................................................................................................................. 4
THE PLOS AND THEIR MAPPING WITH THE QF-EMIRATES ...................................................................................... 4
QFE GRID – DOCTORS OF PHILOSOPHY (PHD) ........................................................................................................ 5
CORE COURSES .............................................................................................................................................................. 5 SPECIALIZATION COURSES ................................................................................................................................................ 7
MANAGEMENT - SPECIALIZATION COURSES ......................................................................................................... 7 FINANCE - SPECIALIZATION COURSES ................................................................................................................... 7 MARKETING - SPECIALIZATION COURSES .............................................................................................................. 8 ACCOUNTING - SPECIALIZATION COURSES ........................................................................................................... 9 DISSERTATION ..................................................................................................................................................... 10
PHD PROGRAM COURSE SEQUENCE .................................................................................................................... 11
MANAGEMENT SPECIALIZATION ...................................................................................................................................... 11 MARKETING SPECIALIZATION .......................................................................................................................................... 11 FINANCE SPECIALIZATION ............................................................................................................................................... 11 ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION ........................................................................................................................................ 11
PHD COURSE SYLLABI........................................................................................................................................... 12
CORE COURSES ............................................................................................................................................................ 12 MGM 700 - Evolution of Management Thought ................................................................................................. 12 STA 701- Business Statistics ................................................................................................................................ 20 RES 712 - Qualitative Research Methods ............................................................................................................ 26 RES 708 - Quantitative Research Methods ......................................................................................................... 32 BECON 702 – Business Economics ....................................................................................................................... 38 MKT 710 – Marketing Management ................................................................................................................... 44 RES 704 – Advance Quantitative Analysis ........................................................................................................... 50 FIN 714 – Empirical Finance ................................................................................................................................ 56 SCL 716 - Operations and Supply Chain Management ........................................................................................ 61 BUS 718 - Business Strategy ................................................................................................................................ 67
MANAGEMENT SPECIALIZATION ............................................................................................................................. 73 MGM 735 - Strategic Management .................................................................................................................... 73 MGM 740 - Organizational Theory & Behavior................................................................................................... 81 MGM 745 - Human Resources Management ..................................................................................................... 88 MGM 750 - Leadership Theory .......................................................................................................................... 101
MARKETING SPECIALIZATION ................................................................................................................................ 111 MKT 735 - Marketing Strategy .......................................................................................................................... 111 MKT 740 - Consumer Behavior .......................................................................................................................... 118 MKT 745 - Current Issues in Marketing ............................................................................................................. 126 MKT 750 - Services Marketing .......................................................................................................................... 134
FINANCE SPECIALIZATION ..................................................................................................................................... 143 FIN 735 - Investment Analysis and Asset Pricing ............................................................................................... 143 FIN 740 - Financial Market Microstructure ....................................................................................................... 150 FIN 745 - Current Research Issues in Finance .................................................................................................... 158 FIN 750 - Corporate Finance ............................................................................................................................. 167
ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION ............................................................................................................................. 173 ACC 735 - Financial Accounting......................................................................................................................... 173
3
ACC 740 - Management Accounting ................................................................................................................. 179 ACC 745 - Current Accounting Issues ................................................................................................................ 184 ACC 750 - Business valuation ............................................................................................................................ 191
4
Program Goals 1. Support PhD candidates to create theoretical and practical business knowledge independently
through empirical research.
2. Produce research-oriented scholars who contribute to the economic growth of the UAE.
THE PLOS AND THEIR MAPPING WITH THE QF-EMIRATES
The four PLOs as follows:
1. Acquire advanced knowledge through the understanding of key concepts, theories, and
current issues in the given business domain.
2. Critically review theoretical literature/practical business oriented challenges and develop a
framework for empirical investigation
3. Apply a range of qualitative and quantitative research methodologies to develop innovative
solutions of current business oriented challenges
4. Create new knowledge through conceptualizing, designing, and conducting empirical research
The mapping of the PLOs with the QF-Emirates are shown in Table 1.
Mapping of program objectives with QF-Emirates
Knowledge Skills Competence
PLOs
a) Autonomy and
responsibility
b) Role in
context
c) Self-development
PLO1 Full
PLO2
Full
Full
PLO3
Full
Full
PLO4
Full
Table No: 1
5
QFE GRID – DOCTORS OF PHILOSOPHY (PHD)
Core Courses
CLO #
PHD COURSE LEARNING OUTCOME (CLO) QFE Alignment √
Linked to CO
Linked to PLO Blooms
Level K S AR SD RC
STA 701 BUSINESS STATISTICS
1 Understand how to collect and represent experimental and observational data
AN √ √
1,2 1
2 Identify probability distributions in different areas of business
AN √ √
1,2 1
3 Manage interval estimates for a variety of hypothesized parameters.
E, APP √ √
1,2 1
4 Evaluate possible existing relationships between variables E, APP √ √
1,2 2
5 Integrate statistical techniques into the decision-making process.
S
√ √ √ 2 2
RES 712 QUALITATIVE RESEARCH METHODS
1 Decide which research strategies and research designs to choose for their project;
APP √ √
1 1
2 Collect qualitative data through participant observation, interviews, focus groups or compilation of documents;
AN
√ √
1 1
3 Analyze qualitative data; S √ √ √ √ √ 2 2
4 Code data with any qualitative software data package such as Atlas or NVivo.
E
√ √ 2 1
RES 708 QUANTITATIVE RESEARCH METHODS
1 Identify an appropriate statistical methodology for the identified problem
AN √ √ 1 1
2 Analyze data applying appropriate statistical techniques E, APP √ √ 1 2
3 Evaluate the results E, APP √ √ √ √ 2 2
4 Formulate the research problem requiring empirical research
C √ √ √ √ √ 2 2
MGM 700 Evolution of Management Thought
1 Analyze contributions of key management thinkers APP √ √ 1 1
2 Compare management theories as related to UAE/GCC context
AN √ √ 1 1
3 Evaluate impact of the environment on the development of management theory
S √ √ √ √ √ 2 2
4 Critique literature on a particular topic E √ √ 2 2
RES 704 ADVANCED QUANTITATIVE ANALYSES
1 Apply econometric techniques for UAE//MEA data set. APP √ √ 1 1
2 Analyze business problems of UAE//MEA countries AN √ √ 1 1
3 Apply statistical techniques using SPSS with data sets. APP √ √ √ √ 1 2
4 Predict business levels of UAE/MEA business using STATA/CMA
E √ √ √ √ 2 2
BECON 702 BUSINESS ECONOMICS
1 Develop an understanding how macroeconomic models are used in economic analysis.
APP √ √ 1 1
6
CLO #
PHD COURSE LEARNING OUTCOME (CLO) QFE Alignment √
Linked to CO
Linked to PLO Blooms
Level K S AR SD RC
2 Identify business cycle fluctuations in macroeconomic data and explain possible causes and government responses using macroeconomic equilibrium models.
AN √ √ 1 1
3 Analyze existing knowledge by explaining what macroeconomic models are used in different areas of economics and business analysis.
S √ 2 2
4 Evaluate macroeconomic models and present an argument by applying theoretical concepts in analyzing macroeconomic policies.
E √ √ √ √ √ 2 2
MKT 710 MARKETING MANAGEMENT
1 Discuss and apply segmentation, targeting, positioning and consumer behavior strategies.
AN √
1 1
2 Evaluate and implement product, promotion, place and price strategies
S, E, APP
√ √ √ √ 2 2
3 Critically evaluate the marketing literature published in the academic journals
AN, S, E
√
√
2 2
FIN 714 EMPIRICAL FINANCE
1 Review and synthesize relevant literature related to corporate finance Critique research works in markets and microstructure AN √ √ 1
2
2 Critique relevant literature and provide critical analysis of corporate finance issues.
S √ √ 2 2
3 Integrate reviewed literature in a research project on a particular topic in the field E √ √ √ √ √ 2
2
SCL 716 OPERATIONS AND SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT
1 Develop an understanding of the key concepts in logistics
and supply chain management AN
√ √ 1
1
2 Identify optimal strategy and risks while managing operations and supply chain management.
S √ √ 2
1
3 Analyze the different components of the operations and supply chain management. E
√ √ √ √ √ 2
2
4 Evaluate the different tools and methods of designing and implementing supply chain management strategies.
E √ √ √ √ √
2
2
BUS 718 BUSINESS STRATEGY
1 Identify Core issues in a competitive business. AN √ √
1,2 1
2 Conduct industry analysis to gauge the level of entry barriers into a business.
AN √ √
1,2 1
3 Evaluate existing relationships between competitive elements of a business.
E, APP √ √
1,2 2
4 Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process.
E, APP √ √
1,2 2
5 Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages accruing to firms.
S
√ √ √ 2 2
7
In addition to the core courses above, students will choose one of the specializations below and take
four courses in that specialization:
Specialization Courses
MANAGEMENT - SPECIALIZATION COURSES
Course Title and its CLOs Bloom
QFE Strands Linked to CLO
Linked to PLO MGM 735 STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT K S AR SD RC
1 Analyze research issues, theory and contributions in the field of Strategy/Strategic Management AN
√ √ √ √
1
3 2
Evaluate literature on particular topics in Strategy/Strategic Management in the global and regional context
E √ √ √ √
1
3
Formulate and link the theories or propositions in
Strategy/Strategic Management to
theoretical/conceptual framework C
√
2
MGM 740 ORGANIZATIONAL THEORY AND BEHAVIOR
1 Analyze research works in organizational theory and behavior research. AN
√ √ √ √ 1
3 2 Evaluate literature on particular topics in organizational theory and behavior.
E √ √ √ √
1
3 Formulate new theories or propositions in organizational theory and behavior research. C
√ 2
MGM 745 HUMAN RESOURCES MANAGEMENT
1 Analyze research issues, theory and contributions in the field of HRM AN
√ √ √ √
1
3
2 Evaluate literature on particular topics in human resource management in the global and regional context
E √ √ √ √
1
3
Formulate and link the theories or propositions in
human resource management research to
theoretical/conceptual framework C
√
2
MGM 750 LEADERSHIP THEORY
1 Analyze research works in leadership theory. AN √ √ √ √ 1 3
2 Evaluate literature on particular topics in leadership. E √ √ √ √ 1
3 Formulate new theories or extend existing theories on leadership.
C √ 2
FINANCE - SPECIALIZATION COURSES
Course Title and its CLOs Bloom
QFE Strands Linked to CLO
Linked to PLO FIN 735 INVESTMENTS AND ASSET PRICING K S AR SD RC
1 Review and analyze major research ideas in the field of investments and asset pricing
AN √ √ 1
3 2 Integrate research works in investments/asset pricing
S √ √ 1
3 Evaluate literature on particular topics in investment / asset pricing
E √ √ √ √ √ 2
FIN 740 FINANCIAL MARKET MICROSTRUCTURE
8
1 Review and analyze major research ideas in the field of financial markets and microstructure
AN √ √ 1
3 2 Critique research works in markets and microstructure
S √ √ 1
3 Evaluate literature on particular topics in Financial markets
E √ √ √ √ √ 2
FIN 745 CURRENT RESEARCH ISSUES IN FINANCE
1 Review and analyze major research ideas in the field of finance
AN √ √ 1
3 2 Critique research works in finance S √ √ 1
3 Evaluate literature on particular topics in Finance E √ √ √ √ √ 2
FIN 750 EMPIRICAL FINANCE
1 Review and synthesize relevant literature related to corporate finance.
AN √ √ 1
3 2 Critique relevant literature and provide critical analysis of corporate finance issues.
S √ √ 2
3 Integrate reviewed literature in a research project on a particular topic in the field.
E √ √ √ √ √ 2
MARKETING - SPECIALIZATION COURSES
Course Title and its CLOs Bloom
QFE Strands Linked to CLO
Linked to PLO MKT 735 MARKETING STRATEGY K S AR SD RC
1 Analyze the role of marketing dynamics within the organization in UAE and GCC context
APP √ √ 1 3
2 Evaluate sustainable competitive advantage of the firms in UAE and GCC context
AN √ √ 1
3 Identify Channel Marketing relations with the external environment in UAE/GCC context
S √ √ √ √ √ 2
4 Evaluate literature related to marketing strategy. E √ √ √ √ 2
MKT 740 CONSUMER BEHAVIOR
1 Analyze the research ideas in consumer behavior within the organization in UAE and GCC context
AN √ √ 1 3
2 Review assigned research papers to summarize ideas, methodology, theoretical framework and methodology.
S √ √ √ √ √ 2
3 Evaluate and critique research articles dealing with consumer behavior.
E √ √ √ √ 2
MKT 745 CURRENT ISSUES IN MARKETING
1 Analyze the research ideas in marketing within the organization in UAE and GCC context
AN √ √ 1 3
2 Review assigned research papers to summarize ideas, methodology, theoretical framework and methodology.
S √ √ √ √ √ 2
3 Evaluate and critique research articles dealing with emerging marketing issues.
E √ √ √ √ 2
MKT 750 SERVICES MARKETING
9
Course Title and its CLOs Bloom
QFE Strands Linked to CLO
Linked to PLO MKT 735 MARKETING STRATEGY K S AR SD RC
1 Review and analyze the major concepts and tools relevant to selected topics in contemporary services marketing literature.
AN √ √ 1 3
2 Critically evaluate research papers in service marketing. S √ √ √ √ √ 2
3 Integrate reviewed literature in a research proposal that pertains to a specific services marketing topic in UAE/GCC context
E √ √ √ √ 2
ACCOUNTING - SPECIALIZATION COURSES
Course Title and its CLOs Bloom
QFE Strands Linked to CLO
Linked to PLO ACC 735 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING K S AR SD RC
1 Synthesize relevant literature in financial accounting AN √ √ 1
3 2 Critique literature of a financial accounting issue. S √ √ √ √ √ 2
3 Integrate reviewed literature in a research project on a particular financial accounting topic.
E √ √ √ √ 2
ACC 740 MANAGEMENT ACCOUNTING
1 Synthesize relevant literature of managerial accounting. AN √ √ 1
3 2 Critique research work in managerial accounting. S √ √ √ √ √ 2
3 Integrate reviewed literature in a research project on a topic in managerial accounting
E √ √ √ √ 2
ACC 745 CURRENT ACCOUNTING ISSUES
1 Review relevant literature such as auditing. AN √ √ 1
3 2 Critique a proposed or new accounting standard to support it or refute it.
S √ √ √ √ √ 2
3 Integrate reviewed literature in a research proposal on a specific topic in the field
E √ √ √ √ 2
ACC 750 BUSINESS VALUATION
1 Review relevant literature such as business valuation. AN √ √ 1
3 2 Critique a proposed or new business valuation to support it or refute it.
S √ √ √ √ √ 2
3 Integrate reviewed literature in a research proposal on a specific topic in the field
E √ √ √ √ 2
INDEX: Blooms level: APP - Apply, AN-Analyze, S –Synthesis, E -Evaluate, C- Create
QFE Alignment: K- Knowledge; S- Skills, A&R - Autonomy & Responsibility; SD-Self-Development; RC-Role in Context
PO 1
PO 2
PO 3
PO 4
10
DISSERTATION
All students will then do the dissertation
Course Title and its CLOs Bloom
QFE Strands Linked to CLO
Linked to PLO DISS 760 DOCTORAL DISSERTATION K S AR SD RC
1 Apply theoretical and methodological understanding and skills into devising researchable ideas and specific research questions.
AN √ √
1,2
4
2 Develop a realistic and defendable research proposal with specific research strategies.
E, C √ √ √ √ √ 1,2
3 Articulate research ideas and their appropriate theoretical and methodological issues effectively and efficiently.
E, C √ √ √ √ √ 1,2
4 Produce a defendable dissertation proposal. C √ √ √ √ √ 2,3
5 Ultimately produce and defend a dissertation that meets the requirements for the award of a Ph.D.
C √ √ √ √ √ 2,3
11
PHD PROGRAM COURSE SEQUENCE No. Course code Course title
1 MGM 700 Evolution of Management Thought
2 STA 701 Business Statistics
3 RES 712 Qualitative Research Methods
4 RES 708 Quantitative Research Methods
5 BECON 702 Business Economics
6 MKT 710 Marketing Management
7 RES 704 Advanced Quantitative Analysis
8 FIN 714 Empirical Finance
9 SCL 716 Operations and Supply Chain Management
10 BUS 718 Business Strategy
Thereafter students choose ONE of Four Specializations
Management Specialization No. Course code Course title
1 MGM 735 Strategic Management
2 MGM 740 Organizational Theory & Behavior
3 MGM 745 Human Resources Management
4 MGM 750 Leadership Theory
Marketing Specialization No. Course code Course title
1 MKT 735 Marketing Strategy
2 MKT 740 Consumer Behavior
3 MKT 745 Current Issues in Marketing
4 MKT 750 Services Marketing
Finance Specialization No. Course code Course title
1 FIN 735 Investment Analysis and Asset Pricing
2 FIN 740 Financial Market Microstructure
3 FIN 745 Current Research Issues in Finance
4 FIN 750 Corporate Finance
Accounting Specialization No. Course code Course title
1 ACC 735 Financial Accounting
2 ACC 740 Management Accounting
3 ACC 745 Current Accounting Issues
4 ACC 750 Business valuation
12
PhD Course Syllabi Core Courses
MGM 700 - Evolution of Management Thought
DUBAI BUSINESS SCHOOL
Term Academic Year
Program PhD Graduate X
Course Name Evolution of Management Thought Course Code MGM 700
Credit Hour 3 Pre-requisite Co-requisite None
Class Time Days Room
Instructor
Name Email Phone Office Hours
Brief Course Description: This course focuses on critical and analytical review of the management theories over the years from pre-
Scientific Management era, to the present day. Students are encouraged to compare and contrast management
theories and to examine them critically in light of their environmental context.
Course Objectives (CO): The focus of this course is the historical development of the management theories from
pre-Scientific Management era, then to Scientific Management, to Administrative Management, to Behavioral
Management and gradually leading up to more contemporary management theories. Week 7 and 8 are devoted
specifically to modern management theories. The listed core reading text (Wren, 2008) provides an exhaustive
survey of literature topics for that week. Student is expected to top this up with his research supplementing this
literature. The additional reference material in the form of a handbook (Armstrong, 2020) guides the student to
more modern approaches.
The course designed in this way to enlighten students on how management theories have evolved, and by providing
the foundation of management thought. Students will understand why management theories in the past differs from
the present, by appreciating the influence of environmental, economic and social factors during each relevant time
period i.e. adopting a contextualized approach. Without this approach there is danger of this course becoming
another management course with n number of branches (recruitment, training, retention, awards, performance
appraisals, motivation and so on) – which it is intended to be avoided.
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO)
Upon completion of this course, students should be able to:
1. Analyze the evolution of management theories 2. Compare and evaluate methods of management practices globally, with those in the UAE/GCC 3. Evaluate what impact the culture and the environment has on the development of the management theory. 4. Critique literature with a view to preparing a research design.
13
This Course is Linked to the following Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs):
1. Acquire advanced knowledge through the understanding of key concepts, theories, and current issues in the given business domain.
2. Critically review theoretical literature/practical business-oriented challenges and develop a framework for empirical investigation
3. Apply a range of qualitative and quantitative research methodologies to develop innovative solutions of current business-oriented challenges
4. Create new knowledge through conceptualizing, designing, and conducting empirical research
Educational Resources
CLO Assessment Scheme
CLO
Linked to
Blooms
Taxonomy
level
QFE Alignment √ Linked
to CO
Linked
to PO
Ind.
Assign
ment 1
Ind.
Assign
ment 2
Term Paper
(marks)
(40&
K S AR SD RC
1 AN √ √ 1 1 15
2 E √ √ 1 2 30
Educational Resource Description
Textbook: purchase
recommended
-The Evolution of Management Thought – 6th Edition – Dec 2009 by Wren, D.A., Arthur
G. Bedeian; Wiley, ISBN: 9780470128978.
-Reason & Rigor- 2nd Edition- 2017, Ravitch and Riggan; Sage; ISBN: 978-1-4833-4040-1.
Reference- - A History of Management Thought (2012) – by Morgen Witzel. Routledge, ISBN: 978-
0-415-60057-6 (hbk) ; ISBN: 978-0-415-60058-3 (pbk) ; ISBN: 978-0-203-14560-9 (ebk)
-The Routledge Companion to Management and Organizational History (2015) by
Patricia Genoe McLaren (Editor), Albert J. Mills (Editor), Terrance G. Weatherbee
(Editor).
-Guide to the Management Gurus (2012) by Carol Kennedy. Cornerstone Digital; 5Rev
Ed edition
(note: these books are slightly dated, but classics are worth buying)
FOR READINGS ON CONTEMPORARY TOPICS
Students are advised to refer to end chapter references in the following.
-Armstrong, M (2020). Armstrong's Handbook of Human Resource Management
Practice. Paperback: 800 pages. ISBN-10: 0749498277. ISBN-13: 978-0749498276.
Publisher: Kogan Page (3 Jan. 2020)
Supporting Reading Will be circulated in class.
14
3 E √ √ 2 2 15
4 S √ √ √ 2 4 40
Total 30 30 40
Class Participation will earn 10%
INDEX: Blooms level: APP - Apply, AN-Analyze, S –Synthesis, E -Evaluate QFE Alignment: K- Knowledge; S- Skills, A&R - Autonomy & Responsibility; SD-Self-Development; RC-Role in Context
This course is assessed by a combination of class work (assignments), and a term paper. Class work constitutes 60%
of the course grade and one term paper at the end constitutes 40% of the course grade. The final course grade is
assigned according to the following:
% Marks Grade Quality Points
90-100 A 4.0
87-89 A- 3.7
84-86 B+ 3.5
80-83 B 3.0
77-79 B- 2.7
74-76 C+ 2.3
70-73 C 2.0
0- 69 F (Fail) 0
Assessments
Assessment Description CLO Weight Due
Date
Assignment 1 Critically examine the link between the following
management theories and practices and their
environment (Political, economic, social and
technological):
- pre scientific
- scientific management
- Human relations
Submission: A Report and a PowerPoint Presentation
1, & 3
30 Week 4
Assignment 2 This assignment will be focused on the evaluating a
chosen author’s theory (contemporary only) and its
2 30 Week 8
15
applicability to modern management problems
encountered, in particular in the UAE/Gulf region.
Submission: A Report and a PowerPoint Presentation
Project/Term
Paper
The term paper resembles a very rough working paper
on the student’s Research Proposal, since this is the first
term for the student. This paper will discuss the topic of
the students’ intended research and its relevance in the
GCC context. The paper will also contain a problem
statement, mention the applicable theories and propose
a research design outline. The paper will serve as an
important exercise on how to design a research project.
For those who plan to conduct empirical research in
their dissertations, this paper should ideally form the
basis of their dissertation proposals. For students
intending to do a qualitative research, the term paper
requires a description of the subject matter, problem
statement and issues that will be explored, with the
relevant management theory as a backdrop.
Submission: A Report and a PowerPoint Presentation
4
40 Week 9
Teaching Methods: Teaching methods used in this course are:
1. Handouts and reading material uploaded on the On-line Learning Management System (Moodle), available on-line at: http://udmoodle/login/index.php
2. Lectures (online during Covid-19 period) 3. Discussion of Peer-reviewed Journal Articles. 4. Written assessments and presentations (online during COVID-19 period), with immediate feedback.
Detailed Course outline
Weeks Topic CLO
1 TOPIC -1 (Ch2)
Management in Early Civilizations:
the near east; the far east; Egypt; the Hebrews; Greece; Rome; the catholic church;
feudalism and the middle ages; the revival of commerce
TOPIC -2 (Ch3)
The Industrial Revolution in Great Britain and associated management issues. Emergence
of management as fourth factor of production.
Management Problems in the Early Factory: recruitment, training, discipline and
motivation; the search for managerial talent; management functions in the early factory.
2,3
2 TOPIC -3 (Ch4) 3
16
Weeks Topic CLO
Management Pioneers in the Early Factory : Robert Owen; Charles Babbage; Andrew Ure;
Charles Dupin.
TOPIC -4 (Ch5 & 6)
The Industrial Revolution in the United States:
Antebellum Industry and Management
Early industrial development
The Railroads and their impact on Management
The communication revolution
Daniel Mccallum: system and organization
Henry Varnum’s broader view of management; the then emerging governance issues
3 TOPIC – 5 (Ch 7)
The Advent of Scientific Management
Frederick Taylor: the search for science in management; quest for improved incentives;
the task-management system
TOPIC-6 (Ch8)
Quest for efficiency
Approaches of Carl Barth and H. L. Gantt
The Gilbreths
Harrington Emerson’s contribution
Quest for efficiency in Public-Sector
1,3
4 TOPIC-7 (Ch9)
The advent of personnel management
Psychology and the birth of social psychology and industrial sociology
Trade union movement
TOPIC-8 (Ch10
The Emergence of Process and Organization Theory
Contributions of Henry Fayol, Max Weber
The emergence of need for management theory
Planning, organizing, Command, Coordination, and Control
The advent of Bureaucracy
ASSIGNMENT 1 PRESENTATION & SUBMISSION
1,4
5 TOPIC-9 (Ch11)
Scientific Management in Theory and Practice
1,2,4
17
Weeks Topic CLO
The Study and Practice of Scientific Management
Move towards industrial management
the international scientific management movement in Europe, Japan
TOPIC-10 (Ch12
Scientific management in retrospect: the economic environment: from
the farm to the factory
The rationalization of resource utilization management and the worker
Advent of technology and opening up of new horizons
Guide to the Term Paper – textbook - Reason & Rigour
6 TOPIC-11 (Ch13)
The impact of Hawthorne Studies on management
Developments in Human Relations, Leadership, and Motivation
TOPIC-12 (Ch14)
The Search for Organizational Integration
Mary Follett and her contribution
Authority and power; the task of leadership
Contributions of Chester Barnard
3,4
W-7 TOPIC-13 (Ch15)
People and organizations:
people at work; developing constructs for group analysis
The growth of human-relations
Research and training
People and motivation
Job enlargement; participation in decision making
TOPIC-14
Management Science Theory – quantitative techniques
Organizational Environment Theory – Open Systems View, Contingency Theory, Organic
Structure
1,2,3
W-8 A brief discussion on modern management gurus and
recent developments in the business world environment – impact of internet, artificial
intelligence, big data, blockchain, COVID-19.
ASSIGNMENT 2 PRESENTATION & SUBMISSION
3,4
W-9 PROJECT PRESENTATION & SUBMISSION
W-10 Feedback on Project presentation and future directions
18
Class Attendance
Attendance and participation in all classes (which are online during the COVID-19 period) are mandatory. This is
essential to the process of education at UD since the students' involvement with their instructors and fellow peers
are vital components of their academic preparation. Absences hinder academic progress, and affects the student’s
learning ability and grades. UD regulations for attendance and absenteeism warnings imposed on all courses are
stipulated in this section as follows:
a) All courses are offered in two consecutive sessions of two hour and twenty minutes each. A 20-minute break is
given after the first session.
b) A faculty member must take attendance in each session.
c) If a student misses more than four sessions out of the 18 sessions in a course for non-acceptable reasons as
deemed by the Instructor, he/ she will receive a grade of “FA” for the course, which counts like a failed course (See
Table 1). The student must then repeat the course in the following term. However, the student shall have the right
to attend the remaining classes of the course. Repeating a course entails a financial charge.
d) A student must work independently to catch up on missed lectures’ material.
Table 1: Absenteeism Percentages
Duration of Session Weeks/ Class
Sessions
Percentage and Number of Session Absences
10% 20%
25% (Deprived or
Withdrawn)
2 hour 20 minutes 9 (18 sessions) 2 Absences 4 Absences 5 Absences
Student Academic Integrity (UD Policy 5.18)
The University of Dubai (UD) is keen to ensure a University culture characterized by intellectual and personal
honesty, social integration, ethical behavior, and respect for the rights of the individual. UD also expects its student
to be self-disciplined in both their approach to studying and in their general conduct and behavior.
The Student Code of Conduct is designed to promote this culture at UD and hence sets out the standard of
conduct expected of students. Students who violate these standards will be subjected to disciplinary sanctions,
according to established penalties as stated below. This will help UD to protect the University community by
maintaining order, discipline, and stability on campus. The following sections describe Student Academic
Misconduct, Plagiarism, Violations, and Sanctions.
Students who are registered in this must strictly adhere to this Policy. Failure to do so will subject students to the
sanctions stated here and in accordance to UD Policies and Regulations.
A. Student Academic Misconduct
Student Academic misconduct is an academic violation that covers but not limited to plagiarism, misrepresentation,
fabrication, facilitation, and cheating in exams.
Apart from exam cheating and plagiarism, the decision on whether or not to treat an academic misconduct as a
violation of the Code of Student Conduct, is at the discretion of the instructor.
19
A.1 Plagiarism
Plagiarism refers to representing another person’s words or ideas as one’s own in any academic exercise. The
University of Dubai has zero tolerance towards plagiarism (i.e. any portion of a submitted document that
contains plagiarism will lead to the appropriate penalty). Every academic submission made by a student should
be a work of his own and also not be self-plagiarized. In all cases of plagiarism whether it is blatant or self-
plagiarism, students will be held accountable for violation of academic integrity which also includes a penalty for
their dishonesty.
Types of Plagiarism
• Self: A student’s work reproduced more than once for the same course or for other courses without prior
permission(s) of the instructor(s) involved is an act of plagiarism. Students should be careful when quoting
or paraphrasing (properly citing material).
• Accidental: Every student is required to understand plagiarism as something similar to acts of fraud in the
academic community. For this reason, it is the responsibility of the student to make sure his/her work has
been checked and properly acknowledged.
• Blatant: Student’s work reproduced from a fellow student or any other information source intentionally
without proper acknowledgement is serious act of plagiarism. Students well of blatantly will lead to the
strict penalty that can include non-grading of course work all the way to failing of the course as deemed
by the faculty.
UD uses “Turnitin” software in Moodle to detect extent of similarity (through similarity index). Turnitin is used by
both students and faculty to support in the learning process to understand the usage degree of the cited research
material. The generated origination report from Moodle will support in the process.
For the above objective, Turnitin tool will be used by the faculty for all the graded assignments, exams, projects.
The faculty has the right to make final decision in regard to the students’ grades work in determining the student
work integrity based on the criteria and the faculty awareness of the students work level.
Removal of a Graduate Degree
The Disciplinary Sanction is applied to graduate students when the Master thesis or the PhD. Dissertation is found
to be plagiarized; the Master or Doctoral Degree will be removed from the student.
Students who are registered in this course must strictly adhere to Student Academic Integrity Policy. Failure to
do so will subject students to the sanctions stated in the UD Code of Conduct available at this link:
https://ud.ac.ae/on-campus/graduate-catalog
MOODLE
Important information about the course and supplementary exercises will be posted on Moodle. You are
automatically given access to Moodle, using your UD username and password, when you register for the course.
The course evaluation is also done via Moodle.
20
STA 701- Business Statistics DUBAI BUSINESS SCHOOL
Semester TBD Academic Year
Program PhD Graduate X
Course Name Business Statistics Course Code STA 701
Credit Hour 3 Pre-requisite None Co-requisite None
Class Time TBD Days TBD Room TBD
Instructor
Name Email Phone Office Hours
TBD TBD TBD TBD
Brief Course Description
In this course students will learn statistical concepts used in business research situations. It is well known that any academic career involves research based on data analysis or empirical work. In today's knowledge society there are huge amount of data and available information that can be used as part of the research process. But it is crucial to use data intelligently and correctly and extract from them significant information. During this course student will examine the most important and fundamental statistical techniques and tools that are required to support the research process. Topics include descriptive statistics and numerical measures, statistical inferences, hypothesis testing, analysis of variance, regression models, and forecasting models.
Course Objectives
1. Manage experimental data and use basic statistics tools to extract relevant information. 2. Examine the output of a statistical analysis and deduce policy implications.
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO)
Upon completion of this course, students should be able to: 1. Understand how to collect and represent experimental and observational data 2. Identify probability distributions in different areas of business 3. Manage interval estimates for a variety of hypothesized parameters. 4. Evaluate possible existing relationships between variables 5. Integrate statistical techniques into the decision making process.
This Course is Linked to the following Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs):
1. Acquire advanced knowledge through the understanding of key concepts, theories, and current issues in the given business domain.
2. Critically review theoretical literature/practical business-oriented challenges and develop a framework for empirical investigation
3. Apply a range of qualitative and quantitative research methodologies to develop innovative solutions of current business-oriented challenges
4. Create new knowledge through conceptualizing, designing, and conducting empirical research
21
Educational Resources
Educational Resource Description
Textbooks Required Paul Newbold, William L. Carlson, Betty, M. Thorne, Statistics for Business and Economics; Global Edition, 2019 9th edition; Pearson Publisher
References Anderson, D. R., Sweeney, D. J., Williams, T. A., Camm, J.D & Cochran, J. J. Statistics for Business & Economics, includes XLSTAT Lite Printed Access Card . Cengage, 2017.
Supporting Reading A Guide to Business Statistics By David M. McEvoy
CLO Assessment Scheme
CLO QFE Alignment √
Linked to CO
Linked to PLO
Class Work (marks) 50%
Term Paper/Project (marks)
20%
Final Exam (marks) 30%
Blooms Level K S AR SD RC
In Class Assessment
One 20%
Assig 2 20%
1 AN √ √ 1,2 1 6 5 4
2 AN √ √ 1,2 2 9 5 4 7
3 E, APP √ √ 1,2 3 10 5 4 7
4 E,APP √ √ 1,2 3 5 4 8
5 S √ √ √ 2 4 5 4 8 Total 25 25 20 30
INDEX: Blooms level: U – Understand, E –Evaluate, C= Create QFE Alignment: K- Knowledge; S- Skills, A&R - Autonomy & Responsibility; SD- Self-Development; RC-Role in Context
This course is assessed by a combination of class work (assignments, group project, homework), and a final examination. Class work constitutes 70% of the course grade and one examination at the end which constitutes 30% of the course grade. Each course grade is distributed as under:
% Marks Grade Quality Points
90-100 A 4.0
87-89 A- 3.7
84-86 B+ 3.5
80-83 B 3.0
77-79 B- 2.7
74-76 C+ 2.3
70-73 C 2.0
0- 69 F (Fail) 0
Assessments In this class, students will be given in-class short individual assignments, and take-home assignments. The nature of the assignment will be specified during the class. The announcement of a group project (if any, where appropriate) will be made in week three or four at the most. In such cases, the class will be divided into number of groups, each team will have a member working as a project leader and the rest as the project team. Project leader will delegate tasks and group will prepare a short oral presentation to the rest of the class, and answer questions from the classmates and the instructor. Each group will be marked on criteria such as their evaluation and application of project management tools, presentation of the
22
findings and ability to answer questions. All group members are expected to contribute equally to the project tasks.
Assessment Description CLO Weight Due Date
Assignment 1 Students will be given in class assignments to do problem sets at the end of the chapters of the textbook.
1, 2 & 3
25 Week 4
Assignment 2 Homework assignment will be given that addresses all the clos.
1, 2, 3, 4 & 5
20 Week 8
Term Paper (project)
This assignment is a group project and the students will perform the following tasks; a choose a topic or business problem and try to find a solution by doing the following; 1) provide a research discussion about the problem; 2) collect data; 3) analyze the data; 4) draw a conclusion from the data; 5) Submission: A Report and a PowerPoint Presentation
1, 2, 3, 4 & 5
25 Week 9
Final Exam The final exam is in class and closed book except when the course is online. The final exam is comprehensive and all statistical tables will be provided.
1, 2, 3, 4 & 5 30 Week 10
Teaching Methods: Teaching methods used in this course are:
1. Lectures and PPT slides 2. Lab 3. In-class Written Assessments, home works, project and final exam 4. On-line Learning Management System (Moodle), available on-line at: http://udmoodle/login/index.php 5. Handouts and reading material will be posted on Moodle 6. Handouts and reading material uploaded on the On-line Learning Management System (Moodle), available on-line at:
http://udmoodle/login/index.php 7. Lectures are conducted online during this period (caused by COVID-19) in accordance with the recommendation of the
Ministry of Education UAE, using ZOOM platform 8. Written assessments and presentations (online during COVID-19 period), with immediate feedback.
Detailed Course outline
Weekly/Daily Teaching Plan
Day/Week
Lecture
Relation to CLO
Chapter Objectives Assignment / Reading
1 1 1 Introduction. Descriptive Statistics and Numerical Measures
Statistical Survey. Collection of Data. Classification, Tabulation and Presentation of Data. Measures of Central Tendency and Dispersion. Arithmetic mean. Media. Mode. Geometric Mean. Harmonic Mean. Dispersion. Mean deviation. Standard Deviation. Measures of Skewness & Kurtosis to judge symmetry in data.
2 2 2 Module 2 Probability and Probability Distributions .
Definition of probability. Classical Probability & Empirical Probability Discrete Probability Distribution Two Essential Discrete Distributions: binomial and Continuous Distributions: The Normal Distribution; Standardizing the Normal Distribution; The t Distribution; The Chi-square Distribution; The F Distribution
3 3 3 Module 3: Sampling
Distributions
Population and Sample. Universe or Population. Sampling Theory. Law of Statistical Regularity. Large and small Numbers. Errors in Statistics. Measures of Statistical Errors. Types of Sampling. Probability Sampling. Non-Probability Sampling. Determination of Sample Size. Central Limit Theorem.
23
Class Attendance
Attendance and participation in all classes (which are online during the COVID-19 period) are mandatory.
This is essential to the process of education at UD since the students' involvement with their instructors
and fellow peers are vital components of their academic preparation. Absences hinder academic progress,
and affects the student’s learning ability and grades. UD regulations for attendance and absenteeism
warnings imposed on all courses are stipulated in this section as follows:
a) All courses are offered in two consecutive sessions of two hour and twenty minutes each. A 20-minute break is given after the first session.
b) A faculty member must take attendance in each session.
4 4 3 Module 4: Statistical
Inferences and Interval
Estimation
Assignment 1 DUE
Making Statistical Inference. Types of Estimates. Point
estimate. Interval estimate. Criteria of a Good Estimator.
Unbiasedness. Efficiency. Consistency. Sufficiency. Interval
Estimates and Confidence Intervals. Interval estimates of
the mean of large samples. Interval estimates of the
proportion of large samples. Interval estimates using the
Student’s ‘t’ distribution.
5 5 3 Module 5: Hypothesis
Tests
Testing Hypothesis. Null and alternate hypothesis. Interpreting the level of significance. Selecting a Significance Level. Preference of type I error. Preference of type II error. Determine appropriate distribution. Two – Tailed Tests and One – Tailed Tests. Classification of Test Statistics. Statistics used for testing of hypothesis. Testing of Hypothesis in Case of Small Samples.
6 6 3 Module 6: Analysis of
Variance (ANOVA)
Introduction, Analysis of Variance (ANOVA), Assumptions for F-test - Objectives of ANOVA - ANOVA table - Assumptions for study of ANOVA, Classification of ANOVA - ANOVA table in one-way ANOVA - Two way classification
7
7 4 Module 7: Regression
Models
Correlation. Causation and Correlation. Karl Pearson’s
correlation coefficient. Probable Error. Spearman’s Rank
Correlation Coefficient. Partial Correlations. Multiple
Correlations. Regression analysis. Regression coefficient.
Standard Error of Estimate. Multiple Regression Analysis.
8 8 5 Module 8: Forecasting
Techniques
Assignment 2 DUE
Objectives of forecasting in business. Prediction,
projection and forecasting. Time series analysis.
Extrapolation. Regression analysis. Modern econometric
methods. Exponential smoothing method. Components of
Time Series. Long term trend or secular trend. Seasonal
variations. Cyclic variations. Random variations. Methods
of Measuring Trend. Non-linear trend forecast.
9
9 1,2,3,4 &5
Term Paper / Project
Presentation and
Submission
Presentation and submission. Detailed feedback will be given.
10 10 1,2,3 &4 Final Exam In-class individual final exam
24
c) If a student misses more than four sessions out of the 18 sessions in a course for non-acceptable reasons as deemed by the Instructor, he/ she will receive a grade of “FA” for the course, which counts like a failed course (See Table 1). The student must then repeat the course in the following term. However, the student shall have the right to attend the remaining classes of the course. Repeating a course entails a financial charge.
d) A student must work independently to catch up on missed lectures’ material.
Table 1: Absenteeism Percentages
Duration of Session Weeks/ Class Sessions
Percentage and Number of Session Absences
10% 20%
25% (Deprived or Withdrawn)
2 hour 20 minutes 9 (18 sessions) 2 Absences 4 Absences 5 Absences
Student Academic Integrity (UD Policy 5.18) Student Academic misconduct is an academic violation that covers but not limited to plagiarism, misrepresentation, fabrication, facilitation, and cheating in exams.
Apart from exam cheating and plagiarism, the decision on whether or not to treat an academic misconduct as a violation of the Code of Student Conduct, is at the discretion of the instructor.
For more details on UD Policy of Academic Misconduct, please refer to UD Code of Conduct available at this link: https://ud.ac.ae/on-campus/graduate-catalog
Plagiarism Plagiarism refers to representing another person’s words or ideas as one’s own in any academic exercise. The University of Dubai has zero tolerance towards plagiarism (i.e. any portion of a submitted document that contains plagiarism will lead to the appropriate penalty). Every academic submission made by a student should be a work of his own and also not be self-plagiarized. In all cases of plagiarism whether it is blatant or self-plagiarism, students will be held accountable for violation of academic integrity which also includes a penalty for their dishonesty.
Types of Plagiarism
• Self: A student’s work reproduced more than once for the same course or for other courses without prior permission(s) of the instructor(s) involved is, an act of plagiarism. Students should be very careful when quoting or paraphrasing (properly citing material).
• Accidental: This type of plagiarism occurs when a student does not cite the sources or
paraphrases a source by using identical words without attribution.
• Blatant: Student’s work reproduced from a fellow student or any other information source
intentionally without proper acknowledgement is a serious act of plagiarism. This type of
plagiarism will lead to the strict penalty that can include non-grading of course work all the way
to failing of the course as deemed by the faculty.
25
UD uses “Turnitin” software in Moodle to detect extent of similarity (through similarity index). Turnitin is used by both students and faculty to support in the learning process to understand the usage degree of the cited research material. The generated origination report from Moodle will support in the process.
For the above objective, Turnitin tool will be used by the faculty for all the graded assignments, exams, projects.
The faculty has the right to make final decision in regard to the students’ grades work in determining the student work integrity based on the criteria and the faculty awareness of the student’s work level.
Removal of a Graduate Degree The Disciplinary Sanction is applied to graduate students when the Master thesis or the PhD. Dissertation is found to be plagiarized; the Master or Doctoral Degree will be removed from the student.
Students who are registered in this course must strictly adhere to Student Academic Integrity Policy. Failure to do so will subject students to the sanctions stated in the UD Code of Conduct available at this link: https://ud.ac.ae/on-campus/graduate-catalog
MOODLE Important information about the course and supplementary exercises will be posted on Moodle. You are
automatically given access to Moodle, using your UD username and password, when you register for the
course. The course evaluation is also done via Moodle.
26
RES 712 - Qualitative Research Methods
DUBAI BUSINESS SCHOOL
Term Academic Year
Program PhD Graduate X
Course Name Qualitative Research Methods Course Code RES 712
Credit Hour 3 Pre-
requisite None Co-requisite None
Class Time Days Room
Instructor
Name Email Phone Office Hours
Brief Course Description: The purpose of this course is to provide doctoral students with an understanding about the conceptual foundations of qualitative research methods in business studies. In this course students will be prepared in obtaining the skills, techniques and knowledge necessary to undertake an independent research in qualitative business research. Course Objective (CO):
1. Students will understand the epistemological foundations of qualitative research methods, especially in comparison with quantitative research methods;
2. Students will be able communicate, understand and employ the various techniques of qualitative data collection and analyses through reports, and presentations.
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): Upon completion of this course, students should be able to demonstrate the following outcomes:
1. Understand the philosophy of qualitative research 2. Evaluate qualitative data collection methods 3. Conduct qualitative data collection, analyzing, coding, and interpretation 4. Demonstrate the ability to prepare a written qualitative research report. 5. 6.
This Course is Linked to the following Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs):
1. Acquire advanced knowledge through the understanding of key concepts, theories, and current issues in the given business domain.
2. Critically review theoretical literature/practical business-oriented challenges and develop a framework for empirical investigation
3. Apply a range of qualitative and quantitative research methodologies to develop innovative solutions of current business-oriented challenges
4. Create new knowledge through conceptualizing, designing, and conducting empirical research
27
Educational Resources
CLO
Assessment Scheme
7. ally a well-articulated and convincing argument.
CLO Course Learning Outcomes (CLO)
Linked to Blooms Taxonomy level
QFE Alignment √
Linked to CO
Linked to PO
Assignment 1
Assignment 2
Final Exam K S AR SD RC
1
Understand the philosophy of qualitative research
U √ √ 1 1 15 10
2 Evaluate qualitative data collection methods
E √ √ √ 1 2 15 10
3
Conduct qualitative data collection, analyzing, coding, and interpretation
APP √ √ 2 3 15 10
4
Demonstrate the ability to prepare a written qualitative research report
S √ √ √ 2 4 15 10
Total 30 30 40
INDEX: Blooms level: APP - Apply, U- Understand, S –Synthesis, E -Evaluate QFE Alignment: K- Knowledge; S- Skills, A&R - Autonomy & Responsibility; SD-Self-Development; RC-Role in Context
This course is assessed by a combination of assignments and an examination. Class work constitutes 60% of the course grade and one examination at the end constitutes 40% of the course grade. Each course grade is distributed as under:
% Marks Grade Quality Points
90-100 A 4.0
87-89 A- 3.7
84-86 B+ 3.5
80-83 B 3.0
77-79 B- 2.7
74-76 C+ 2.3
70-73 C 2.0
0- 69 F (Fail) 0
Educational Resource Description
Text book required The SAGE Handbook of Qualitative Research (5th ed.) Norman K. Denzin, Yvonna S. Lincoln
References Qualitative Data Analysis with NVivo, THIRD EDITION; SAGE Publications; 2019
Supporting Reading TBA
28
Assessments
Assessment Description CLO Weight Due Date
Assignment 1 Students are expected to identify a research problem that is suitable for qualitative research. Students will do a literature review on the topic and propose a methodology involving qualitative techniques in data gathering. This paper will serve as a prelude to Assignment 2. Submission: A Report and a PowerPoint Presentation
1 & 2
30 Week 5
Assignment 2 Students are expected to collect and analyze data using one of the qualitative techniques taught in this course. Submission: A Report and a PowerPoint Presentation
3 & 4 30 Week 9
Final Exam The Final exam will test students on knowledge, comprehension and application of all the topics in this course. Questions may also be asked in the exam to ascertain whether students can exercise their critical thinking ability to decide whether qualitative or quantitative analyses will be a more appropriate method, for a given research problem. (Students will be able to do this because quantitative methods is taught in another course, in the same term as this course.
1, 2, 3 & 4
40 Week 10
Teaching Methods: Teaching methods used in this course are: 1. Handouts and reading material uploaded on the On-line Learning Management System (Moodle), available
on-line at: http://udmoodle/login/index.php 2. Lectures (online during Covid-19 period) 3. Discussion of Peer-reviewed Journal Articles and case examples. 4. Written assessments and presentations (online during COVID-19 period), with immediate feedback.
Detailed Course outline
Module Topic CLO
1
PART ONE: FOUNDATIONS Module 1 - Ch5
- Research Strategies: Epistemological and ontological considerations - Concept of theory building (in particular middle range vs. grand theory) - Relationship between theory and research (in particular: deductive vs. inductive theories) - Epistemological issues (in particular positivism vs. interpretivism) - Ontological issues (in particular objectivism vs. constructivism) - Differences between quantitative and qualitative research (in particular theory testing vs.
theory generation)
1 2
2
Module 2 – Part 3 Ch 13, 14
- Research design - Quality criteria for qualitative research (in particular credibility, transferability, dependability
and confirmability) - Different levels of analysis (individual, group, organizational and societal level) - Experimental research design - Longitudinal research design - Cross-sectional research design - Case study research design - Multiple case study research design
1 3
29
Module Topic CLO
3
PART TWO: DATA COLLECTION AND DATA ANALYSISs Module 3 – Part 4 textbook
- Participant observation - Ethnography and participant observation - Organizational ethnography - Getting access to the research field - Overt vs. covert ethnography - Roles for ethnographers - Sampling - Field notes
2
4
Module 4 –
- Interviewing in qualitative research - Structured, semi-structured and unstructured interviews - The interview guide of a semi-structured interview - Kinds of questions - Quality criteria of a good interviewer - Tape recording and transcriptions - Conventions regarding quotations - Sampling - Pros and cons of participant observations vs. interviewing
2
5
Module 5 –
- Focus groups and documents as sources of data - Focus group method - Conducting focus group interviews - Pros and cons of single interview vs. focus group interview - Criteria for assessing the quality of documents - Interpreting documents - Qualitative content analysis - Semiotics - Hermeneutics
ASSIGNMENT 1 DUE
1,2
6
Module 6 – Part 5 textbook
- Qualitative data analysis - Grounded theory - Coding according to grounded theory - Steps and considerations in coding - Open coding - Axial coding - Selective coding - Processes of grounded theory - Outcomes of grounded theory: From codes to concepts to categories
3
7
PART THREE: APPLICATION OF QUALITATIVE DATA ANALYSIS Module 7 – Reference Book
- Coding without software - Coding with NVivo 1 or Atlas - Coding of a sample interview
Module 7 and 8 are ideally done in a computer lap with NVivo or Atlas software for every student
4
30
Module Topic CLO
8
Module 8 – Reference Book
- Coding with NVivo 2 or Atlas - Coding of a sample interview
Module 7 and 8 are ideally done in a computer lap with NVivo software for every student
4
9 Presentations ASSIGNMENT 2 DUE
3 & 4
10 Final Examination (Comprehensive) 1,2,3 & 4
Class Attendance
Attendance and participation in all classes and computer lab sessions are mandatory. This is essential to the process of education
at UD since the students' involvement with their instructors and fellow peers are vital components of their academic preparation.
Absences hinder academic progress, and affects the student’s learning ability and grades. UD regulations for attendance and
absenteeism warnings imposed on all courses are stipulated in this section as follows:
a) All courses are offered in two consecutive sessions of two hour and twenty minutes each. A 20-minute break is given after the first session.
b) A faculty member must take attendance in each session.
c) If a student misses more than four sessions out of the 18 sessions in a course for non-acceptable reasons as deemed by the Instructor, he/ she will receive a grade of “FA” for the course, which counts like a failed course (See Table 1). The student must then repeat the course in the following term. However, the student shall have the right to attend the remaining classes of the course. Repeating a course entails a financial charge.
d) A student must work independently to catch up on missed lectures’ material. Table 1: Absenteeism Percentages
Duration of Session Weeks/ Class Sessions
Percentage and Number of Session Absences
10% 20% 25% (Deprived or Withdrawn)
2 hour 20 minutes 9 (18 sessions) 2 Absences 4 Absences 5 Absences
Student Academic Integrity Policy
The University of Dubai (UD), as per its Policy S 5.18, is keen to ensure a University culture characterized by intellectual and personal honesty, social integration, ethical behavior and respect for the rights of the individual. UD also expects its student to be self-disciplined in both their approach to studying and in their general conduct and behavior. The Student Code of Conduct is designed to promote this culture at UD and hence sets out the standard of conduct expected of students. Students who violate these standards will be subjected to disciplinary sanctions, according to established penalties as stated below. This will help UD to protect the University community by maintaining order, discipline and stability on campus.
I. Student Academic Misconduct ▪ Student Academic misconduct is an academic violation that covers but not limited to plagiarism, misrepresentation,
fabrication, and facilitation and cheating in exams. ▪ Apart from exam cheating and plagiarism, the decision on whether or not to treat an academic misconduct as a violation
of the Code of Student Conduct, is at the discretion of the instructor.
31
A. Plagiarism
Plagiarism refers to representing another person’s words or ideas as one’s own in any academic exercise. The University of Dubai has zero tolerance towards plagiarism (i.e. any portion of a submitted document that contains plagiarism will lead to the appropriate penalty). Every academic submission made by a student should be a work of his own and also not be self-plagiarized. In all cases of plagiarism whether it is blatant or self-plagiarism, students will be held accountable for violation of academic integrity which also includes a penalty for their dishonesty. Types of Plagiarism
▪ Self: A student’s work reproduced more than once for the same course or for other courses without prior permission(s) of the instructor(s) involved is an act of plagiarism. Students should be very careful when quoting or paraphrasing (properly citing material).
▪ Accidental: Every student is required to understand plagiarism as something similar to acts of fraud in the academic community. For this reason, it is the responsibility of the student to make sure his/her work has been checked and properly acknowledged.
▪ Blatant: Student’s work reproduced from a fellow student or any other information source intentionally without proper acknowledgement is serious act of plagiarism. Students well of blatantly will lead to the strict penalty that can include non-grading of course work all the way to failing of the course as deemed by the faculty.
UD uses “Turnitin” software in Moodle to detect extent of similarity (through similarity index). Turnitin is used by both students
and faculty to support in the learning process to understand the usage degree of the cited research material. The generated
origination report from Moodle will support in the process.
For the above objective, Turnitin tool will be used by the faculty for all the graded assignments, exams, projects.
The faculty has the right to make final decision in regard to the students’ grades work in determining the student work integrity
based on the criteria and the faculty awareness of the students work level.
Removal of a Graduate Degree
The Disciplinary Sanction is applied to graduate students when the Master thesis or the PhD. Dissertation is found to be plagiarized; the Master or Doctoral Degree will be removed from the student.
Students who are registered in this course must strictly adhere to Student Academic Integrity Policy. Failure to do so will subject students to the sanctions stated in the UD Code of Conduct available at this link: https://ud.ac.ae/on-campus/graduate-catalog
MOODLE
Important information about the course and supplementary exercises will be posted on Moodle. You are automatically given
access to Moodle, using your UD username and password, when you register for the course. The course evaluation is also done
via Moodle.
32
RES 708 - Quantitative Research Methods
DUBAI BUSINESS SCHOOL
Term Academic Year
Program PhD Graduate X
Course Name Quantitative Research Methods Course Code RES 708
Credit Hour 3 Pre-requisite Business Statistics
Co-requisite None
Class Time Days Room
Instructor
Name Email Phone Office Hours
TBD TBD TBD TBD
Brief Course Description
This course will cover the fundamental concepts and theories of quantitative research methods as applicable to the
investigation of organizational phenomena. The students will critically evaluate the various models, designs,
principles and statistical skills necessary to independently perform an empirical study. Upon completion of the
course, students will gain critical skills relevant to research methodologies applied in business administration
research as well as being able to differentiate between a variety of models and statistical methods used in business
studies.
Course Objectives
Upon completion of this workshop, students should be able to:
1. Students will be able to identify research problem(s) in business organizations. 2. Students will be able to solve this research problem(s) using data collection and statistical analyses, and
communicate to others in the proper form.
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO)
Upon completion of the course, students should be able to demonstrate the following outcomes:
1. Identify research problems and develop research questions 2. Formulate a research model based on literature review 3. Analyze data and discuss the findings 4. Demonstrate the ability to communicate research findings in writing and presentation
This Course is Linked to the following Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs):
1. Acquire advanced knowledge through the understanding of key concepts, theories, and current issues in the given business domain.
2. Critically review theoretical literature/practical business-oriented challenges and develop a framework for empirical investigation
3. Apply a range of qualitative and quantitative research methodologies to develop innovative solutions of current business-oriented challenges
33
4. Create new knowledge through conceptualizing, designing, and conducting empirical research Educational Resources
Educational Resource Description
Textbooks Required Griffiths, W. et al., Principles of Econometrics, Fifth edition, (2018)
Discovering Statistics Using IBM SPSS Statistics Kindle Edition
by Andy Field (Author). SAGE Publisher; (2020).
Multivariate Data Analysis (2018) by Joseph Hair (Author), William Black (Author), Rolph Anderson (Author), Barry Babin (Author) Cengage Learning EMEA; 8th edition edition (2018)
Supporting Reading Multivariate Data Analysis: An introduction to Multivariate Analysis, Process Analytical Technology and Quality by Design Kindle Edition by Kim Esbensen, Brad Swarbrick, Frank Westad. Format: Kindle Edition (2018)
CLO Assessment Scheme
CLO QFE Alignment √
Linked to CO
Linked to PLO
1 x Assignments & 1 x homework
Project and Class presentation
Final Exam
Blooms Level K S AR SD
RC
Assessment-1 30%
Assignment-2 30%
1 x project 30% In class
1 AN √ √ 1 1 10 5 5
2 AN √ √ 1 2 10 10 5 5 3 E, APP √ √ √ 2 3 10 10 10
4 E, APP √ √ √ 2 4 10 10 Total 20 20 30 30
INDEX: Blooms level: APP - Apply, AN-Analyze, S –Synthesis, E –Evaluate QFE Alignment: K- Knowledge; S- Skills, A&R - Autonomy & Responsibility; SD- Self-Development; RC-Role in Context
This course is assessed by a combination of in class assignment, homework, a project and a final exam. The weights of the assessments are shown in the above table. Each course grade is distributed as follows:
% Marks Grade Quality Points
90-100 A 4.0
87-89 A- 3.7
84-86 B+ 3.5
80-83 B 3.0
77-79 B- 2.7
74-76 C+ 2.3
70-73 C 2.0
0- 69 F (Fail) 0
Assessments
Assessment Description CLO Weight Due Date
Assignment 1 Students will be assigned individual problems sets that involves real data analysis using the statistical package
1 & 2 20 Week 4
Assignment 2 Assignment 2 is similar to assignment 1, but it is homework and students are expected not only use the statistical software but also
2 & 3 20 Week 8
34
comment more on the analyses and practical implications of the findings of their analysis.
Term Paper The project resembles a working paper on the student’s Research Proposal. Submission of a report and a PowerPoint Presentation
1, 2, 3 & 4
30 Week 9
Final Exam In class individual final exam 1, 2, 3 & 4
30 Week 10
Teaching Methods: Teaching methods used in this course are: 1. Lectures, handouts and PPT slides 2. Lab 3. In-class Written Assessments, home works and project 4. On-line Learning Management System (Moodle), available on-line at: http://udmoodle/login/index.php 5. Handouts and reading material uploaded on the On-line Learning Management System (Moodle), available on-line at:
http://udmoodle/login/index.php 6. Lectures are conducted online during this period (caused by COVID-19) in accordance with the recommendation of the
Ministry of Education UAE, using ZOOM platform 7. Written assessments and presentations (online during COVID-19 period), with immediate feedback.
Detailed Course outline
Weekly/Daily Teaching Plan
Day/Week
Lecture
Relation to CLO
Chapter Objectives Assignment / Reading
1 1 1 Module 1: Review on Business and Management Research Approaches
The research process: from decision making to scientific and managerial contribution. Theory and experience Formulating and clarifying the research topic: attributes of a good research topic, refining research ideas, stabilizing the research proposal. Methodology for scientific research: from the research question to the most suitable research design The different approaches: Exploratory research, descriptive research and causal research. Potential sources of errors in research design
2 2 2 Module 2: Review on Data Collection on Business and Management
Different types of survey methods (personal methods, mail methods, phone methods, internet methods, etc.) Sampling design and procedure; Questionnaire design; Hypothesis testing; Defining and writing research hypotheses -Identifying critical research hypotheses -Writing the research hypotheses -Checking the relevance to the global research question
3 3 3 Module 3: Ascertaining associations and differences in data with parametric methods.
Association measures ▪ Zero-order correlations and association ▪ Pearson Product Moment and Spearman Rank
Order Correlation ▪ The Point Biserial Correlation Coefficient ▪ The Mantel-Haenszel Chi-square ▪ The Phi Coefficient ; The Contingency Coefficient
C Kendall’s Rank Correlation Coefficient Partial Correlations; Partial Correlation for Ranked Data
4 4 3 Module 4: Ascertaining associations and differences in data with non-parametric methods. ASSIGNMENT 1 DUE
Differences measures Categorical Data : Unrelated Testing for 1, 2, and k proportions Categorical Data : Related 2 Groups : McNemar change test; k Groups : Cochran Q test Non-categorical Data : Unrelated Single Sample tests: 1 sample Z test; 1 sample t test; 1 sample variance test
35
Multiple Sample tests: 2 sample Z test; 2 sample t test; 2 sample variance test k sample means test plus Multiple range test 2-way ANOVA test Kolmogorov-Smirnov test; Mann-Whitney U test; Kruskall-Wallis 1-way ANOVA Non-categorical Data : Related T-test for a related pair Wilcoxon-Signed Ranks test; Friedman 2-way ANOVA by ranks test Chi-square tests: Chi-square test of independence; Chi-square as a goodness of fit test
5 5 3 Module 5: Regression
Analysis:
Introduction to Econometrics - What is econometrics? - Why study econometrics? - What is the econometric model Simple Linear Regression (2-variable) Model - Differentiate an economic model from econometric model - Interpret goodness of fit measures - Check for classical assumptions with properties of: Least square estimators Tasks: Perform simple quantitative analysis in the lab using STATA. Interpret Computer output
6 6 3 Module 6: Multiple
Regression Models
The model specification and the data
- Estimating the parameters of the Multiple Regression Model
- Sampling properties of the Least Square estimators
- Interval estimation and hypothesis testing
- Measuring goodness of fit
- Conducting F-test
- Testing the significance of the model
- Using binary (dummy) variables
Tasks: Perform simple quantitative analysis in the lab using STATA. Interpret Computer output
7 7 3 Module 7: Cluster Analysis
- Objectives of cluster analysis - Research design in cluster analysis - Assumptions in cluster analysis - Deriving clusters and assessing overall fit - Interpretation of clusters - Validation and profiling of the clusters
8 8 3 Module 8: Structural
equation modelling (SEM):
ASSIGNMENT 2 DUE
- Understanding the ethos of SEM - Role of theory in SEM - Stages in SEM - Estimating a path model with SEM
9 9 1,2,3 &4 Term Paper Presentation
and Submission
Presentation and submission. Detailed feedback will be
given.
36
Class Attendance
Attendance and participation in all classes (which are online during the COVID-19 period) are mandatory. This is
essential to the process of education at UD since the students' involvement with their instructors and fellow peers
are vital components of their academic preparation. Absences hinder academic progress, and affects the student’s
learning ability and grades. UD regulations for attendance and absenteeism warnings imposed on all courses are
stipulated in this section as follows:
a) All courses are offered in two consecutive sessions of two hour and twenty minutes each. A 20-minute break is given after the first session.
b) A faculty member must take attendance in each session.
c) If a student misses more than four sessions out of the 18 sessions in a course for non-acceptable reasons as deemed by the Instructor, he/ she will receive a grade of “FA” for the course, which counts like a failed course (See Table 1). The student must then repeat the course in the following term. However, the student shall have the right to attend the remaining classes of the course. Repeating a course entails a financial charge.
d) A student must work independently to catch up on missed lectures’ material. Table 1: Absenteeism Percentages
Duration of Session Weeks/ Class Sessions
Percentage and Number of Session Absences
10% 20%
25% (Deprived or Withdrawn)
2 hour 20 minutes 9 (18 sessions) 2 Absences 4 Absences 5 Absences
Student Academic Integrity (UD Policy 5.18)
Student Academic misconduct is an academic violation that covers but not limited to plagiarism, misrepresentation, fabrication, facilitation, and cheating in exams.
Apart from exam cheating and plagiarism, the decision on whether or not to treat an academic misconduct as a violation of the Code of Student Conduct, is at the discretion of the instructor.
For more details on UD Policy of Academic Misconduct, please refer to UD Code of Conduct available at this link: https://ud.ac.ae/on-campus/graduate-catalog
Plagiarism
Plagiarism refers to representing another person’s words or ideas as one’s own in any academic exercise. The University of Dubai has zero tolerance towards plagiarism (i.e. any portion of a submitted document that contains plagiarism will lead to the appropriate penalty). Every academic submission made by a student should be a work of his own and also not be self-plagiarized. In all cases of plagiarism whether it is blatant or self-plagiarism, students will be held accountable for violation of academic integrity which also includes a penalty for their dishonesty.
Types of Plagiarism
• Self: A student’s work reproduced more than once for the same course or for other courses without prior permission(s) of the instructor(s) involved is, an act of plagiarism. Students should be very careful when quoting or paraphrasing (properly citing material).
10 10 1,2,3 &4 Final Exam In-class individual final exam
37
• Accidental: This type of plagiarism occurs when a student does not cite the sources or paraphrases a source
by using identical words without attribution.
• Blatant: Student’s work reproduced from a fellow student or any other information source intentionally
without proper acknowledgement is a serious act of plagiarism. This type of plagiarism will lead to the
strict penalty that can include non-grading of course work all the way to failing of the course as deemed
by the faculty.
UD uses “Turnitin” software in Moodle to detect extent of similarity (through similarity index). Turnitin is used by both students and faculty to support in the learning process to understand the usage degree of the cited research material. The generated origination report from Moodle will support in the process.
For the above objective, Turnitin tool will be used by the faculty for all the graded assignments, exams, projects.
The faculty has the right to make final decision in regard to the students’ grades work in determining the student work integrity based on the criteria and the faculty awareness of the student’s work level.
Removal of a Graduate Degree
The Disciplinary Sanction is applied to graduate students when the Master thesis or the PhD. Dissertation is found to be plagiarized; the Master or Doctoral Degree will be removed from the student.
Students who are registered in this course must strictly adhere to Student Academic Integrity Policy. Failure to do so will subject students to the sanctions stated in the UD Code of Conduct available at this link: https://ud.ac.ae/on-campus/graduate-catalog
MOODLE
Important information about the course and supplementary exercises will be posted on Moodle. You are
automatically given access to Moodle, using your UD username and password, when you register for the course.
The course evaluation is also done via Moodle.
38
BECON 702 – Business Economics
DUBAI BUSINESS SCHOOL
Term Academic Year 20__ /20__
Program PhD Graduate X
Course Name Business Economics Course Code BECON 702
Credit Hour 3 Pre-requisite None Co-requisite None
Class Time TBD Days TBD Room TBD
Instructor
Name Email Phone Office Hours
TBD TBD TBD TBD
Brief Course Description
In this course provides deeper insights in macroeconomic theories and how to apply it in current macroeconomic problems in the UAE or GCC countries. The main topics covered in this course include income determination, determination of employment and price; fiscal and monetary policies; various theories of business cycles and economic growth. At the end of this course, students should have more understanding of macroeconomic theories and how macroeconomists address the country’s economic issues from a policy perspective.
Course Objective (CO): Upon completion of this course, students should be able to: 1. Demonstrate understanding of key macroeconomic models by analyzing their assumptions and
differences. 2. Communicate current macroeconomic problems by applying theories to concrete cases.
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO)
1. Develop an understanding how macroeconomic models are used in economic analysis. 2. Identify business cycle fluctuations in macroeconomic data and explain possible causes and
government responses using macroeconomic equilibrium models. 3. Analyze existing knowledge by explaining what macroeconomic models are used in different areas
of economics and business analysis. 4. Evaluate macroeconomic models and present an argument by applying theoretical concepts in
analyzing macroeconomic policies.
This Course is Linked to the following Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs):
1. Acquire advanced knowledge through the understanding of key concepts, theories, and current issues in the given business domain.
2. Critically review theoretical literature/practical business-oriented challenges and develop a framework for empirical investigation
3. Apply a range of qualitative and quantitative research methodologies to develop innovative solutions of current business-oriented challenges
39
4. Create new knowledge through conceptualizing, designing, and conducting empirical research Educational Resources
Educational Resource Description
Textbooks Required Macroeconomics (The Mcgraw-hill Series Economics) 12th Edition by Rudiger Dornbusch (Author), Stanley Fischer (Author), Richard Startz
References Williamson, S. D. (2017). Macroeconomics. Sixth Edition. Pearson
Supporting Reading Case studies available in Moodle.
CLO Assessment Scheme
CLO QFE Alignment √
Linked to CO
Linked to
PCLO
Class Work (marks) 50%
Term Paper (marks)
20%
Final Exam (marks) 30%
Blooms Level K S AR SD RC
In Class Assessment
One 20%
Assig 2 20%
1 AN √ √ 1 1 7 5 5 2
2 AN √ √ 1,2 2 8 5 5 7
3 E, APP √ √ √ 1,2 3 10 5 5 7
4 E,APP √ √ √ 1,2 3 10 5 14 Total 25 25 20 30
INDEX: Blooms level: APP - Apply, AN-Analyze, S –Synthesis, E –Evaluate
This course is assessed by a combination of class work (assignments, group project, homework), and a final examination. Class work constitutes 70% of the course grade and one examination at the end which constitutes 30% of the course grade. Each course grade is distributed as under:
% Marks Grade Quality Points
90-100 A 4.0
87-89 A- 3.7
84-86 B+ 3.5
80-83 B 3.0
77-79 B- 2.7
74-76 C+ 2.3
70-73 C 2.0
0- 69 F (Fail) 0
Assessments In this class, students will be given in-class short individual assignments, homework and group project. The nature of the assignment will be specified during the class. The announcement of a group project will be made in week three or four at the most. The class will be divided into number of groups, each team will have a member working as a project leader and the rest as the project team. Project leader will delegate tasks and group will prepare a short oral presentation to the rest of the class, and answer questions from the classmates and the instructor. Each group will be marked on criteria such as their evaluation and application of project management tools, presentation of the findings and ability to answer questions. All group members are expected to contribute equally to the project tasks.
40
Assessment Description CLO Weight Due Date
Assignment 1 Students will be given in class assignments to solve problems at the end of the chapters of the textbook.
1, 2 & 3
25 Week 4
Assignment 2 Assignment will be given that addresses all the Clos of the course.
1, 2, 3, 4 & 5
25 Week 8
Term Paper (project)
This assignment is a group project and the students will perform the following tasks; a choose a topic or business problem and try to find a solution by doing the following; 1) provide a research discussion about the problem; 2) apply theories you have learned in this course; 3) collect data and analyze; 4) draw a conclusion from your proposal; 5) Submission: A Report and a PowerPoint Presentation
1, 2, 3, 4
20 Week 9
Final Exam The final exam is in class and closed book except when the course is online. The final exam is comprehensive and will cover all the CLOs of the course.
1, 2, 3, 4 30 Week 10
Teaching Methods: Teaching methods used in this course are:
1. Lectures and PPT slides 2. In-class Written Assessments, home works, project and final exam 3. On-line Learning Management System (Moodle), available on-line at: http://udmoodle/login/index.php 4. Handouts and reading material will be posted on Moodle 5. Handouts and reading material uploaded on the On-line Learning Management System (Moodle), available on-line at:
http://udmoodle/login/index.php 6. Lectures are conducted online during this period (caused by COVID-19) in accordance with the recommendation of the
Ministry of Education UAE, using ZOOM platform 7. Written assessments and presentations (online during COVID-19 period), with immediate feedback.
Detailed Course outline
Weekly/Daily Teaching Plan
Day/Week
Lecture
Relation to CLO
Chapter Objectives Assignment / Reading
1 1 1 Module 1: Introduction to Macroeconomic science.
National Income determination; Unemployment: labor market measurements and prices; Consumer Price Index; Saving, wealth and Capital; classical theory of inflation; The Fisher equation
2 2 1 Module 2: Keynesian
Macroeconomics .
AD and AS models; Equilibrium income and output; Consumption and Investment
3 3 2 Module 3 Fiscal policy: the real effects of changes in government spending and taxes. Ricardian equivalence; Breakdown of the Ricardian equivalence;
4 4 2 Module 4: Monetary policy: Assignment 1 DUE
money market: functions of money, measuring money
supply; supply/demand for money; Money, banking,
prices, and monetary policy; money in open and closed
economies; the Baumol Tobin model of money demand;
Long-run empirical regularities and the quantity theory of
money; The Fisher and Neo-Fisher effects
41
Class Attendance
Attendance and participation in all classes (which are online during the COVID-19 period) are mandatory.
This is essential to the process of education at UD since the students' involvement with their instructors
and fellow peers are vital components of their academic preparation. Absences hinder academic progress,
and affects the student’s learning ability and grades. UD regulations for attendance and absenteeism
warnings imposed on all courses are stipulated in this section as follows:
a) All courses are offered in two consecutive sessions of two hour and twenty minutes each. A 20-minute break is given after the first session.
b) A faculty member must take attendance in each session.
c) If a student misses more than four sessions out of the 18 sessions in a course for non-acceptable reasons as deemed by the Instructor, he/ she will receive a grade of “FA” for the course, which counts like a failed course (See Table 1). The student must then repeat the course in the following term. However, the student shall have the right to attend the remaining classes of the course. Repeating a course entails a financial charge.
d) A student must work independently to catch up on missed lectures’ material.
5 5 3 Module 5: Theories of
business cycles;
Business cycle measurement; classical theories of business cycle; Keynesian business cycle theories; macroeconomic stabilization: International trade and its impact on a country’s economy.
6 6 3 Module 6: Economic
growth:
sources of economic growth or growth accounting; The Solow model, Population and economic growth; Technological progress and economic growth;
7
7 4 Module 7: Measuring
technological progress;
Endogenous growth theories; Economic growth and
government policy Empirical analysis of economic growth
8 8 4 Module 8: Time series and
empirical macroeconomics
Assignment 2 DUE
Time series modelling as a framework for understanding
macroeconomics; introducing vector auto regressions and
how to estimate; examples of estimating vector auto
regressions in EVIEWs.
9
9 1,2,3 &4 Term Paper /Project Presentation and Submission
Presentation and submission. Detailed feedback will be given.
10 10 1,2,3 &4 Final Exam In-class individual final exam
42
Table 1: Absenteeism Percentages
Duration of Session Weeks/ Class Sessions
Percentage and Number of Session Absences
10% 20%
25% (Deprived or Withdrawn)
2 hour 20 minutes 9 (18 sessions) 2 Absences 4 Absences 5 Absences
Student Academic Integrity (UD Policy 5.18) Student Academic misconduct is an academic violation that covers but not limited to plagiarism, misrepresentation, fabrication, facilitation, and cheating in exams.
Apart from exam cheating and plagiarism, the decision on whether or not to treat an academic misconduct as a violation of the Code of Student Conduct, is at the discretion of the instructor.
For more details on UD Policy of Academic Misconduct, please refer to UD Code of Conduct available at this link: https://ud.ac.ae/on-campus/graduate-catalog
Plagiarism Plagiarism refers to representing another person’s words or ideas as one’s own in any academic exercise. The University of Dubai has zero tolerance towards plagiarism (i.e. any portion of a submitted document that contains plagiarism will lead to the appropriate penalty). Every academic submission made by a student should be a work of his own and also not be self-plagiarized. In all cases of plagiarism whether it is blatant or self-plagiarism, students will be held accountable for violation of academic integrity which also includes a penalty for their dishonesty.
Types of Plagiarism
• Self: A student’s work reproduced more than once for the same course or for other courses without prior permission(s) of the instructor(s) involved is, an act of plagiarism. Students should be very careful when quoting or paraphrasing (properly citing material).
• Accidental: This type of plagiarism occurs when a student does not cite the sources or
paraphrases a source by using identical words without attribution.
• Blatant: Student’s work reproduced from a fellow student or any other information source
intentionally without proper acknowledgement is a serious act of plagiarism. This type of
plagiarism will lead to the strict penalty that can include non-grading of course work all the way
to failing of the course as deemed by the faculty.
UD uses “Turnitin” software in Moodle to detect extent of similarity (through similarity index). Turnitin is used by both students and faculty to support in the learning process to understand the usage degree of the cited research material. The generated origination report from Moodle will support in the process.
For the above objective, Turnitin tool will be used by the faculty for all the graded assignments, exams, projects.
The faculty has the right to make final decision in regard to the students’ grades work in determining the student work integrity based on the criteria and the faculty awareness of the student’s work level.
43
Removal of a Graduate Degree The Disciplinary Sanction is applied to graduate students when the Master thesis or the PhD. Dissertation is found to be plagiarized; the Master or Doctoral Degree will be removed from the student.
Students who are registered in this course must strictly adhere to Student Academic Integrity Policy. Failure to do so will subject students to the sanctions stated in the UD Code of Conduct available at this link: https://ud.ac.ae/on-campus/graduate-catalog
MOODLE Important information about the course and supplementary exercises will be posted on Moodle. You are
automatically given access to Moodle, using your UD username and password, when you register for the
course. The course evaluation is also done via Moodle.
44
MKT 710 – Marketing Management
DUBAI BUSINESS SCHOOL
Term Academic Year
Program PhD Graduate X
Course Name Marketing Management Course Code MKT 710
Credit Hour 3 Pre-requisite Co-requisite None
Class Time Days Room BSF 64
Instructor
Name Email Phone Office Hours
Brief Course Description: The course focuses on understanding, implementing and critically evaluating the marketing concepts. The objective
is to provide comprehensive explanation of the marketing concepts including target marketing, segmentation,
positioning, and the marketing strategy encapsulating product, promotion place, and price strategies, and
implement them in the UAE context. The core focus of the course is to develop students’ skills in critically evaluate
the existing literature, identify gaps and develop conceptual framework.
Course Objective (CO): Upon completion of this course, students should be able to:
1. Student will Understated and implement the marketing concepts including target market, segmentation, positioning, and marketing strategy
2. Students will be able to critically evaluate the marketing academic literature Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): Upon completion of this course, students should be able to demonstrate the following outcomes (With linkage to CO):
1. Discuss and apply segmentation, targeting, positioning and consumer behavior strategies. 2. Evaluate and implement product, promotion, place and price strategies 3. Critically evaluate the marketing literature and develop a conceptual framework
This Course is Linked to the following Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs):
1. Acquire advanced knowledge through the understanding of key concepts, theories, and current issues in the given business domain.
2. Critically review theoretical literature/practical business-oriented challenges and develop a framework for empirical investigation
3. Apply a range of qualitative and quantitative research methodologies to develop innovative solutions of current business-oriented challenges
4. Create new knowledge through conceptualizing, designing, and conducting empirical research CLO Assessment Scheme
CLO QFE Alignment √ Linked Linked Class Work Final
45
to CO to PO 60% Exam
40% Blooms
Level K S AR SD RC
CO PO Critique on
Assigned
Readings
Marketing
Plan
1 AN √ 1 1 15 10 10
2 S, E, APP √ √ √ √ 2 1 15 10 10
3 AN, S, E √ √ 2 1 10 10
Total 30 30 40
INDEX: Blooms level: APP - Apply, AN-Analyze, S –Synthesis, E –Evaluate QFE Alignment: K- Knowledge; S- Skills, A&R - Autonomy & Responsibility; SD- Self-Development; RC-Role in Context
This course is assessed by a combination of class work (assignments/ quizzes, group work, simulations), and an examination. Class work constitutes 70% of the course grade and one examination at the end constitutes 30% of the course grade. Each course grade is distributed as under:
% Marks Grade Quality Points
90-100 A 4.0
87-89 A- 3.7
84-86 B+ 3.5
80-83 B 3.0
77-79 B- 2.7
74-76 C+ 2.3
70-73 C 2.0
0- 69 F (Fail) 0
Assessments
Assessment Description CLO Weight Due Date
Assignment 1 In this class, students will critique on assigned readings 1 & 2 30 Week 4
Assignment 2 Developing a Marketing Plan The announcement of a project will be made in week three or four at the most. Each project will be marked on criteria such as the evaluation and application of project management tools, presentation of the findings and ability to answer questions.
1, 2 & 3
30 Week 8
Exam Term paper: Students will select a topic related to the course learning outcomes, and write a proposal that goes beyond reviewing the literature (include hypotheses, design and proposed tests) using available data.
1, 2 & 3
40 Week 9
Teaching Methods: Teaching methods used in this course are:
1. Lectures and Case Studies 2. In-class Written Assessments and Home works 3. On-line Learning Management System (Moodle), available on-line at: http://udmoodle/login/index.php 4. Handout reading material 5. Critical evolution of journal articles and presentations
46
Detailed Course outline
Educational Resources
Educational Resource Description
Textbooks Required A Preface to Marketing Management 15th Edition, By J. Paul Peter (Author) 2018 Publisher: McGraw-Hill
References 1. Strategic Marketing: Concepts and Cases 1st Edition, Kindle Edition by Russell Abratt (Author), Michael Bendixen (Author) Format: Kindle Edition 2. Marketing Management, Global Edition Paperback – 30 April 2015 by Philip Kotler (Author), Kevin Lane Keller (Author)
Supporting Reading Unit 1: Segmentation and positioning
Weekly/Daily Teaching Plan
Day/Week Lecture
Relation to CLO
Chapter Objectives Assignment / Reading
1 1 1 Fundamentals of marketing management
Reading 1, 2
2 2 1 Target marketing, market segmentation and market positioning
Reading 3, 4
Presentations
3 3 2, 3 Evaluating product and service development strategies
Reading 5, 6
Presentations
4 4 2, 3 Brand building theories
ASSIGNMENT 1 DUE
Reading 7, 8, 9,
10
Presentations
5 5 2, 3 Developing and implementing integrated marketing
communication strategies
Reading 11,12, 13
Presentations
6 6 2, 3 Developing and implementing distribution strategies Reading 14, 15
Presentations
7
7 2, 3 Developing and implementing pricing strategies Reading 16
Presentations
8
8 1,2 &3 ASSIGNMENT 2 DUE Team Presentation
9 9 1,2 &3 Team Presentation (continued)
10 10 1,2 &3 Final Examination (Comprehensive)
47
1. Kara, A. and Kaynak, E. (1997), "Markets of a single customer: exploiting conceptual developments in market segmentation", European Journal of Marketing, Vol. 31 No. 11/12, pp. 873-895.
2. Souiden, N. (2002), "Segmenting the Arab markets on the basis of
marketing stimuli", International Marketing Review, Vol. 19 No. 6, pp. 611-636.
3. Hassan, S.S. and Craft, S. (2012), "Examining world market segmentation
and brand positioning strategies", Journal of Consumer Marketing, Vol. 29 No. 5, pp. 344-356.
Unit 2: Branding
4. Shah, S.A., Azhar, S.M. and Bhutto, N.A. (2019), "Halal marketing: a marketing strategy perspective", Journal of Islamic Marketing, Forthcoming
5. Arthur Rooney, J. (1995), "Branding: a trend for today and
tomorrow", Journal of Product & Brand Management, Vol. 4 No. 4, pp. 48-55
6. Yu Xie, H. and Boggs, D.J. (2006), "Corporate branding versus product
branding in emerging markets: A conceptual framework", Marketing Intelligence & Planning, Vol. 24 No. 4, pp. 347-364.
7. Herstein, R., Berger, R. and D. Jaffe, E. (2014), "How companies from
developing and emerging countries can leverage their brand equity in terms of place branding", Competitiveness Review, Vol. 24 No. 4, pp. 293-305.
8. Boisvert, J. and Ashill, N.J. (2018), "The impact of branding strategies on
horizontal and downward line extension of luxury brands: A cross-national study", International Marketing Review, Vol. 35 No. 6, pp. 1033-1052.
Unit 3: Digital marketing
9. Holliman, G. and Rowley, J. (2014), "Business to business digital content marketing: marketers’ perceptions of best practice", Journal of Research in Interactive Marketing, Vol. 8 No. 4, pp. 269-293.
10. Straker, K. and Wrigley, C. (2016), "Emotionally engaging customers in the
digital age: the case study of “Burberry love”", Journal of Fashion Marketing and Management, Vol. 20 No. 3, pp. 276-299.
11. Boukis, A. (2019), "Exploring the implications of blockchain technology for
brand–consumer relationships: a future research agenda", Journal of Product & Brand Management, Vol. 29 No. 3, pp. 307-320.
12. Ismail, A.R. (2017), "The influence of perceived social media marketing
activities on brand loyalty: The mediation effect of brand and value
48
consciousness", Asia Pacific Journal of Marketing and Logistics, Vol. 29 No. 1, pp. 129-144.
13. Virtanen, H., Björk, P. and Sjöström, E. (2017), "Follow for follow:
marketing of a start-up company on Instagram", Journal of Small Business and Enterprise Development, Vol. 24 No. 3, pp. 468-484.
Unit 4: Social media
14. Belanche, D., Cenjor, I. and Pérez-Rueda, A. (2019), "Instagram Stories versus Facebook Wall: an advertising effectiveness analysis", Spanish Journal of Marketing - ESIC, Vol. 23 No. 1, pp. 69-94.
15. Boateng, H. and Okoe, A.F. (2015), "Consumers’ attitude towards social
media advertising and their behavioural response: The moderating role of corporate reputation", Journal of Research in Interactive Marketing, Vol. 9 No. 4, pp. 299-312.
16. Hamouda, M. (2018), "Understanding social media advertising effect on
consumers’ responses: An empirical investigation of tourism advertising on Facebook", Journal of Enterprise Information Management, Vol. 31 No. 3, pp. 426-445.
Class Attendance
Attendance and participation in all classes and computer lab sessions are mandatory. This is essential to the process of education
at UD since the students' involvement with their instructors and fellow peers are vital components of their academic preparation.
Absences hinder academic progress, and affects the student’s learning ability and grades. UD regulations for attendance and
absenteeism warnings imposed on all courses are stipulated in this section as follows:
a) All courses are offered in two consecutive sessions of two hour and twenty minutes each. A 20-minute break is given after the first session.
b) A faculty member must take attendance in each session.
c) If a student misses more than four sessions out of the 18 sessions in a course for non-acceptable reasons as deemed by the Instructor, he/ she will receive a grade of “FA” for the course, which counts like a failed course (See Table 1). The student must then repeat the course in the following term. However, the student shall have the right to attend the remaining classes of the course. Repeating a course entails a financial charge.
d) A student must work independently to catch up on missed lectures’ material.
Table 1: Absenteeism Percentages
Duration of Session Weeks/ Class Sessions
Percentage and Number of Session Absences
10% 20% 25% (Deprived or Withdrawn)
2 hour 20 minutes 9 (18 sessions) 2 Absences 4 Absences 5 Absences
49
Student Academic Integrity Policy The University of Dubai (UD), as per its Policy S 5.18, is keen to ensure a University culture characterized by intellectual and personal honesty, social integration, ethical behavior and respect for the rights of the individual. UD also expects its student to be self-disciplined in both their approach to studying and in their general conduct and behavior. The Student Code of Conduct is designed to promote this culture at UD and hence sets out the standard of conduct expected of students. Students who violate these standards will be subjected to disciplinary sanctions, according to established penalties as stated below. This will help UD to protect the University community by maintaining order, discipline and stability on campus.
II. Student Academic Misconduct ▪ Student Academic misconduct is an academic violation that covers but not limited to plagiarism,
misrepresentation, fabrication, and facilitation and cheating in exams. ▪ Apart from exam cheating and plagiarism, the decision on whether or not to treat an academic misconduct as
a violation of the Code of Student Conduct, is at the discretion of the instructor.
A. Plagiarism
Plagiarism refers to representing another person’s words or ideas as one’s own in any academic exercise. The University of Dubai has zero tolerance towards plagiarism (i.e. any portion of a submitted document that contains plagiarism will lead to the appropriate penalty). Every academic submission made by a student should be a work of his own and also not be self-plagiarized. In all cases of plagiarism whether it is blatant or self-plagiarism, students will be held accountable for violation of academic integrity which also includes a penalty for their dishonesty.
Types of Plagiarism
▪ Self: A student’s work reproduced more than once for the same course or for other courses without prior permission(s) of the instructor(s) involved is an act of plagiarism. Students should be very careful when quoting or paraphrasing (properly citing material).
▪ Accidental: Every student is required to understand plagiarism as something similar to acts of fraud in the academic community. For this reason, it is the responsibility of the student to make sure his/her work has been checked and properly acknowledged.
▪ Blatant: Student’s work reproduced from a fellow student or any other information source intentionally without proper acknowledgement is serious act of plagiarism. Students well of blatantly will lead to the strict penalty that can include non-grading of course work all the way to failing of the course as deemed by the faculty.
UD uses “Turnitin” software in Moodle to detect extent of similarity (through similarity index). Turnitin is used by both students and faculty to support in the learning process to understand the usage degree of the cited research material. The generated origination report from Moodle will support in the process.
For the above objective, Turnitin tool will be used by the faculty for all the graded assignments, exams, projects.
The faculty has the right to make final decision in regard to the students’ grades work in determining the student work integrity based on the criteria and the faculty awareness of the student’s work level.
Removal of a Graduate Degree
The Disciplinary Sanction is applied to graduate students when the Master thesis or the PhD. Dissertation is found to be plagiarized; the Master or Doctoral Degree will be removed from the student.
50
Students who are registered in this course must strictly adhere to Student Academic Integrity Policy. Failure to do so will subject students to the sanctions stated in the UD Code of Conduct available at this link: https://ud.ac.ae/on-campus/graduate-catalog
MOODLE
Important information about the course and supplementary exercises will be posted on Moodle. You are
automatically given access to Moodle, using your UD username and password, when you register for the course.
The course evaluation is also done via Moodle.
RES 704 – Advance Quantitative Analysis DUBAI BUSINESS SCHOOL
Brief Course Description
This course prepares students to gain advanced quantitative skills necessary to analyze research data. It
helps students grasp a multitude statistical models that are tailored to answer particular research
question. After introducing these advanced techniques such as 2SLS, time series analysis, panel data
analysis, forecasting and programing models, the course will focus to provide the students with the ability
to evaluate recent empirical studies and develop practical skills which are necessary to perform
independent research using statistical packages such as STATA and Smartplus.
Course Objective (CO): Upon completion of this course, students should be able to:
1. Students will learn how to apply (advanced) econometric techniques in analyzing business
problems in UAE/MEA context.
2. Students will be able to forecast and predict business levels using STATA with UAE/MEA data.
Term Academic Year
Program PhD Graduate X
Course Name Advanced Quantitative Analysis Course Code RES 704
Credit Hour 3 Pre-requisite Co-requisite None
Class Time TBA Days TBA Room TBA
Instructor
Name Email Phone Office Hours
TBA TBA TBA TBA
51
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): Upon completion of this workshop, students should be able to demonstrate the following outcomes:
1. Apply advanced econometric techniques for UAE//MEA data set. 2. Analyze business problems of UAE//MEA countries 3. Evaluate statistical techniques using STATA with data sets. 4. Predict business levels of UAE/MEA business using STATA/CMA.
This Course is Linked to the following Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs): 1. Acquire advanced knowledge through the understanding of key concepts, theories, and current
issues in the given business domain. 2. Critically review theoretical literature/practical business-oriented challenges and develop a
framework for empirical investigation 3. Apply a range of qualitative and quantitative research methodologies to develop innovative
solutions of current business-oriented challenges 4. Create new knowledge through conceptualizing, designing, and conducting empirical research
Educational Resources
Educational Resource Description
Textbooks Required Jeffrey M. Wooldridge - “Introductory Econometrics: A Modern Approach” (7th edition) - Cengage Leaning (2020)
References Griffiths, W. et al., Principles of Econometrics, Fifth edition, 2018.
Supporting Reading TBA
CLO Assessment Scheme
CLO QFE Alignment √
Linked to CO
Linked to PLO
Class Work (marks) 50%
Term Paper (marks)
20%
Final Exam (marks) 30%
Blooms Level
K S AR SD RC
Assig 1 20% Assig 2
25%
1 AN √ √ 1,2 1 5 5 5
2 AN √ √ 1,2 2 5 5 5 5
3 E, APP √ √ 1,2 3 10 5 10 10
4 E,APP √ √ 1,2 4 5 10 10 Total 20 25 25 30
INDEX: Blooms level: U – Understand, E –Evaluate, C= Create QFE Alignment: K- Knowledge; S- Skills, A&R - Autonomy & Responsibility; SD- Self-Development; RC-Role in Context
This course is assessed by a combination of assignment, homework, a term paper and a final exam. The weights of the assessments are shown in the above table. Each course grade is distributed as follows:
% Marks Grade Quality Points
90-100 A 4.0
87-89 A- 3.7
84-86 B+ 3.5
80-83 B 3.0
77-79 B- 2.7
74-76 C+ 2.3
70-73 C 2.0
0- 69 F (Fail) 0
52
Assessments
Assessment Description CLO Weight Due Date
Assignment 1 Students will be assigned individual problems sets that involves real data analysis using the statistical package
1,2,3 20 Week 4
Assignment 2 Assignment 2 is similar to assignment 1, but it is homework and students are expected not only use the statistical software but also comment more on the analyses and practical implications of the findings of their analysis.
1,2,3,4
25 Week 8
Term Paper The project resembles a working paper on the student’s Research Proposal. Submission of a report and a PowerPoint Presentation
2, 3 & 4
25 Week 9
Final Exam In class individual final exam 1, 2, 3 & 4
30 Week 10
Teaching Methods: Teaching methods used in this course are: 1. Lectures, handouts and PPT slides 2. Lab 3. In-class Written Assessments, home works and project 4. On-line Learning Management System (Moodle), available on-line at:
http://udmoodle/login/index.php 5. Handouts and reading material uploaded on the On-line Learning Management System (Moodle),
available on-line at: http://udmoodle/login/index.php 6. Lectures are conducted online during this period (caused by COVID-19) in accordance with the
recommendation of the Ministry of Education UAE, using ZOOM platform 7. Written assessments and presentations (online during COVID-19 period), with immediate
feedback.
Detailed Course outline
Weekly/Daily Teaching Plan
Day/Week
Lecture
Relation to CLO
Chapter Objectives Assignment / Reading
1 1 1 Module 1: Review econometrics mainly OLS
- Simple Regression model assumptions and their tests - Run regression model - The model specification and the data - Estimating the parameters of the Multiple Regression Model - Sampling properties of the Least Square estimators - Interval estimation and hypothesis testing - Measuring goodness of fit - Conducting F-test - Testing the significance of the model Article: How the data we make can unmake us: annals of factology by Bruce L. Gardner Application: Solow’s 1957 study of technical change
2 2 2 Module 2: Instrumental
Variables and Model
Specification
.
- Endogeneity problem (Correlation between an
independent variable and the error term)
- Errors in variables (Measurement error) - Simultaneous Equations Bias (Specification error) - Omitted variables - IV/2SLS estimation and Regressions diagnostics - Specifications tests
53
Class Attendance
Attendance and participation in all classes (which are online during the COVID-19 period) are mandatory.
This is essential to the process of education at UD since the students' involvement with their instructors
and fellow peers are vital components of their academic preparation. Absences hinder academic progress,
Tasks: Practice on performing Module 2 work on lab using statistical software. And interpret output results. Application: Returns to schooling by Angrist and Krueger paper; Ashenfelter and Krueger paper
3 3 3 Module 3: Regression with
Time series data
- Stationary time series - Spurious regressions - Checking stationary using the Autocorrelation Function - Unit root tests for stationary - Co integration Tasks: Practice on performing Module 3 work on PCs using statistical software. And interpret output results.
4 4 3 Module 4: Panel data
analysis (Pooling time
series and cross sectional
data)
Assignment 1 Due
- An economic model - Seemingly unrelated regressions - A dummy variable specification - An error components model Tasks: Practice on performing Module 4 work on PCs
using statistical software. And interpret output results.
Application: Growth and convergence by Hayashi
5 5 3 Module 5: Advanced
Forecasting Methods
- Naïve Model - Mean/Weighted Moving Average - Autoregressive integrated moving average (ARIMA) - Evaluation of model Tasks: Practice on performing Module 5 work on PCs using statistical software. And interpret output results.
6 6 3 Module 6: Program
Modeling
- Linear Programming - Integer programming - Goal Programming Tasks: Practice on performing Module 6 work on PCs using statistical software. And interpret output results.
7
7 4 Module 7: Program
Modeling & Simulation
- Non Linear programming
- Introduction and types of simulations
- Model Specifications
Tasks: Practice on performing Module 7 work on PCs
using statistical software. And interpret output results.
8 8 4 Module 8: Simulations
Assignment 2 Due
- Monte Carlo Simulation
- Discrete Event Simulation
Tasks: Practice on performing Module 8 work on PCs
using statistical software. And interpret output results.
9
9 1,2,3&4 Term Paper Presentation and Submission
Presentation and submission. Detailed feedback will be given.
10 10 1,2,3 &4 Final Exam In-class individual final exam
54
and affects the student’s learning ability and grades. UD regulations for attendance and absenteeism
warnings imposed on all courses are stipulated in this section as follows:
a) All courses are offered in two consecutive sessions of two hour and twenty minutes each. A 20-minute break is given after the first session.
b) A faculty member must take attendance in each session.
c) If a student misses more than four sessions out of the 18 sessions in a course for non-acceptable reasons as deemed by the Instructor, he/ she will receive a grade of “FA” for the course, which counts like a failed course (See Table 1). The student must then repeat the course in the following term. However, the student shall have the right to attend the remaining classes of the course. Repeating a course entails a financial charge.
d) A student must work independently to catch up on missed lectures’ material.
Table 1: Absenteeism Percentages
Duration of Session Weeks/ Class Sessions
Percentage and Number of Session Absences
10% 20%
25% (Deprived or Withdrawn)
2 hour 20 minutes 9 (18 sessions) 2 Absences 4 Absences 5 Absences
Student Academic Integrity (UD Policy 5.18) Student Academic misconduct is an academic violation that covers but not limited to plagiarism, misrepresentation, fabrication, facilitation, and cheating in exams.
Apart from exam cheating and plagiarism, the decision on whether or not to treat an academic misconduct as a violation of the Code of Student Conduct, is at the discretion of the instructor.
For more details on UD Policy of Academic Misconduct, please refer to UD Code of Conduct available at this link: https://ud.ac.ae/on-campus/graduate-catalog
Plagiarism Plagiarism refers to representing another person’s words or ideas as one’s own in any academic exercise. The University of Dubai has zero tolerance towards plagiarism (i.e. any portion of a submitted document that contains plagiarism will lead to the appropriate penalty). Every academic submission made by a student should be a work of his own and also not be self-plagiarized. In all cases of plagiarism whether it is blatant or self-plagiarism, students will be held accountable for violation of academic integrity which also includes a penalty for their dishonesty.
Types of Plagiarism
• Self: A student’s work reproduced more than once for the same course or for other courses without prior permission(s) of the instructor(s) involved is, an act of plagiarism. Students should be very careful when quoting or paraphrasing (properly citing material).
55
• Accidental: This type of plagiarism occurs when a student does not cite the sources or
paraphrases a source by using identical words without attribution.
• Blatant: Student’s work reproduced from a fellow student or any other information source
intentionally without proper acknowledgement is a serious act of plagiarism. This type of
plagiarism will lead to the strict penalty that can include non-grading of course work all the way
to failing of the course as deemed by the faculty.
UD uses “Turnitin” software in Moodle to detect extent of similarity (through similarity index). Turnitin is used by both students and faculty to support in the learning process to understand the usage degree of the cited research material. The generated origination report from Moodle will support in the process.
For the above objective, Turnitin tool will be used by the faculty for all the graded assignments, exams, projects.
The faculty has the right to make final decision in regard to the students’ grades work in determining the student work integrity based on the criteria and the faculty awareness of the student’s work level.
Removal of a Graduate Degree The Disciplinary Sanction is applied to graduate students when the Master thesis or the PhD. Dissertation is found to be plagiarized; the Master or Doctoral Degree will be removed from the student.
Students who are registered in this course must strictly adhere to Student Academic Integrity Policy. Failure to do so will subject students to the sanctions stated in the UD Code of Conduct available at this link: https://ud.ac.ae/on-campus/graduate-catalog
MOODLE Important information about the course and supplementary exercises will be posted on Moodle. You are
automatically given access to Moodle, using your UD username and password, when you register for the
course. The course evaluation is also done via Moodle.
56
FIN 714 – Empirical Finance DUBAI BUSINESS SCHOOL
Term Academic Year
Program PhD Graduate X
Course Name Empirical Finance Course Code FIN 714
Credit Hour 3 Pre-requisite Co-requisite None
Class Time Days Room
Instructor
Name Email Phone Office Hours
Brief Course Description: The course provides a comprehensive introduction to empirical finance and financial markets landscape, instruments, structure, and valuation. The essential topics of the course include portfolio selection, equilibrium asset pricing, stock valuation, arbitrage pricing, fixed-income securities, derivatives, and foundations of behavioral finance. The classes will cover the central themes of modern finance including individual investment decisions under uncertainty. Upon completion of this course, students should have a clear understanding of the major concepts in finance and financial economics. The relevant tools for problem-solving will be developed and practiced in the homework assignments. All the models considered have immediate applications for real-world finance and investment decisions. The course will focus on empirical evidence and research applications and could be utilized and extended in future studies. Course Objective (CO): Upon completion of this course, students should be able to:
1. Understand the core concepts in finance and financial markets. 2. Apply valuation and asset pricing skills
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): Upon completion of this course, students should be able to demonstrate the following outcomes (With linkage to CO):
1. Understand the basis of financial instruments, portfolio theories, and market efficiency. 2. Apply different pricing models to equities, bonds, and securities. 3. Analyze the return and risk profiles of different securities. 4. Evaluate various concepts in traditional and behavioral finance.
Educational Resources
Educational Resource Description
Textbooks Required Bodie, Z., Kane, A., and Marcus. A.J. (2017). Investments, 11th Editition. McGraw-Hill Educatio. Baker, H.K., & Nosfinger, J.R. (2011). Behavioral finance: Investors, corporations, and markets. Wiley.
Supporting Reading Supporting readings are indicated in the course detailed agenda. Furthermore, the students will receive relevant handouts in the class.
CLO Assessment Scheme
CLO QFE Alignment √
Linked to CO
Linked to PO
Individual assignments (marks)
50%
Group project (marks 30%)
Final Exam (marks) 30%
57
Blooms Level
K S AR SD RC
Individual assignme
nt (1) 25%
Individual assignme
nt (2) 25%
1 DEV √ √ 1 3 10 10 5 5
2 APP √ √ √ √ 2 3 10 10 5 5
3 AN √ √ 2 3 5 5 10 10
4 EV √ √ √ √ √ 1 3 10 10
Total 25 25 20 30
INDEX: Blooms level: APP - Apply, AN-Analyze, S –Synthesis, E –Evaluate QFE Alignment: K- Knowledge; S- Skills, A&R - Autonomy & Responsibility; SD- Self-Development; RC-Role in Context
This course is assessed by a combination of class work (assignments/ quizzes, group work, simulations), and an examination. Class work constitutes 70% of the course grade and one examination at the end constitutes 30% of the course grade. Each course grade is distributed as under:
% Marks Grade Quality Points
90-100 A 4.0
87-89 A- 3.7
84-86 B+ 3.5
80-83 B 3.0
77-79 B- 2.7
74-76 C+ 2.3
70-73 C 2.0
0- 69 F (Fail) 0
Assessments
Assessment Description CLO Weight Due Date
Individual Assignment1
In this class, students will be given in-class short assignments related to the case and/or the subject. The nature of the assignment will be specified.
1,2.3
25 Week 4
Individual Assignment 2
In this class, students will be given more in-class short assignments related to the case and/or the subject. The nature of the assignment will be specified.
1,2,3
25 Week 6
Group project The announcement of a group project will be made in week three. The class will be divided into number of groups, each team will have a member working as a project leader and rest as the project team. Project leader will delegate tasks and group will prepare a short oral presentation to the rest of the class, and answer questions from the classmates and the instructor. Each group will be marked on criteria such as their evaluation and application of project management tools, presentation of the findings and ability to answer questions. All group members are expected to contribute equally to the project tasks.
1,2,3,4
20 Week 8
Final Exam Comprehensive coverage of the course 1,2,3,4 30 Week 9
Teaching Methods: Teaching methods used in this course are:
1. Lectures and Case Studies 2. In-class Written Assessments and Home works 3. On-line Learning Management System (Moodle), available on-line at: http://udmoodle/login/index.php 4. Handout reading material
58
Detailed Course outline
Weekly/Daily Teaching Plan
Day/Week
Lecture
Relation to CLO
Chapter Objectives Assignment / Reading
1 1 1 Financial markets and instruments. Financial markets. Financial instruments. Performance of securities (present value, future value, annuities, compounding and measuring returns).
Bodie, Kane, & Markus (2017). Chapters 1-4.
2 2 1 Portfolio choice. Portfolio choice
and returns. Efficient portfolio
with two and multiple risky
securities. Optimal portfolio
choice and investor preferences.
Inclusion of a risk-less asset.
Market efficiency.
Bodie, Kane, & Markus (2017). Chapters 5-6
Markowitz, H. 1952. Portfolio selection. Journal of Finance
7(1): 77-91.
Jensen, M.C. 1968. The performance of mutual funds in
the period 1945-1964. Journal of Finance 23(2).
3 3 2 The CAPM and APT. The Capital
Asset Pricing Model. Applications
of the CAPM and beyond.
Arbitrage theory and the law of
one price. Multifactor models.
Bodie, Kane, & Markus (2017). Chapters 7-8
Sharpe, W.F. (1964). Capital asset prices: A theory of
market equilibrium under conditions of risk. Journal of
Finance, 19(3).
Fama, E.F., K.R. French. (1992). The cross-section of
expected stock returns. Journal of Finance 47(2).
Carhart, M. 1997. On persistence in mutual fund
performance, 52(1).
4 4 2 Equity valuation. Dividend
discount models, valuation ratios. Bodie, Kane, & Markus (2017). Chapter 13
La Porta et al. (2002). Investor protection and corporate
valuation. Journal of Finance 57(3).
Individual assignment 1 due this week.
5 5 3 Fixed-income securities. Bond
returns, forward rates, yield
curve, duration and
immunization
Bodie, Kane, & Markus (2017). Chapters 10-11.
6 6 4 Derivatives. Option basics,
strategies, and arbitrage bounds.
The Black-Scholes-Merton pricing
formula. Forwards, futures, and
swaps.
Bodie, Kane, & Markus (2017). Chapters 15-17.
Black, F., & Scholes, M. 1973. The pricing of options and
corporate liabilities. Journal of Political Economy, 81 (3). s.
637–654.
Cheng, I.-H., & Xiong, W. (2014). Financialization of
Ccommodity markets. Annual Review of Financil
Economics,6, 419-441.
Individual assignment 2 due this week.
59
Class Attendance
Attendance and participation in all classes and computer lab sessions are mandatory. This is essential to the process of education
at UD since the students' involvement with their instructors and fellow peers are vital components of their academic preparation.
Absences hinder academic progress, and affects the student’s learning ability and grades. UD regulations for attendance and
absenteeism warnings imposed on all courses are stipulated in this section as follows:
a) All courses are offered in two consecutive sessions of two hour and twenty minutes each. A 20-minute break is given after the first session.
b) A faculty member must take attendance in each session.
c) If a student misses more than four sessions out of the 18 sessions in a course for non-acceptable reasons as deemed by the Instructor, he/ she will receive a grade of “FA” for the course, which counts like a failed course (See Table 1). The student must then repeat the course in the following term. However, the student shall have the right to attend the remaining classes of the course. Repeating a course entails a financial charge.
d) A student must work independently to catch up on missed lectures’ material.
Table 1: Absenteeism Percentages
Duration of Session Weeks/ Class Sessions
Percentage and Number of Session Absences
10% 20% 25% (Deprived or Withdrawn)
2 hour 20 minutes 9 (18 sessions) 2 Absences 4 Absences 5 Absences
Student Academic Integrity Policy The University of Dubai (UD), as per its Policy S 5.18, is keen to ensure a University culture characterized by intellectual and personal honesty, social integration, ethical behavior and respect for the rights of the individual. UD also expects its student to be self-disciplined in both their approach to studying and in their general conduct and behavior. The Student Code of Conduct is designed to promote this culture at UD and hence sets out the standard of conduct expected of students. Students who violate these standards will be subjected to disciplinary sanctions, according to established penalties as stated below. This will help UD to protect the University community by maintaining order, discipline and stability on campus.
7
7 4 Behavioral finance. Psychological
concepts and behavioral biases.
The Prospect Theory. Behavioral
aspects of asset pricing.
Kend and Nosfinfer (2011), part I – III
Daniel, K., Hirshleifer, D., and Subrahmanyam A. (1998).
Investor psychology and security market under- and
overreactions. 53(6).
Shleifer, A., & Vishny, R.W. 1997. The Limits of Arbitrage.
Journal of Finance 52(1)
Baker, M., and Wurgler, J. (2006). Investor sentiment and
the cross-section of stock returns. Journal of Finance
61(4).
8
8 1,2,3
Group presentations Group Project due this week.
9
9 1,2,3
Group presentations
10 10 1,2,3
Final Examination (Comprehensive)
60
III. Student Academic Misconduct
▪ Student Academic misconduct is an academic violation that covers but not limited to plagiarism, misrepresentation, fabrication, and facilitation and cheating in exams.
▪ Apart from exam cheating and plagiarism, the decision on whether or not to treat an academic misconduct as a violation of the Code of Student Conduct, is at the discretion of the instructor.
A. Plagiarism
Plagiarism refers to representing another person’s words or ideas as one’s own in any academic exercise. The University of Dubai has zero tolerance towards plagiarism (i.e. any portion of a submitted document that contains plagiarism will lead to the appropriate penalty). Every academic submission made by a student should be a work of his own and also not be self-plagiarized. In all cases of plagiarism whether it is blatant or self-plagiarism, students will be held accountable for violation of academic integrity which also includes a penalty for their dishonesty. Types of Plagiarism
▪ Self: A student’s work reproduced more than once for the same course or for other courses without prior permission(s) of the instructor(s) involved is an act of plagiarism. Students should be very careful when quoting or paraphrasing (properly citing material).
▪ Accidental: Every student is required to understand plagiarism as something similar to acts of fraud in the academic community. For this reason, it is the responsibility of the student to make sure his/her work has been checked and properly acknowledged.
▪ Blatant: Student’s work reproduced from a fellow student or any other information source intentionally without proper acknowledgement is serious act of plagiarism. Students well of blatantly will lead to the strict penalty that can include non-grading of course work all the way to failing of the course as deemed by the faculty.
UD uses “Turnitin” software in Moodle to detect extent of similarity (through similarity index). Turnitin is used by both students
and faculty to support in the learning process to understand the usage degree of the cited research material. The generated
origination report from Moodle will support in the process.
For the above objective, Turnitin tool will be used by the faculty for all the graded assignments, exams, projects.
The faculty has the right to make final decision in regard to the students’ grades work in determining the student work integrity
based on the criteria and the faculty awareness of the student’s work level.
Removal of a Graduate Degree
The Disciplinary Sanction is applied to graduate students when the Master thesis or the PhD. Dissertation is found to be
plagiarized; the Master or Doctoral Degree will be removed from the student.
Students who are registered in this course must strictly adhere to Student Academic Integrity Policy. Failure to do so will
subject students to the sanctions stated in the UD Code of Conduct available at this link: https://ud.ac.ae/on-
campus/graduate-catalog
MOODLE
Important information about the course and supplementary exercises will be posted on Moodle. You are automatically given
access to Moodle, using your UD username and password, when you register for the course. The course evaluation is also done
via Moodle.
61
SCL 716 - Operations and Supply Chain Management
DUBAI BUSINESS SCHOOL
Term Academic Year
Program PhD Graduate X
Course Name Operations and Supply Chain Management Course Code SCL 716
Credit Hour 3 Pre-requisite Co-requisite None
Class Time Days Room
Instructor
Name Email Phone Office Hours
Brief Course Description: The main purpose of this course is to help students gain knowledge in the theoretical and substantive areas of operations and supply chain management in order to develop mastery of rigorous methods of reasoning and experimentation, to understand and evaluate the scientific literature related to its research project, and to contribute to the advancement of theoretical and applied knowledge. In sum, this course provides an introduction to the key conceptual skills and methods of supply chain management which involves the application of frameworks and mathematical modelling tools to supply chain management problems. Course Objective (CO): Upon completion of this course, students should be able to:
1. Demonstrate an understanding of the key concepts and methods in operations and supply chain management
2. Apply analytical models of operations and supply chain management to design the right supply chain networks and the right strategies to manage it.
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): Upon completion of this course, students should be able to demonstrate the following outcomes (With linkage to CO):
1. Develop an understanding of the key concepts in logistics and supply chain management
2. Identify optimal strategy and risks while managing operations and supply chain management. 3. Analyze the different components of the operations and supply chain management. 4. Evaluate the different tools and methods of designing and implementing supply chain management
strategies. CLO Assessment Scheme
CLO QFE Alignment √
Linked to CO
Linked to PCO
Linked to PO
Class Work Final Exam (marks) 40%
Blooms Level
K S AR
SD
RC
Assig 1 Assig2
62
1 AN √ √ 10 10
2 AN √ √ 10 10 10
3 E, APP 10 10 10
4 E,APP 10 10
Total 30 30 40 INDEX: Blooms level: APP – Apply, AN-Analyze, S –Synthesis, E –Evaluate QFE Alignment: K- Knowledge; S- Skills, A&R – Autonomy & Responsibility; SD- Self-Development; RC-Role in Context
This course is assessed by a combination of class work (assignments/ quizzes, group work, simulations), and an examination. Class work constitutes 70% of the course grade and one examination at the end constitutes 30% of the course grade. Each course grade is distributed as under:
% Marks Grade Quality Points
90-100 A 4.0
87-89 A- 3.7
84-86 B+ 3.5
80-83 B 3.0
77-79 B- 2.7
74-76 C+ 2.3
70-73 C 2.0
0- 69 F (Fail) 0
Assessments In class case analysis and Group Project
Assessment Description CLO Weight Due Date
Assignment 1 In this class, students will be given in-class a case study related to the case and/or the subject. The details of the case study will be disclosed.
1,2,&3 30 Week 4
Assignment 2 The announcement of a group project will be made in week three or four at the most. The class will be divided into number of groups, each team will have a member working as a project leader and rest as the project team. Project leader will delegate tasks and group will prepare a short oral presentation to the rest of the class, and answer questions from the classmates and the instructor. Each group will be marked on criteria such as their evaluation and application of project management tools, presentation of the findings and ability to answer questions. All group members are expected to contribute equally to the project tasks.
2,3,&4
30 Week 8
Final Exam 1,2,3,4 40 Week 10
Teaching Methods: Teaching methods used in this course are:
1. Lectures and Case Studies 2. In-class Written Assessments and Home works 3. On-line Learning Management System (Moodle), available on-line at: http://udmoodle/login/index.php 4. Handout reading material
Detailed Course outline
Weekly/Daily Teaching Plan
Day/Week Lecture
Relation to
Chapter Objectives Assignment / Reading
63
CLO
1 1 1 An introduction to Supply Chain: An overview - What is SCM? - Development chain - Global optimization - Managing uncertainty - Evolution of SCM - Complexity of SCM - Why SCM? - Key issues in SCM
Chap 1
2 2 1 Operations Strategy
- Understand and evaluate:
- Operations Strategy
- Decision Analysis
- Consulting & Reengineering
Chap 2 &3
3 3 2 Operations Analysis:
- Develop Process Analysis
- Analyze and to solve Waiting & Queues
models
Chap 4&5
4 4 2 Supply chain Logistics Network Configuration
- To be able to evaluate and design:
- Operations and manufacturing layout
- Lean Production Systems
- Supply and distribution networks design
Assignment 1 DUE
Chap11&12
5 5 3 Multistage Production Systems
- To study the different configurations of the
production system.
- To discuss Material Requirements Planning
(MRP, MRPII under capacity constraints),
- To evaluate Multi-Stage Control and
Scheduling as well as Simulation and
Quality
Chap5
6 6 3 Operations Planning and Control
- Inventory Management
- Forecasting
- Quality Management: Six Sigma
Chap 6
7
7 4 Supply chain risk management
- To enhance the understanding of supply
chain risk
- To evaluate the appropriate techniques to
mitigate the negative impact on the supply
chain network
Chap12 & 16
64
Educational Resources
Educational Resource Description
Textbooks Required Christopher, Martin. Logistics & supply chain management. Pearson UK, 2018.
References 1. Quantitative Methods in Supply Chain Management: Models and Algorithms By Ioannis T. Christou 2. Supply Chain Management: Strategy, Planning and Operation. By Sunil Chopra and Peter Meindl. First edition published by Prentice-Hall, Inc., 2001. Designing and managing the supply chain: concepts, strategies, and case studies. By David Simchi-Levi, Philip Kaminsky and Edith Simchi-Levi. 1. edition published by McGraw-Hill, 2000. 3. – For purchasing and contracting focus: Purchasing and supply chain management. By Robert Monczka, Robert Trent and Robert Handfield. 2. edition published by South-Western, 2002. ISBN 0-324-02315-4. . For linear programming type modelling and finance focus: Modeling the supply chain. By Jeremy F. Shapiro. 1. edition published by Pacific Grove, 2001.
Supporting Reading Pricing. N. Petruzzi and M. Dada. Pricing and the newsvendor problem. Operations Research 1999 Vol.47 No.2: 183-194. Y. Zheng. On properties of stochastic inventory systems. Management Science 1992 Vol.38 No.1: 87-103. M. S. Daskin and C. R. Coullard, An inventory-location model: formulation, solution algorithm and computational results, Annals of Operations Research, 110, 83-106 (2002)
Class Attendance Attendance and participation in all classes and computer lab sessions are mandatory. This is essential to the process of education
at UD since the students' involvement with their instructors and fellow peers are vital components of their academic preparation.
Absences hinder academic progress, and affects the student’s learning ability and grades. UD regulations for attendance and
absenteeism warnings imposed on all courses are stipulated in this section as follows:
a) All courses are offered in two consecutive sessions of two hour and twenty minutes each. A 20-minute break is given after the first session.
b) A faculty member must take attendance in each session.
c) If a student misses more than four sessions out of the 18 sessions in a course for non-acceptable reasons as deemed by the Instructor, he/ she will receive a grade of “FA” for the course, which counts like a failed course (See Table 1). The student must then repeat the course in the following term. However, the student shall have the right to attend the remaining classes of the course. Repeating a course entails a financial charge.
d) A student must work independently to catch up on missed lectures’ material.
- To develop Resilience and robustness
analysis
8
8 4 IT and supply chain management
- Electronically Linking the Supply Chain
- Supply chain IT innovations
- Technology Standards
Assignment 2 DUE
Chap 16
9 9 4 Strategic Alliances and contract management
- To develop and to Implement Partnerships
in the Supply Chain
- To understand the basic of international
supply chain agreements and contracts
Chap14&16
10 10 1,2,3 &4
Final Examination
65
Table 1: Absenteeism Percentages
Duration of Session Weeks/ Class Sessions
Percentage and Number of Session Absences
10% 20% 25% (Deprived or Withdrawn)
2 hour 20 minutes 9 (18 sessions) 2 Absences 4 Absences 5 Absences
Student Academic Integrity Policy The University of Dubai (UD), as per its Policy S 5.18, is keen to ensure a University culture characterized by intellectual and personal honesty, social integration, ethical behavior and respect for the rights of the individual. UD also expects its student to be self-disciplined in both their approach to studying and in their general conduct and behavior. The Student Code of Conduct is designed to promote this culture at UD and hence sets out the standard of conduct expected of students. Students who violate these standards will be subjected to disciplinary sanctions, according to established penalties as stated below. This will help UD to protect the University community by maintaining order, discipline and stability on campus.
IV. Student Academic Misconduct ▪ Student Academic misconduct is an academic violation that covers but not limited to plagiarism, misrepresentation,
fabrication, and facilitation and cheating in exams. ▪ Apart from exam cheating and plagiarism, the decision on whether or not to treat an academic misconduct as a violation
of the Code of Student Conduct, is at the discretion of the instructor.
A. Plagiarism Plagiarism refers to representing another person’s words or ideas as one’s own in any academic exercise. The University of Dubai has zero tolerance towards plagiarism (i.e. any portion of a submitted document that contains plagiarism will lead to the appropriate penalty). Every academic submission made by a student should be a work of his own and also not be self-plagiarized. In all cases of plagiarism whether it is blatant or self-plagiarism, students will be held accountable for violation of academic integrity which also includes a penalty for their dishonesty. Types of Plagiarism
▪ Self: A student’s work reproduced more than once for the same course or for other courses without prior permission(s) of the instructor(s) involved is an act of plagiarism. Students should be very careful when quoting or paraphrasing (properly citing material).
▪ Accidental: Every student is required to understand plagiarism as something similar to acts of fraud in the academic community. For this reason, it is the responsibility of the student to make sure his/her work has been checked and properly acknowledged.
▪ Blatant: Student’s work reproduced from a fellow student or any other information source intentionally without proper acknowledgement is serious act of plagiarism. Students well of blatantly will lead to the strict penalty that can include non-grading of course work all the way to failing of the course as deemed by the faculty.
UD uses “Turnitin” software in Moodle to detect extent of similarity (through similarity index). Turnitin is used by both students
and faculty to support in the learning process to understand the usage degree of the cited research material. The generated
origination report from Moodle will support in the process.
For the above objective, Turnitin tool will be used by the faculty for all the graded assignments, exams, projects.
The faculty has the right to make final decision in regard to the students’ grades work in determining the student work integrity
based on the criteria and the faculty awareness of the students work level.
Removal of a Graduate Degree
The Disciplinary Sanction is applied to graduate students when the Master thesis or the PhD. Dissertation is found to be plagiarized; the Master or Doctoral Degree will be removed from the student.
66
Students who are registered in this course must strictly adhere to Student Academic Integrity Policy. Failure to do so will subject students to the sanctions stated in the UD Code of Conduct available at this link: https://ud.ac.ae/on-campus/graduate-catalog
MOODLE
Important information about the course and supplementary exercises will be posted on Moodle. You are automatically given
access to Moodle, using your UD username and password, when you register for the course. The course evaluation is also done
via Moodle.
67
BUS 718 - Business Strategy DUBAI BUSINESS SCHOOL
Term Academic
Year
Program PhD Graduate X
Course
Name Business Strategy Course Code BUS 718
Credit Hour 3 Pre-requisite Co-requisite None
Class Time Days Room
Instructor
Name Email Phone Office Hours
Brief Course Description: In this course students will learn the core elements of Business Strategy with the underlying theoretical rigor of economic theories. Competition lies at the heart of business, and doctoral students after studying this course will have the knowledge to undertake research in areas related to businesses conducted locally, regionally or globally. A selection of key areas on which students could focus their research themes for doctoral thesis could be: entry and exit strategies in a variety of markets, sources and strategies to cope with competitors, sources of competitive advantages and their sustainability, links between the strategy and structure of firms, and conducting industry analysis. This Course will also expose students to the elements of game theory principles of modern global business.
Course Objective (CO):
1. Students will have an in-depth understanding of rationales in economic theories to understand the contemporary strategy analysis applicable to modern firms.
2. Students will be able to conduct an industry analysis with the help of tools learnt in the course.
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO):
Upon completion of this course, students would be able to:
1. Conduct industry analysis to gauge the level of entry barriers into a business.
2. Analyze Core issues in a competitive business and evaluate existing relationships between competitive
elements of a business.
3. Integrate logically derived arguments into decision making process.
4. Synthetize sources and dimensions of competitive advantages accruing to firms.
This Course is Linked to the following Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs):
1. Acquire advanced knowledge through the understanding of key concepts, theories, and current issues in the
given business domain.
68
2. Critically review theoretical literature/practical business-oriented challenges and develop a framework for
empirical investigation
3. Apply a range of qualitative and quantitative research methodologies to develop innovative solutions of
current business-oriented challenges
4. Create new knowledge through conceptualizing, designing, and conducting empirical research
Educational Resources
Educational Resource Description
Textbooks Required Economics of Strategy (2017) by David Besanko, David Dranove, Mark Shanley, Scott
Schaefer. John Wiley & Sons.
Contemporary Strategy Analysis (2019) by Robert M. Grant. John Wiley & Sons.
References Games of Strategy (2015) by Avinash Dixit, Susan Skeath, et al. W. W. Norton & Company.
The Art of Strategy: A Game Theorist's Guide to Success in Business and Life by Avinash Dixit
and Barry Nalebuff | 19 Feb 2010.
W. W. Norton & Company.
(note: these books are slightly dated, but classics are worth buying)
Supporting Reading Case studies available in Moodle.
CLO Assessment Scheme
CLO QFE Alignment √
Link
ed
to
CO
Link
ed
to
PO
Assessment and
Group project
Term
Paper
(marks)
40
Blooms
Level K S A
R
S
D
R
C
Assignm
ent 1/
Indiv
Assignm
ent 2 /
Group
1 E √ √ 1 1 10 10
2 S √ √ √ 2 3 10 10 10
3 S √ √ √ 2 2 10 10 10
4 S √ √ √ 2 2 10 10
30 30 40
INDEX: Blooms level: APP - Apply, AN-Analyze, S –Synthesis, E –Evaluate
QFE Alignment: K- Knowledge; S- Skills, A&R - Autonomy & Responsibility; SD- Self-Development; RC- Role in Context
69
This course is assessed by a combination of two assignments (totaling 60%), and a term paper (40%). Each course
grade is distributed as under:
% Marks Grade Quality Points
➢ 95 A 4.0
90-94 A- 3.7
87-89 B+ 3.5
83-86 B 3.0
80-82 B- 2.7
Below 80 F (Fail) 0
Assessments
Assessment Description CLO Weight Due Date
Assignment 1 This will be a case study analyses. A case study will be
provided by the Instructor and the students are required to
identify the problems mentioned in the case study and offer
solutions based on strategic management process taught in
the course.
1 2 &
3
30 Week 4
Assignment 2 Second piece of assessment will consist of small group work
which will assess students’ group approach to analyzing a real-
life case study of a company. The announcement of a group
project will be made in week three. The class will be divided
into groups, each team will have a member working as a
project leader and rest as the project team. Project leader will
delegate tasks and group will prepare a short oral
presentation to the rest of the class, and answer questions
from the classmates and the instructor. Each group will be
marked on criteria such as their evaluation and application of
project management tools, presentation of the findings and
ability to answer questions. All group members are expected
to contribute equally to the project tasks.
2, 3 &
4
30 Week 8
Term Paper This is the research requirement for the course. The paper will
serve as an important exercise on how to design your research
proposal. Students will identify a problem that is plaguing
some business and will come up with a basic-research design
on how to investigate that problem.
1, 2 3
& 4
40 Week 9
70
Teaching Methods: Teaching methods used in this course are:
1. Handouts and reading material uploaded on the On-line Learning Management System (Moodle), available on-line at: http://udmoodle/login/index.php
2. Lectures are conducted online during this period (caused by COVID-19) in accordance with the recommendation of the Ministry of Education UAE, using ZOOM platform
3. Discussion of Peer-reviewed Journal Articles. 4. Written assessments and presentations (online during COVID-19 period), with immediate feedback.
Detailed Course outline
Weekly/Daily Teaching Plan
Week Lecture
CLO Chapter Objectives Assignment /
Reading
1 Concept,
history, and
framework of
strategy
1,2 Why study strategy? The need for economics as a base for
strategy.
A brief history of strategy. A framework for strategy: within
the firm – goals and values, resources and capabilities,
structure and systems. Within the industry environment -
competitors, customers, suppliers.
Ch-1 Grant Ch-1 Besanko et. al. Reading: Ch on evolution of modern firm in Besanko et. al. 2 x case studies to be handed in class
2 Tools of strategy
analysis
3 Analyzing industry attractiveness; dissecting five-forces
framework, applying industry analysis to forecasting
industry profitability, using industry analysis to develop
strategy.
Extending five-forces framework: does industry matter,
hyper competition, the contribution of game theory,
segmentation analysis, strategic groups.
Ch-3,4 Grant Ch-1,2 Dixit and Skeath.
3 Analyzing resources and capabilities
3,4 The role of resources and capabilities in strategy
formulation; identifying and appraising resources and
capabilities. Developing strategy implications.
Ch-5 Grant Case studies to be given in class
4 Sources and dimensions of competitive advantage
1,2 How competitive advantages emerge and how they are
sustained.
Types of competitive advantages.
Competitive advantages in mature industries.
ASSIGNMENT 1 PRESENTATION & SUBMISSION
Ch-7, 10 Grant Ch-11 Besanko et. al.
5 The horizontal boundaries of the firm
1,2,3 Defining boundaries.
Sources of scale and scope economies, origin of scale
economies, scale economies in R and D. Sources of dis-
Ch-2 Besanko et.al. Cases to be given in class
71
Class Attendance
Attendance and participation in all classes and computer lab sessions are mandatory. This is essential to the process
of education at UD since the students' involvement with their instructors and fellow peers are vital components of
their academic preparation. Absences hinder academic progress, and affects the student’s learning ability and
grades. UD regulations for attendance and absenteeism warnings imposed on all courses are stipulated in this
section as follows:
a) All courses are offered in two consecutive sessions of two hour and twenty minutes each. A 20-minute break is given after the first session.
economies of scale.
The learning curve and its contribution to firms,
competitive advantage.
6 The vertical
boundaries of
the firm
1,2,3
Analyzing the fundamental ‘make or buy’ decision.
Reasons to make; exploiting scale and learning economies.
Reasons to buy: the economic foundations of contracts,
complete vs. incomplete contracting.
Coordination of production flows through vertical chain,
leakage of private information, transaction costs,
relationship specific assets, rents and quasi-rents, the
holdup problem, holdup problem and transaction cost.
Ch-3 Besanko et.al. Ch-11 Grant Cases to be allocated in class.
7
Strategic
positioning for
competitive
advantage
3,4 Competitive advantage and value creation: analytical tools
and conceptual foundations. From maximum willingness to
pay to consumer surplus.
Strategic positioning – cost advantage and benefit
advantage.
Strategic focusing broad coverage vs. focus strategies.
Ch-11 Besanko et.al.
8
Global strategy and MNEs
1,2,3,4 Implementing corporate strategy – managing multi-
business firm.
The role of corporate management: managing the
corporate portfolio, individual businesses, linkages across
boundaries.
Managing change in MNEs.
ASSIGNMENT 2 PRESENTATION & SUBMISSION
9 1,2,3,4 TERM PAPER PRESENTATION & SUBMISSION
72
b) A faculty member must take attendance in each session.
c) If a student misses more than four sessions out of the 18 sessions in a course for non-acceptable reasons as deemed by the Instructor, he/ she will receive a grade of “FA” for the course, which counts like a failed course (See Table 1). The student must then repeat the course in the following term. However, the student shall have the right to attend the remaining classes of the course. Repeating a course entails a financial charge.
d) A student must work independently to catch up on missed lectures’ material. Table 1: Absenteeism Percentages
Duration of Session Weeks/ Class Sessions
Percentage and Number of Session Absences
10% 20% 25% (Deprived or Withdrawn)
2 hour 20 minutes 9 (18 sessions) 2 Absences 4 Absences 5 Absences
Student Academic Integrity Policy
The University of Dubai (UD), as per its Policy S 5.18, is keen to ensure a University culture characterized by
intellectual and personal honesty, social integration, ethical behavior and respect for the rights of the individual. UD
also expects its student to be self-disciplined in both their approach to studying and in their general conduct and
behavior.
The Student Code of Conduct is designed to promote this culture at UD and hence sets out the standard of conduct
expected of students. Students who violate these standards will be subjected to disciplinary sanctions, according to
established penalties as stated below. This will help UD to protect the University community by maintaining order,
discipline and stability on campus.
V. Student Academic Misconduct ▪ Student Academic misconduct is an academic violation that covers but not limited to plagiarism,
misrepresentation, fabrication, and facilitation and cheating in exams. ▪ Apart from exam cheating and plagiarism, the decision on whether or not to treat an academic misconduct as
a violation of the Code of Student Conduct, is at the discretion of the instructor.
A. Plagiarism
Plagiarism refers to representing another person’s words or ideas as one’s own in any academic exercise. The
University of Dubai has zero tolerance towards plagiarism (i.e. any portion of a submitted document that
contains plagiarism will lead to the appropriate penalty). Every academic submission made by a student
should be a work of his own and also not be self-plagiarized. In all cases of plagiarism whether it is blatant or
self-plagiarism, students will be held accountable for violation of academic integrity which also includes a
penalty for their dishonesty.
Types of Plagiarism
▪ Self: A student’s work reproduced more than once for the same course or for other courses without prior permission(s) of the instructor(s) involved is an act of plagiarism. Students should be very careful when quoting or paraphrasing (properly citing material).
73
▪ Accidental: Every student is required to understand plagiarism as something similar to acts of fraud in the academic community. For this reason, it is the responsibility of the student to make sure his/her work has been checked and properly acknowledged.
▪ Blatant: Student’s work reproduced from a fellow student or any other information source intentionally without proper acknowledgement is serious act of plagiarism. Students well of blatantly will lead to the strict penalty that can include non-grading of course work all the way to failing of the course as deemed by the faculty.
UD uses “Turnitin” software in Moodle to detect extent of similarity (through similarity index). Turnitin is used by
both students and faculty to support in the learning process to understand the usage degree of the cited research
material. The generated origination report from Moodle will support in the process.
For the above objective, Turnitin tool will be used by the faculty for all the graded assignments, exams, projects.
The faculty has the right to make final decision in regard to the students’ grades work in determining the student
work integrity based on the criteria and the faculty awareness of the students work level.
Removal of a Graduate Degree
The Disciplinary Sanction is applied to graduate students when the Master thesis or the PhD. Dissertation is found
to be plagiarized; the Master or Doctoral Degree will be removed from the student.
Students who are registered in this course must strictly adhere to Student Academic Integrity Policy. Failure to
do so will subject students to the sanctions stated in the UD Code of Conduct available at this link:
https://ud.ac.ae/on-campus/graduate-catalog
MOODLE
Important information about the course and supplementary exercises will be posted on Moodle. You are
automatically given access to Moodle, using your UD username and password, when you register for the course.
The course evaluation is also done via Moodle.
MANAGEMENT SPECIALIZATION
MGM 735 - Strategic Management
DUBAI BUSINESS SCHOOL
74
Term Academic Year
Program PhD Graduate X
Course Name Strategic Management Course Code MGM 735
Credit Hour 3 Pre-requisite
MGM 700 Evolution of Management Thought
Co-requisite None
Class Time Days Room
Instructor
Name Email Phone Office Hours
Brief Course Description: This course has a pre-requisite – MGM 700. This seminar helps students to critically review and evaluate classic
and current theoretical approaches to strategy. It also addresses strategy-related issues such as the resource-
based view of the firm, industry evolution and dynamics, diversification and vertical integration, technology
management and agency. It aims to enhance students’ scholarly insight and understanding of the
development and knowledge in the field and to evaluate the theories pertaining to Strategy and Strategic
Management to sharpen students’ abilities to evaluate and generate new ideas for applied research.
Course Objective (CO): Upon completion of this course, students should be able to:
1. Students will get a profound understanding of the research issues about Strategy and strategic management
2. Students will study the theories in Strategy/strategic management, integrate in theoretical framework and to possibly extend it to new problem statements
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): Upon completion of this course, students should be able to demonstrate the following outcomes:
1. Analyze research issues, theory and contributions in the field of Strategy/Strategic Management 2. Evaluate the methodology, findings, and limitations of research on particular topics in Strategy/Strategic
Management in the global and regional context 3. Formulate research propositions/new hypothesis in Strategy/Strategic Management research by
extending the theoretical framework to conceptual framework.
This Course is Linked to the following Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs): 1. Acquire advanced knowledge through the understanding of key concepts, theories, and current issues in the
given business domain. 2. Critically review theoretical literature/practical business-oriented challenges and develop a framework for
empirical investigation 3. Apply a range of qualitative and quantitative research methodologies to develop innovative solutions of
current business-oriented challenges 4. Create new knowledge through conceptualizing, designing, and conducting empirical research
75
Educational Resources
Educational Resource Description
References Michael A. Hitt, R. Edward Freeman and Jeffrey S. Harrison (2006), The Blackwell handbook of Strategic Management, Blackwell Publisher
Andrew M P, Howard Thomas, Richard Whittington, (2006). Handbook of Strategy and Management, Sage Publications
Supporting Reading Research articles in the weekly plan below are available from UD library resources (online)
CLO Assessment Scheme
CLO QFE Alignment √
Linked to CO
Linked to PLO
Class Work (marks) 60%
Term Paper 40%
Blooms Level
K S AR SD RC
Assessment
One 30% Assessment
Two 30%
1 AN √ √ √ √ 1 1 & 2 15 13
2 E √ √ √ 2 3 15 15 13
3 C √ √ √ 2 4 15 14
Total 30 30 40
INDEX: Blooms level: AN – Analyze, E –Evaluate, C= Create QFE Alignment: K- Knowledge; S- Skills, A&R - Autonomy & Responsibility; SD- Self-Development; RC-Role in Context
This course is assessed by a combination of two assignments, and a term paper. Each Assignment worth 30% of the course total marks (making a total of 60%) and the term paper at the end constitutes 40% of the course grade. The final course grade is assigned according to the following:
% Marks Grade Quality Points
90-100 A 4.0
87-89 A- 3.7
84-86 B+ 3.5
80-83 B 3.0
77-79 B- 2.7
74-76 C+ 2.3
70-73 C 2.0
0- 69 F (Fail) 0
Assessments
Assessment Description CLO Weight Due Date
Assignment 1 Students are expected to read an article and answer the questions as per the Comprehensive Exam Format, i.e., identify research gap, research questions, theories, research design, and key variables. These are to be discussed in detail. Students will also be introduced to statistical findings, practical implications, critical evaluation (including limitations) and future research as a prelude to Assignment 2. Submission: A Report and a PowerPoint Presentation
1 & 2
30 Week 4
Assignment 2 Assignment 2 is Similar to Assig 1, but here, students are expected to comment more on the analyses and practical implications and limitations of the research. In addition, students are expected to extend the conceptual framework in
2 & 3
30 Week 8
76
the study by including new variables (with hypotheses) and justifying them. Submission: A Report and a PowerPoint Presentation
Term Paper Since this is final term of the coursework, the term paper should closely resemble the student’s final Research Proposal, more so compared with previous terms. Since the student will have already chosen their specialization in management, the students work (especially the literature review) has to contain a more complete and relevant set of citations/theories from the discipline of Strategic Management. The structure of the term paper will consist of the following headings: Title, Introduction, Literature Review, Research Methodology, Expected Results, ethical considerations, work plan and references. Submission: A Report and a PowerPoint Presentation
1, 2 & 3
40 Week 9
Teaching Methods: Teaching methods used in this course are:
1. Handouts and reading material uploaded on the On-line Learning Management System (Moodle), available on-line at: http://udmoodle/login/index.php
2. Lectures are conducted online during this period (caused by COVID-19) in accordance with the recommendation of the Ministry of Education UAE, using ZOOM platform
3. Discussion of Peer-reviewed Journal Articles. 4. Written assessments and presentations (online during COVID-19 period), with immediate feedback.
Detailed Course outline
Weekly/Daily Teaching Plan
Day/Week
Lecture
Relation to CLO
Chapter Objectives Assignment / Reading
1 1 1 Module.1: Basic of Strategy R1. Porter, Michael 1996. What is Strategy? Harvard
Business Review, 74, 61
R2. Caves, Richard E. and Ghemawat, Pankaj 1992.
Identifying Mobility Barriers. Strategic Management
Journal, 13, 1—12
R3. Teece, David 1986. Profiting from technological innovation: Implications for integration, collaboration, licensing and public policy. Research Policy, 15, 285—305 R4. Kiron, David; Schrage, Michael, Strategy For and With AI, MIT Sloan Management Review, 06/2019, Volume 60, Issue 4 R5. Global Value Chains, Business Networks,
Strategy, and International Business: Convergences
by Humphrey, John; Todeva, Emanuela; Armando,
Eduardo; Review of Business Management,
10/2019, Volume 21, Issue Special Issue
2 2 1 Module 2: Strategy and the Locus
of Performance
R1. Rumelt, Richard P., 1991, How much does
industry matter?, Strategic Management Journal
12,167–185
77
R2. McGahan, Anita M., and Michael E. Porter, 1997,
How much does industry matter, really? Strategic
Management Journal 18, 15–30.
R3. Bertrand, M., and A. Schoar, 2003, Managing
with style: The effect of managers on firm policies,
The Quarterly Journal of Economics 118, 1169–1208.
R4.Envisioning the ‘Sharing City’: Governance
Strategies for the Sharing Economy
by Vith, Sebastian; Oberg, Achim; Höllerer, Markus
A;Journal of Business Ethics, 11/2019, Volume 159,
Issue 4
R5. System advantage strategy framework: a
literature review, Muhammad, Ade; Putro, Utomo
Sarjono; Siallagan, Manahan
International Journal of Trade and Global Markets,
2019, Volume 12, Issue 2
3 3 1 Module 3: Competitive and
Cooperative Interactions
R1. Gimeno J. 1999. Reciprocal Threats in
Multimarket Rivalry: Staking out 'Spheres of
Influence in the U.S. Airline Industry. Strategic
Management Journal 20(2): 101-128
R2. The creation of high-tech ventures in
entrepreneurial ecosystems: exploring the
interactions among university knowledge,
cooperative...Ghio, Niccolò; Guerini, Massimiliano;
Rossi-Lamastra, Cristina Small Business Economics,
02/2019, Volume 52, Issue 2
R3. Dyer, J. H. and H. Singh (1998). "The relational
view: Cooperative strategy and sources of inter-
organizational competitive advantage." Academy of
Management Review 23(4): 660.
R4. Schilling, M. A. and C. C. Phelps (2007). "Interfirm
Collaboration Networks: The Impact of Large-Scale
Network Structure on Firm Innovation."
Management Science 53(7): 1113-1126.
4 4 2 Module 4: The Resource-Based
View and Firm Capabilities
ASSIGNMENT 1 PRESENTATION AND SUBMISSION (Submission of report and powerpoint slides)
R1. Barney, J. B. (1991). "Firm resources and
sustained competitive advantage." Journal of
Management 17(1): 99-120.R2. Helfat CE, Peteraf
MA. 2003. The dynamic resource-based view:
Capability lifecycles. Strategic Management Journal
24(10): 997-1010.
R3. Sakakibara, M. (1997). "Heterogeneity of firm
capabilities and cooperative research and
development: An empirical examination of
motives." Strategic Management Journal 18: 143.
78
R4. Big Data and Predictive Analytics and
Manufacturing Performance: Integrating
Institutional Theory, Resource‐Based View... by
Dubey, Rameshwar; Gunasekaran, Angappa; Childe,
Stephen J; British Journal of Management, 04/2019,
Volume 30, Issue 2
5 5 2 Module 5: Organizational
Learning and Adaptation
R1. Cohen, W. M. and D. A. Levinthal (1990).
"Absorptive capacity: A new perspective on learning
and innovation." Administrative Science Quarterly
35(1): 128-152
R2. Ingram, P. and J. A. C. Baum (1997). "Opportunity
and constraint: Organizations' learning from the
operating and competitive experience of industries."
Strategic Management Journal 18: 75- 98
R3. Information sharing and innovative work
behavior: The role of work‐based learning,
challenging tasks, Battistelli, Adalgisa; Odoardi, C;
Vandenberghe, C; Human Resource Development
Quarterly, 2019, Volume 30, Issue 3
R4:The ‘How’ of Multilevel Learning Dynamics: A
Systematic Literature Review Exploring How
Mechanisms Bridge Learning... Wiewiora, Anna;
Smidt, Michelle; Chang, Artemis , European
Management Review, 2019, Volume 16, Issue 1
6 6 3 Module 6: Industry Evolution
R1. Klepper, S. and K. L. Simons (2000). "Dominance
by birthright: Entry of prior radio producers and
competitive ramifications in the U.S. television
receiver industry." Strategic Management Journal
21(10/11): 997-1016.
R2. Teece, D.J., G. Pisano, A. Shuen. 1997. Dynamic
capabilities and strategic management. Strategic
Management J. 18(7) 509-533.
R3. Sterman, J. D., R. Henderson, et al. (2007).
"Getting Big Too Fast: Strategic Dynamics with
Increasing Returns and Bounded Rationality."
Management Science 53(4): 683-696.
R4.Siggelkow, N. (2001). "Change in the presence of
fit: The rise, the fall, and the renaissance of Liz
Claiborne." Academy of Management Journal 44(4):
838.
R5: A Bibliometric Study of Research-Technology
Management, 1998-2017: An analysis of 20 years
of...
79
Class Attendance
Attendance and participation in all classes (which are online during the COVID-19 period) are mandatory. This is
essential to the process of education at UD since the students' involvement with their instructors and fellow peers
are vital components of their academic preparation. Absences hinder academic progress, and affects the student’s
learning ability and grades. UD regulations for attendance and absenteeism warnings imposed on all courses are
stipulated in this section as follows:
a) All courses are offered in two consecutive sessions of two hour and twenty minutes each. A 20-minute break is given after the first session.
b) A faculty member must take attendance in each session.
c) If a student misses more than four sessions out of the 18 sessions in a course for non-acceptable reasons as deemed by the Instructor, he/ she will receive a grade of “FA” for the course, which counts like a failed course (See
by Shum, Vanessa; Park, Andrew; Maine, Elicia;
Research-Technology Management, 01/2019,
Volume 62, Issue 1
7
7 3 Module 7: Strategy as People
and Processes
.
R1. Tripsas M, Gavetti G. 2000. Capabilities,
cognition, and inertia: Evidence from digital imaging.
Strategic Management Journal 21(10/11): 1147-
1161.
R2. Burgelman RA. 1994. Fading memories: A process
theory of strategic business exit in dynamic
environments. Administrative Science Quarterly
39(1): 24-56
R3. Noda T, Collis DJ. 2001. The Evolution of
Intraindustry Firm Heterogeneity: Insights from a
Process Study. Academy of Management Journal
44(4): 897-925.
R4. Eggers JP, Kaplan S. 2009. Cognition and
renewal: Comparing CEO and organizational effects
on incumbent adaptation to technical change.
Organization Science 20(2): 461-477.
R5: Design-Led Strategy: How To Bring Design
Thinking Into The Art of Strategic Management
by Knight, Eric; Daymond, Jarryd; Paroutis, Sotirios ,
California Management Review, 02/2020, Volume
62, Issue 2
8
8 1,2,3 &4 ASSIGNMENT 2 PRESENTATION AND SUBMISSION
(Present the Term paper and Assig 2 simultaneously but submit separate reports. Also submit in powerpoint and word format). Detailed feedback will be given.
9 9 1,2,3 &4 TERM PAPER PRESENTATION AND SUBMISSION
(Present the Term paper and Assig 2 simultaneously but submit separate reports. Also submit in powerpoint and word format). Detailed feedback will be given.
10 10 1,2, &3 More practice on the Comprehensive Exam
Articles will be given in class for practice
80
Table 1). The student must then repeat the course in the following term. However, the student shall have the right to attend the remaining classes of the course. Repeating a course entails a financial charge.
d) A student must work independently to catch up on missed lectures’ material.
Table 1: Absenteeism Percentages
Duration of Session Weeks/ Class Sessions
Percentage and Number of Session Absences
10% 20%
25% (Deprived or Withdrawn)
2 hour 20 minutes 9 (18 sessions) 2 Absences 4 Absences 5 Absences
Student Academic Integrity (UD Policy 5.18)
Student Academic misconduct is an academic violation that covers but not limited to plagiarism, misrepresentation, fabrication, facilitation, and cheating in exams.
Apart from exam cheating and plagiarism, the decision on whether or not to treat an academic misconduct as a violation of the Code of Student Conduct, is at the discretion of the instructor.
For more details on UD Policy of Academic Misconduct, please refer to UD Code of Conduct available at this link: https://ud.ac.ae/on-campus/graduate-catalog
Plagiarism
Plagiarism refers to representing another person’s words or ideas as one’s own in any academic exercise. The University of Dubai has zero tolerance towards plagiarism (i.e. any portion of a submitted document that contains plagiarism will lead to the appropriate penalty). Every academic submission made by a student should be a work of his own and also not be self-plagiarized. In all cases of plagiarism whether it is blatant or self-plagiarism, students will be held accountable for violation of academic integrity which also includes a penalty for their dishonesty.
Types of Plagiarism
• Self: A student’s work reproduced more than once for the same course or for other courses without prior permission(s) of the instructor(s) involved is, an act of plagiarism. Students should be very careful when quoting or paraphrasing (properly citing material).
• Accidental: This type of plagiarism occurs when a student does not cite the sources or paraphrases a source
by using identical words without attribution.
• Blatant: Student’s work reproduced from a fellow student or any other information source intentionally
without proper acknowledgement is a serious act of plagiarism. This type of plagiarism will lead to the
strict penalty that can include non-grading of course work all the way to failing of the course as deemed
by the faculty.
UD uses “Turnitin” software in Moodle to detect extent of similarity (through similarity index). Turnitin is used by both students and faculty to support in the learning process to understand the usage degree of the cited research material. The generated origination report from Moodle will support in the process.
For the above objective, Turnitin tool will be used by the faculty for all the graded assignments, exams, projects.
The faculty has the right to make final decision in regard to the students’ grades work in determining the student work integrity based on the criteria and the faculty awareness of the student’s work level.
Removal of a Graduate Degree
81
The Disciplinary Sanction is applied to graduate students when the Master thesis or the PhD. Dissertation is found to be plagiarized; the Master or Doctoral Degree will be removed from the student.
Students who are registered in this course must strictly adhere to Student Academic Integrity Policy. Failure to do so will subject students to the sanctions stated in the UD Code of Conduct available at this link: https://ud.ac.ae/on-campus/graduate-catalog
MOODLE
Important information about the course and supplementary exercises will be posted on Moodle. You are
automatically given access to Moodle, using your UD username and password, when you register for the course.
The course evaluation is also done via Moodle.
MGM 740 - Organizational Theory & Behavior
DUBAI BUSINESS SCHOOL
Term Academic Year
82
Program PhD Graduate X
Course Name Organizational Theory & Behavior Course Code MGM 740
Credit Hour 3 Pre-
requisite
MGM 700
Evolution of
Management
Thought
Co-requisite None
Class Time Days Room
Instructor
Name Email Phone Office Hours
Brief Course Description
This course continues from the pre-requisite seminar MGM 700. This seminar helps students to critically analyze a wide variety of theoretical approaches to Organizational Theory and Behavior, with a primary focus on individual and interactional processes. Drawing on theory and research in psychology, sociology and anthropology, students will evaluate individual, and interpersonal processes in work organizations. Topics have been selected due to relevance in OB research. Course Objectives
1. Students will gain an in-depth understanding of the main issues in organizational theory and behavior research.
2. Students will explore new theories or extend existing ones, in selected topics in organizational theory and behavior.
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO)
Upon completion of this course, students should be able to: 1. Critically evaluate the theories of organizational behavior related to personality, attitudes, motivation,
satisfaction, commitment, stress, and emotion. 2. Evaluate the methodology, findings, and limitations of research in organizational theory and behavior. 3. Formulate new/original falsifiable hypotheses in organizational theory and behavior research.
This Course is Linked to the following Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs):
1. Acquire advanced knowledge through the understanding of key concepts, theories, and current issues in the given business domain.
2. Critically review theoretical literature/practical business-oriented challenges and develop a framework for empirical investigation
3. Apply a range of qualitative and quantitative research methodologies to develop innovative solutions of current business-oriented challenges
4. Create new knowledge through conceptualizing, designing, and conducting empirical research Educational Resources
Educational Resource Description
83
Textbooks Required Stewart Clegg & Cary Cooper (2020). The SAGE Handbook of Organizational Behavior Stephen Robbins & Timothy Judge (2018). Organizational Behavior. Pearson. Mullins L. J. (2020). Organizational Behavior at the Workplace. Pearson
References Articles listed in the Weekly Teaching Plan and supplementary material provided in class
Supporting Reading Details of Research articles in the weekly assigned readings are available from UD library resources (online).
CLO Assessment Scheme
CLO QFE Alignment √
Linked to CO
Linked to PLO
Class Work (marks) 60%
Term Paper 40%
Blooms Level
K S AR SD RC
Assessment
One 30% Assessment
Two 30%
1 E √ √ √ √ 1 2 15 13
2 E √ √ √ √ 1 3 15 15 13
3 C √ √ √ 2 4 15 14
Total 30 30 40
INDEX: Blooms level: E –Evaluate, C= Create QFE Alignment: K- Knowledge; S- Skills, A&R - Autonomy & Responsibility; SD- Self-Development; RC-Role in Context
This course is assessed by a combination of two assignments, and a term paper. Each Assignment worth 30% of the course total marks (making a total of 60%) and the term paper at the end constitutes 40% of the course grade. The final course grade is assigned according to the following:
% Marks Grade Quality Points
90-100 A 4.0
87-89 A- 3.7
84-86 B+ 3.5
80-83 B 3.0
77-79 B- 2.7
74-76 C+ 2.3
70-73 C 2.0
0- 69 F (Fail) 0
Assessments
Assessment Description CLO Weight Due Date
Assignment 1 Students are expected to read an article and answer the questions as per the Comprehensive Exam Format, i.e., identify research gap, research questions, theories, research design, and key variables. These are to be discussed in detail. Students will also be introduced to statistical findings, practical implications, critical evaluation (including limitations) and future research as a prelude to Assignment 2. Submission: A Report and a PowerPoint Presentation
1 & 2
30 Week 4
Assignment 2 Assignment 2 is Similar to Assig 1, but here, students are expected to comment more on the analyses and practical implications and limitations of the research. In addition, students are expected to extend the conceptual framework in the study by including new variables (with hypotheses) and justifying them. Submission: A Report and a PowerPoint Presentation
2 & 3
30 Week 8
84
Term Paper The term paper resembles a working paper on the student’s Research Proposal. Since the student will have already chosen their specialization in management, the students work (especially the literature review) has to contain relevant citations/theories from this course. The structure of the term paper will consist of the following headings: Title, Introduction, Literature Review, Research Methodology, Expected Results, ethical considerations, work plan and references. Submission: A Report and a PowerPoint Presentation
1, 2 & 3
40 Week 9
Teaching Methods: Teaching methods used in this course are:
1. Handouts and reading material uploaded on the On-line Learning Management System (Moodle), available on-line at: http://udmoodle/login/index.php
2. Lectures (online during Covid-19 period) 3. Discussion of Peer-reviewed Journal Articles. 4. Written assessments and presentations (online during COVID-19 period), with immediate feedback.
Detailed Course outline
Weekly/Daily Teaching Plan
Day/Week
Lecture
Relation to CLO
Chapter Objectives Assignment / Reading
1 1 2 Introduction. Sources and foundations of OB (psychology, sociology & anthropology). Overview of OB topics in the context of research Briefing on Assignments & Term Paper
PowerPoint slides, pre-recorded lectures.
2 2 2 Module 2: Personality, the pervasive nature of Person-Environment Fit, and job-related outcomes .
Simha, Aditya, & Parboteeah, K. Praveen (2019). The Big 5
Personality Traits and Willingness to Justify Unethical
Behavior—A Cross-National Examination. Journal of
business ethics, 2019-03-14, p.1-21
Kristof, Zimmerman & Johnson (2005). Consequences of
individuals’ fit at work: a meta-analysis. Personnel
Psychology, 58, 281–342
3 3 1 Module 3: The pervasive
nature of Person-
Environment Fit
(continued) and
developing new theories
on P-E fit
Chatman, J.A. (1989). Improving interactional
organizational research: A model of person- organization
fit. Academy of Management Review, 14, 333-349.
Schneider, B. (1987). The people make the place.
Personnel Psychology, 40, 437-453.
Ahmad, K. Z. (Jan 2008). Relationship between leader-subordinate personality congruence and performance and satisfaction in the UK. Leadership and Organization Development Journal, 29(5/6), 396-411. (SCOPUS) (B ranked journal)
85
4 4 1 Module 4: Dependent
variables in OB research
(Satisfaction, OCB,
Commitment, Engagement,
Performance)
ASSIGNMENT 1 PRESENTATION AND SUBMISSION (Submission of report and powerpoint slides)
Bolino, M.C., Klotz, A.C., Turnley, W.H. & Harvey, J. (2013). Exploring the dark side of organizational citizenship behavior. Journal of Organizational Behavior, 34, 542–559. Kim, K.Y., Eisenberger, R. & Baik, K. (2016). Perceived organizational support and affective organizational commitment: Moderating influence of perceived organizational competence. Journal of Organizational Behavior, 37, 558–583. Clark, D.M. & Loxton, N.J. (2012). Fear, psychological acceptance, job demands and employee work engagement: an integrative moderated mediation model. Personality and individual differences, 52, 893-897.
Alex Ning Li & Hwee Hoon Tan (2013). What happens
when you trust your supervisor? Mediators of individual
performance in trust relationships. Journal of
Organizational Behavior. 34, 407–425
5 5 3.4 Module 5: Other
dependent and
independent variables:
Stress & Communication
Satisfaction
Farquharson, B., Bell, C., Johnston, D., Jones, M., Schofield, P., Allan, J., Ricketts, I., Morrison, K., & Johnston, M. (2013). Nursing stress and patient care: real-time investigation of the effect of nursing tasks and demands on psychological stress, physiological stress, and job performance: study protocol. Journal of Advanced Nursing, 2327-2335. Hogh, H., Hansen A.M., Mikkelson, E.G. & Persson, R. (2012). Exposure to negative acts at work, psychological stress reactions, and physiological stress response. Journal of Psychosomatic Research, 73, 47-52. Ahmad, K. Z. (July 2011). Alternatives to simply forgiving and forgetting: examining techniques in hypnosis, NLP and Time Line TherapyTM in reducing the intensity of negative emotions attached to memories of stressful events. Stress and Health, 27(3), 241-250. (ISI; ABDC ranked A Journal). Chan, S.H.J., Lai, H.Y.I. (2017). Understanding the link between communication satisfaction, perceived justice, & organizational citizenship behavior. Journal of Business Research, 214-223.
6 6 3,4 Module 6: Motivation,
Equity and Performance
Cerasoli, C.P. Nicklin, J.M., & Ford, M. T. (2014). Intrinsic Motivation and Extrinsic Incentives Jointly predict performance: a 40-year Meta-Analysis. Psychological Bulletin, 140, (4), 980-1008. Ahmad, K. Z. (Dec 2010). Pay equity sensitivity and person-environment fit. International Journal of Psychological Studies, 2(2), 127-135. Shibchurn, J. & Yan, X. (2015) Information disclosure on social networking sites: An intrinsic-extrinsic motivation perspective. Computers in Human Behavior, 44, 103-117.
86
Class Attendance
Attendance and participation in all classes (which are online during the COVID-19 period) are mandatory. This is
essential to the process of education at UD since the students' involvement with their instructors and fellow peers
are vital components of their academic preparation. Absences hinder academic progress, and affects the student’s
learning ability and grades. UD regulations for attendance and absenteeism warnings imposed on all courses are
stipulated in this section as follows:
a) All courses are offered in two consecutive sessions of two hour and twenty minutes each. A 20-minute break is given after the first session.
b) A faculty member must take attendance in each session.
c) If a student misses more than four sessions out of the 18 sessions in a course for non-acceptable reasons as deemed by the Instructor, he/ she will receive a grade of “FA” for the course, which counts like a failed course (See Table 1). The student must then repeat the course in the following term. However, the student shall have the right to attend the remaining classes of the course. Repeating a course entails a financial charge.
d) A student must work independently to catch up on missed lectures’ material.
Table 1: Absenteeism Percentages
Duration of Session Weeks/ Class Sessions
Percentage and Number of Session Absences
7
7 3,4 Module 7: Emotions, Affect and other topics.
Weiss, H., & Cropanzano, R. (1996). Affective events
theory: A theoretical discussion of the structure, causes,
and consequences of affective experiences at work.
Research in organizational behavior, Vol. 18, 1-74.
Brief, A. P., & Weiss, H. M. (2002). Organizational
behavior: Affect in the workplace. Annual Review of
Psychology, 53, 279-307.
Barsade, S. G. (2002). The ripple effect: Emotional
contagion and its influence on group behavior.
Administrative Science Quarterly, 47, 644-675.
Amabile, T. M., Barsade, S. G., Mueller, J. S., & Staw, B. M.
(2005). Affect and creativity at work. Administrative
Science Quarterly, 50, 367-403.
8
8 1,2,3 &4 ASSIGNMENT 2 PRESENTATION AND SUBMISSION
(Present the Term paper and Assig 2 simultaneously but submit separate reports. Also submit in powerpoint and word format). Detailed feedback will be given.
9 9 1,2,3 &4 TERM PAPER PRESENTATION AND SUBMISSION
(Present the Term paper and Assig 2 simultaneously but submit separate reports. Also submit in powerpoint and word format). Detailed feedback will be given.
10 10 3 Feedback Suggestions for the future
87
10% 20%
25% (Deprived or Withdrawn)
2 hour 20 minutes 9 (18 sessions) 2 Absences 4 Absences 5 Absences
Student Academic Integrity (UD Policy 5.18)
The University of Dubai (UD) is keen to ensure a University culture characterized by intellectual and personal
honesty, social integration, ethical behavior, and respect for the rights of the individual. UD also expects its student
to be self-disciplined in both their approach to studying and in their general conduct and behavior.
The Student Code of Conduct is designed to promote this culture at UD and hence sets out the standard of
conduct expected of students. Students who violate these standards will be subjected to disciplinary sanctions,
according to established penalties as stated below. This will help UD to protect the University community by
maintaining order, discipline, and stability on campus. The following sections describe Student Academic
Misconduct, Plagiarism, Violations, and Sanctions.
Students who are registered in this must strictly adhere to this Policy. Failure to do so will subject students to the
sanctions stated here and in accordance to UD Policies and Regulations.
A. Student Academic Misconduct
Student Academic misconduct is an academic violation that covers but not limited to plagiarism, misrepresentation, fabrication, facilitation, and cheating in exams. Apart from exam cheating and plagiarism, the decision on whether or not to treat an academic misconduct as a violation of the Code of Student Conduct, is at the discretion of the instructor.
A.1 Plagiarism Plagiarism refers to representing another person’s words or ideas as one’s own in any academic exercise. The
University of Dubai has zero tolerance towards plagiarism (i.e. any portion of a submitted document that
contains plagiarism will lead to the appropriate penalty). Every academic submission made by a student should
be a work of his own and also not be self-plagiarized. In all cases of plagiarism whether it is blatant or self-
plagiarism, students will be held accountable for violation of academic integrity which also includes a penalty for
their dishonesty.
Types of Plagiarism
• Self: A student’s work reproduced more than once for the same course or for other courses without prior permission(s) of the instructor(s) involved is an act of plagiarism. Students should be careful when quoting or paraphrasing (properly citing material).
• Accidental: Every student is required to understand plagiarism as something similar to acts of fraud in the academic community. For this reason, it is the responsibility of the student to make sure his/her work has been checked and properly acknowledged.
• Blatant: Student’s work reproduced from a fellow student or any other information source intentionally without proper acknowledgement is serious act of plagiarism. Students well of blatantly will lead to the strict penalty that can include non-grading of course work all the way to failing of the course as deemed by the faculty.
UD uses “Turnitin” software in Moodle to detect extent of similarity (through similarity index). Turnitin is used by
both students and faculty to support in the learning process to understand the usage degree of the cited research
material. The generated origination report from Moodle will support in the process.
For the above objective, Turnitin tool will be used by the faculty for all the graded assignments, exams, projects.
88
The faculty has the right to make final decision in regard to the students’ grades work in determining the student
work integrity based on the criteria and the faculty awareness of the students work level.
Removal of a Graduate Degree
The Disciplinary Sanction is applied to graduate students when the Master thesis or the PhD. Dissertation is found to be plagiarized; the Master or Doctoral Degree will be removed from the student.
Students who are registered in this course must strictly adhere to Student Academic Integrity Policy. Failure to do so will subject students to the sanctions stated in the UD Code of Conduct available at this link: https://ud.ac.ae/on-campus/graduate-catalog
MOODLE
Important information about the course and supplementary exercises will be posted on Moodle. You are
automatically given access to Moodle, using your UD username and password, when you register for the course.
The course evaluation is also done via Moodle.
MGM 745 - Human Resources Management
DUBAI BUSINESS SCHOOL
89
Semester Academic Year
Program PhD Graduate X
Course Name Human Resources Management Course Code MGM 745
Credit Hour 3 Pre-
requisite
MGM 700
Evolution of
Management
Thought
Co-requisite None
Class Time Days Room
Instructor
Name Email Phone Office Hours
Brief Course Description: This course continues from the pre-requisite seminar MGM 700. This course reviews and evaluates modern issues
in the area of Human Resources/Personnel Management (HRM) with emphasis on Dualities in HRM, HRM practices
and systems, alignment of HRM practices to Organization Strategy, HRM Integration and International HRM
practices. It attempts to enhance students’ scholarly insight and understanding of the development and knowledge
in the field and to evaluate the theories pertaining to human resource management and strategic human resource
management to sharpen students’ abilities to critically evaluate and generate new idea for increased
organizational performance.
Course Objective (CO): Upon completion of this course, students should be able to:
1. Students will get a profound understanding of the research issues pertaining to evolution of HRM research and the current state of Strategic HRM research.
2. Students will study the theories, integrate in theoretical framework and to possibly extend it to new problem statements pertaining to people management, HRM and performance.
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): Upon completion of this course, students should be able to demonstrate the following outcomes (With linkage to CO):
1. Analyze research issues, theory and contributions in the field of HRM/ Strategic HRM 2. Evaluate the methodology, findings and limitations on particular topics in human resource management in
the global and regional context 3. Formulate research propositions/new hypotheses in human resource management research by extending
the theoretical framework to conceptual framework.
This Course is Linked to the following Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs):
1. Acquire advanced knowledge through the understanding of key concepts, theories, and current issues in the given business domain.
2. Critically review theoretical literature/practical business-oriented challenges and develop a framework for empirical investigation
90
3. Apply a range of qualitative and quantitative research methodologies to develop innovative solutions of current business-oriented challenges
4. Create new knowledge through conceptualizing, designing, and conducting empirical research
Educational Resources
Educational Resource Description
Textbooks Required Armstrong, M and Taylor, S (2017: 14th edition), Armstrong’s handbook of human resource management practice. Kogan Page, London.
References Boxall, P,Purcell, J, and Wright, P (2007). The Oxford handbook of human resource management. Oxford University Press.
Supporting Reading Details of Research articles in the weekly assigned readings are available from UD library resources (online).
CLO Assessment Scheme
CLO QFE Alignment √
Linked to CO
Linked to PLO
Class Work (marks) 60%
Term Paper 40%
Blooms Level
K S AR SD RC
Assessment
One 30% Assessment
Two 30%
1 AN √ √ √ √ 1 1 & 2 15 13
2 E √ √ √ 2 3 15 15 13
3 C √ √ √ 2 4 15 14
Total 30 30 40
INDEX: Blooms level: AN- Analyse, E –Evaluate, C= Create QFE Alignment: K- Knowledge; S- Skills, A&R - Autonomy & Responsibility; SD- Self-Development; RC-Role in Context
This course is assessed by a combination of two assignments, and a term paper. Each Assignment worth 30% of the course total marks (making a total of 60%) and the term paper at the end constitutes 40% of the course grade. The final course grade is assigned according to the following:
% Marks Grade Quality Points
90-100 A 4.0
87-89 A- 3.7
84-86 B+ 3.5
80-83 B 3.0
77-79 B- 2.7
74-76 C+ 2.3
70-73 C 2.0
0- 69 F (Fail) 0
Assessments
Assessment Description CLO Weight Due Date
Assignment 1 Students are expected to read an article and answer the questions as per the Comprehensive Exam Format, i.e., identify research gap, research questions, theories, research design, and key variables. These are to be discussed in detail. Students will also be introduced to statistical findings, practical implications, critical evaluation (including limitations) and future research as a prelude to Assignment 2. Submission: A Report and a PowerPoint Presentation
1 & 2
30 Week 4
Assignment 2 Assignment 2 is Similar to Assig 1, but here, students are expected to comment more on the analyses and practical
2 & 3 30 Week 8
91
implications and limitations of the research. In addition, students are expected to extend the conceptual framework in the study by including new variables (with hypotheses) and justifying them. Submission: A Report and a PowerPoint Presentation
Term Paper The term paper resembles a working paper on the student’s Research Proposal. Since the student will have already chosen their specialization in management, the students work (especially the literature review) has to contain relevant citations/theories from this course. The structure of the term paper will consist of the following headings: Title, Introduction, Literature Review, Research Methodology, Expected Results, ethical considerations, work plan and references. Submission: A Report and a PowerPoint Presentation
1, 2 & 3
40 Week 9
Teaching Methods: Teaching methods used in this course are:
1. Handouts and reading material uploaded on the On-line Learning Management System (Moodle), available on-line at: http://udmoodle/login/index.php
2. Lectures are conducted online during this period (caused by COVID-19) in accordance with the recommendation of the Ministry of Education UAE, using ZOOM platform
3. Discussion of Peer-reviewed Journal Articles. 4. Written assessments and presentations (online during COVID-19 period), with immediate feedback.
Detailed Course outline
Weekly/Daily Teaching Plan
Day/Week
Lecture
Relation to CLO
Chapter Objectives Assignment / Reading
1 1 1 Module 1: Dualities in
HRM
- Globalization
and its
implications
- Work-force
Diversity
- Changing skill
requirements
- Corporate
downsizing.
R1. In search of balance - managing the dualities of
HRM: an overview of the issues Boselie, Paul;
Brewster, Chris; Paauwe, Jaap. Personnel Review 38.5
(2009): 461-471.
R2. Employability Management Needs Analysis for the
ICT sector in Europe: The Case of Small and Medium-
sized Enterprises van der Heijden, Beatrice I J M; van
der Schoot, Esther; Scholarios, Dora; Marzec, Isabela;
Bozionelos, Nikos; et al. Journal of Centrum Cathedra
3.2 (Sep 2010): 182-200.
R3. Human resource management in Turkey - Current
issues and future challenges Aycan, Zeynep.
International Journal of Manpower 22.3 (2001): 252-
260.
R4. Human resource management practices in a
transition economy
Okpara, John O; Wynn, Pamela. Management
Research Review 31.1 (2008): 57-76.
92
ADDITIONAL READINGS:
1. Higgins, P., Roper, I. and Gamwell, S. (2016),
“HRM as an emerging new managerial
profession”, Perspectives on Contemporary
Professional Work: Challenges and Experiences,
January, pp. 287–312.
2. Kundu, S.C. and Mor, A. (2017), “Workforce
diversity and organizational performance: a study
of IT industry in India”, Employee Relations, Vol.
39 No. 2, pp. 160–183.
3. Pachter, L.M. and Kodjo, C. (2015), “New Century
Scholars: A Mentorship Program to Increase
Workforce Diversity in Academic Pediatrics”,
Academic Medicine, Vol. 90 No. 7, pp. 881–887.
4. Park, Y.W. and Shintaku, J. (2016), “The
replication process of a global localisation
strategy: A case study of Korean firms”,
International Journal of Business Innovation and
Research, Vol. 10 No. 1, pp. 8–25.
2 2 2 Module 2:
Compensation Practices
- Continuous improvement programs
- Re-engineering work processes for improved productivity
- Contingent workforce
- Mass Customization
.
R1. International compensation practices: A ten-
country comparative analysis Lowe, Kevin B; Milliman,
John; De Cieri, Helen; Dowling, Peter J. Human
Resource Management 41.1 (Spring 2002): 45-66
R2. The Relationship between Human Resource
Management and Firm Performance in Malaysia Lo,
May-Chiun; Mohamad, Abang Azlan; La, Maw King.
International Journal of Economics and Finance 1.1
(Feb 2009): 103-109.
R3. A New Vision of Management: Full Potential
Management Model Fujimoto, Yuka; Hartel, Charmine
E J. Journal of Diversity Management 5.4 (Fourth
Quarter 2010): 19-29.
R4. Public reporting of HRM practices among selected
Hong Kong companies Chan, Juni; Burgess, John.
Journal of Chinese Human Resources Management
1.2 (2010): 115-127.
ADDITIONAL READINGS:
1. Kimball, S.M., Ph, D., Heneman, H.G., Ph, D.,
Worth, R., Ph, D., Arrigoni, J., et al. (2017),
“District Changes in Teacher Compensation
Practices When Collective Bargaining
93
Disappears”, Annual Conference of the
Association for Education Finance and Policy.
2. McDonnell, A., Gunnigle, P., Lavelle, J. and
Lamare, R. (2016), “Beyond managerial talent:
‘key group’ identification and differential
compensation practices in multinational
companies”, International Journal of Human
Resource Management, Routledge, Vol. 27 No.
12, pp. 1299–1318.
3. Michiels, A. (2017), “Formal compensation
practices in family SMEs”, Journal of Small
Business and Enterprise Development, Vol. 24 No.
1.
4. Pollard, D., Chuo, S. and Lee, B. (2016),
“Strategies For Mass Customization”, Journal of
Business and Esconomics Research, Vol. 14 No. 3,
pp. 77–86.
3 3 2 Module 3: HR Practices in
GULF
Module 3: HR practices in Gulf
R1. Challenges Faced by Expatriate Workers in Gulf
Cooperation Council Countries Naithani, Pranav; Jha,
A N. International Journal of Business and
Management 5.1 (Jan 2010): 98-103.
R2. From the shadows into the light: Let's get real
about outsourcing Hunter, James D; Hall, Allastair N.
Journal of Management and Organization 17.1 (Jan
2011): 77-94.
R3. THE IMPACT OF ELECTRONIC HUMAN RESOURCE
MANAGEMENT ON THE ROLE OF HUMAN RESOURCE
MANAGERS De Alwis, A Chamaru. E+M Ekonomie a
Management4 (2010): 47-60.
R4. HR ROLES AND EMPOWERING THE LINE IN
HUMAN RESOURCE ACTIVITIES: A REVIEW AND A
PROPOSED MODEL Yusoff, Yusliza Mohd; Abdullah,
Hazman Shah. International Journal of Business and
Society 9.2 (Jul 2008): 9-19,75.
ADDITIONAL READINGS:
1. Afiouni, F., Ruël, H. and Schuler, R. (2014), “HRM
in the Middle East: toward a greater
understanding”, The International Journal of
Human Resource Management, Routledge, Vol.
25 No. 2, pp. 133–143.
2. Al-Nahyan, S.F.H.M.A.E.S.M.O.M. (2016), “HRM
94
practices and organizational performance in the
UAE banking sector: The mediating role of
organizational innovation”, International Journal
of Productivity and Performance Management,
Vol. 65 No. 6, pp. 773–791.
3. Al Ariss, A. and Sidani, Y. (2016), “Divergence,
convergence, or crossvergence in international
human resource management”, Human Resource
Management Review, Elsevier Inc., Vol. 26 No. 4,
pp. 283–284.
4. Sidani, Y. and Al Ariss, A. (2014), “Institutional and
corporate drivers of global talent management:
Evidence from the Arab Gulf region”, Journal of
World Business, Elsevier Inc., Vol. 49 No. 2, pp.
215–224.
4 4 2 Module 4: HR Systems
in practice
- Decentralized work sites
- Employee involvement
- Technology - Technology - Family work life
balance - Confidentiality
ASSIGNMENT 1 PRESENTATION AND SUBMISSION (Submission of report and powerpoint slides)
R1. An Empirical Study of Impact of Job Satisfaction on
job Performance in the Public Sector Organizations
Rehman, Muhammad Safdar; Waheed, Ajmal.
Interdisciplinary Journal of Contemporary Research In
Business 2.9 (Jan 2011): 167-181
R2. THEORETICAL DEVELOPMENT IN THE FIELD OF
HUMAN RESOURCES MANAGEMENT: ISSUES AND
CHALLENGES FOR THE FUTURE Ferris, Gerald R; Hall,
Angela T; Royle, M Todd; Martocchio, Joseph J.
International Journal of Organizational Analysis 12.3
(2004): 231-254,339-341.
R3. Infiltration of the Multicultural Awareness:
Multinational Enterprise Strategy Management Chen,
Ying-Chang; Wang, Wen Cheng; Chu, Ying Chien.
International Journal of Business and Management
6.2 (Feb 2011): 72-76
R4. Micro vs Small Enterprises: A Profile of Human
Resource Personnel, Practices and Support Systems
Pearson, Terry R; Stringer, Donna Y; Mills, La Velle H;
Summers, David F. Journal of Management Research
6.2 (Aug 2006): 102-112.
ADDITIONAL READINGS:
1. Carmeli, A., Brammer, S., Gomes, E. and Tarba,
S.Y. (2017), “An organizational ethic of care and
employee involvement in sustainability-related
behaviors: A social identity perspective”, Journal
of Organizational Behavior, No. January.
2. Haar, J.M., Russo, M., Sune, A. and Ollier-
95
Malaterre, A. (2014), “Outcomes of work–life
balance on job satisfaction, life satisfaction and
mental health: A study across seven cultures”,
Journal of Vocational Behavior, Vol. 85 No. 3, pp.
361–373.
3. Mahadevia, D., Bhatia, N. and Bhatt, B. (2016),
“Decentralized governance or passing the buck:
the case of resident welfare associations at
resettlement sites, Ahmedabad, India”,
Environment and Urbanization, Vol. 28 No. 1, pp.
294–307.
4. Russo, M., Shteigman, A. and Carmeli, A. (2016),
“Workplace and family support and work–life
balance: Implications for individual psychological
availability and energy at work”, The Journal of
Positive Psychology, Routledge, Vol. 11 No. 2, pp.
173–188.
5. Wallace, J.C., Butts, M.M., Johnson, P.D., Stevens,
F.G. and Smith, M.B. (2016), “A Multilevel Model
of Employee Innovation: Understanding the
Effects of Regulatory Focus, Thriving, and
Employee Involvement Climate”, Journal of
Management, Vol. 42 No. 4, pp. 982–1004.
5 5 2 Module 5: Managing
HR Performance
Rethinking
performance
Getting data that
matter
Overcome the anxiety
out of compensation
Coach at scale to get
the best from the
most
Human Resources
Planning (HRP)
Objectives
Need for HRP at
Macro Level
Process of HRP
R1. Theoretical and Empirical Investigation of Impact
of Developmental HR Configuration on Human Capital
Management Choudhury, Jyotirmayee; Mishra, B B.
International Business Research 3.4 (Oct 2010): 181-
186.
R2. Future research on human resource management
systems in Asia Budhwar, Pawan; Debrah, Yaw A. Asia
Pacific Journal of Management 26.2 (Jun 2009): 197-
218.
R3. Unlocking the black box: line managers and HRM-
Performance in a call centre context Harney, Brian;
Jordan, Claire. International Journal of Productivity
and Performance Management 57.4 (2008): 275-296.
R4. Whatever happened to human resource
management performance? Prowse, Peter; Prowse,
Julie. International Journal of Productivity and
Performance Management 59.2 (2010): 145-162.
96
Problems in HRP Process
Barriers to HRP
Strategic Planning
Human Resource
Information System
Forecasting Demands
Forecasting Supply
Man Power Forecasting
Problems in Manpower
Planning
R1. Theoretical and Empirical Investigation of Impact
of Developmental HR Configuration on Human Capital
Management Choudhury, Jyotirmayee; Mishra, B B.
International Business Research 3.4 (Oct 2010): 181-
186.
R2. Future research on human resource management
systems in Asia Budhwar, Pawan; Debrah, Yaw A. Asia
Pacific Journal of Management 26.2 (Jun 2009): 197-
218.
R3. Unlocking the black box: line managers and HRM-
Performance in a call centre context Harney, Brian;
Jordan, Claire. International Journal of Productivity
and Performance Management 57.4 (2008): 275-296.
R4. Whatever happened to human resource
management performance? Prowse, Peter; Prowse,
Julie. International Journal of Productivity and
Performance Management 59.2 (2010): 145-162.
6 6 3 Module 6: HR
Integration
- Integration &
Orientation
- Steps in Induction
Program
- Purposes of Orientation
- Topics Covered in
Employee Orientation
Program
- Training and
Development
- Training, Development,
and Education
- Purposes of Training &
Development
- Selecting T & D
Program
- The Steps in Training
Process
- Issues in Employee
Training
R1. HRM strategies and MNCs from emerging
economies in the UK Chang, Yi Ying; Wilkinson, Adrian
J; Mellahi, Kamel. European Business Review 19.5
(2007): 404-419.
R2. Global HRM integration: a knowledge transfer
perspective Smale, Adam. Personnel Review 37.2
(2008): 145-164.
R3. In search of "best practices" in international
human resource management: Research design and
methodology Geringer, J Michael; Frayne, Colette A;
Milliman, John F. Human Resource Management 41.1
(Spring 2002): 5-30.
R4. Examining the link between human resource
management orientation and firm performance
Panayotopoulou, Leda; Papalexandris, Nancy.
Personnel Review 33.5/6 (2004): 499-520.
ADDITIONAL READINGS:
1. Ellemers, N. (2014), “Women at Work: How
Organizational Features Impact Career
Development”, Policy Insights from the
Behavioral and Brain Sciences, Vol. 1 No. 1, pp.
46–54.
2. Jos Akkermans, Veerle Brenninkmeijer, Wilmar B.
Schaufeli, A.R.W.B.B. (2015), “It’s All About
Careerskills: Effectiveness of A Career
97
- General Benefits from
Employee Training and
Development
- Career Management
- Career Planning
- Need for Career
Planning
- Career Paths
- Career Development
- Career-Impacted Life
Stages
Development Intervention for Young Employees”,
Human Resource Management, Vol. 54 No. 4, pp.
533–551.
3. Knight, D.K., Joe, G.W., Crawley, R.D., Becan, J.E.,
Dansereau, D.F. and Flynn, P.M. (2016), “The
Effectiveness of the Treatment Readiness and
Induction Program (TRIP) for Improving During-
Treatment Outcomes”, Journal of Substance
Abuse Treatment, Elsevier Inc., Vol. 62, pp. 20–27.
4. Paillé, P., Chen, Y., Boiral, O. and Jin, J. (2014),
“The Impact of Human Resource Management on
Environmental Performance: An Employee-Level
Study”, Journal of Business Ethics, Vol. 121 No. 3,
pp. 451–466.
5. Sheehan, M. (2014), “Human resource
management and performance: Evidence from
small and medium-sized firms”, International
Small Business Journal, Vol. 32 No. 5, pp. 545–
570.
7
7 3 New Directions in HRM
in MNCs & International
HRM
- New Trends in HR
- New Trends in
International HRM
- Outsourcing and Its HR
Dimensions
- Human Resource
Outsourcing: Scope
- Human Resource
Planning and
Downsizing
- Voluntary Redundancy
and Ways of Downsizing
Processing
- Benchmark
- The Importance of
Benchmarking
R1. Inside the "black box" and "HRM" Edgar, Fiona;
Geare, Alan. International Journal of Manpower 30.3
(2009): 220-236
R2. Contemporary debates and new directions in HRM
in MNCs: introduction Morley, Michael J; Collings,
David G. International Journal of Manpower 25.6
(2004): 487-499.
R3. Employee-Centred Human Resource Management
Practices Edgar, Fiona. New Zealand Journal of
Employment Relations 28.3 (Oct 2003): 230-240.
R4. On the interface between operations and human
resources management
Boudreau, John; Hopp, Wallace; McClain, John O;
Thomas, L Joseph. Manufacturing & Service
Operations Management 5.3 (Summer 2003): 179.
ADDITIONAL READINGS:
1. Bartram, T., Boyle, B., Stanton, P., Burgess, J. and
McDonnell, a. (2015), “Multinational enterprises
and industrial relations: A research agenda for
the 21st century”, Journal of Industrial Relations,
Vol. 57 No. 2, pp. 127–145.
2. Björkman, I. and Welch, D. (2015), “Framing the
98
field of international human resource
management research.”, International Journal of
Human Resource Management, Taylor & Francis,
Vol. 26 No. 2, pp. 136–150.
3. Colakoglu, S., Allen, M., Miah, K. and Bird, A.
(2016), “High-investment HR values and firm
performance among local firms and US MNCs’
subsidiaries in South Asia: a comparative study”,
International Journal of Human Resource
Management, Routledge, Vol. 27 No. 13, pp.
1426–1447.
4. Edwards, T., Sánchez-Mangas, R., Jalette, P.,
Lavelle, J. and Minbaeva, D. (2016), “Global
standardization or national differentiation of
HRM practices in multinational companies? A
comparison of multinationals in five countries”,
Journal of International Business Studies, Vol. 47,
pp. 997–1021.
5. Minbaeva, D., Pedersen, T., Bjorkman, I., Fey, C.F.
and Park, H.J. (2014), “MNC knowledge transfer,
subsidiary absorptive capacity and HRM”, Journal
of International Business Studies, Vol. 45, pp. 52–
62.
6. Al Ariss, A. and Sidani, Y. (2016), “Comparative
international human resource management:
Future research directions”, Human Resource
Management Review, Elsevier Inc., Vol. 26 No. 4,
pp. 352–358.
7. Cascio, W.F. and Boudreau, J.W. (2016), “The
search for global competence: From international
HR to talent management”, Journal of World
Business, Elsevier Inc., Vol. 51 No. 1, pp. 103–114.
8. Gould-Williams, J.S. (2016), “Managers’ motives
for investing in HR practices and their
implications for public service motivation: A
theoretical perspective”, International Journal of
Manpower, Vol. 37 No. 5, pp. 764–776.
9. Lee Cooke, F. and Xiao, Y. (2014), “Gender roles
and organizational HR practices: The case of
women’s careers in accountancy and consultancy
firms in China”, Human Resource Management,
Vol. 53 No. 1, pp. 23–44.
10. Rao-Nicholson, R., Khan, Z., Akhtar, P. and Tarba,
S.Y. (2016), “The contingent role of distributed
leadership in the relationship between HR
practices and organizational ambidexterity in the
cross-border M&As of emerging market
multinationals”, The International Journal of
Human Resource Management, Routledge, pp. 1–
99
Class Attendance
Attendance and participation in all classes (which are online during the COVID-19 period) are mandatory. This is
essential to the process of education at UD since the students' involvement with their instructors and fellow peers
are vital components of their academic preparation. Absences hinder academic progress, and affects the student’s
learning ability and grades. UD regulations for attendance and absenteeism warnings imposed on all courses are
stipulated in this section as follows:
a) All courses are offered in two consecutive sessions of two hour and twenty minutes each. A 20-minute break is given after the first session.
b) A faculty member must take attendance in each session.
c) If a student misses more than four sessions out of the 18 sessions in a course for non-acceptable reasons as deemed by the Instructor, he/ she will receive a grade of “FA” for the course, which counts like a failed course (See Table 1). The student must then repeat the course in the following term. However, the student shall have the right to attend the remaining classes of the course. Repeating a course entails a financial charge.
d) A student must work independently to catch up on missed lectures’ material. Table 1: Absenteeism Percentages
Duration of Session Weeks/ Class Sessions
Percentage and Number of Session Absences
10% 20%
25% (Deprived or Withdrawn)
2 hour 20 minutes 9 (18 sessions) 2 Absences 4 Absences 5 Absences
22.
8
8 1,2,3 &4 ASSIGNMENT 2 PRESENTATION AND SUBMISSION
(Present the Term paper and Assig 2 simultaneously but submit separate reports. Also submit in powerpoint and word format). Detailed feedback will be given.
9 9 1,2,3 &4 TERM PAPER PRESENTATION AND SUBMISSION
(Present the Term paper and Assig 2 simultaneously but submit separate reports. Also submit in powerpoint and word format). Detailed feedback will be given.
10 10 3 Feedback Suggestions for the future
100
Student Academic Integrity (UD Policy 5.18)
Student Academic misconduct is an academic violation that covers but not limited to plagiarism, misrepresentation, fabrication, facilitation, and cheating in exams.
Apart from exam cheating and plagiarism, the decision on whether or not to treat an academic misconduct as a violation of the Code of Student Conduct, is at the discretion of the instructor.
For more details on UD Policy of Academic Misconduct, please refer to UD Code of Conduct available at this link: https://ud.ac.ae/on-campus/graduate-catalog
Plagiarism
Plagiarism refers to representing another person’s words or ideas as one’s own in any academic exercise. The University of Dubai has zero tolerance towards plagiarism (i.e. any portion of a submitted document that contains plagiarism will lead to the appropriate penalty). Every academic submission made by a student should be a work of his own and also not be self-plagiarized. In all cases of plagiarism whether it is blatant or self-plagiarism, students will be held accountable for violation of academic integrity which also includes a penalty for their dishonesty.
Types of Plagiarism
• Self: A student’s work reproduced more than once for the same course or for other courses without prior permission(s) of the instructor(s) involved is, an act of plagiarism. Students should be very careful when quoting or paraphrasing (properly citing material).
• Accidental: This type of plagiarism occurs when a student does not cite the sources or paraphrases a source
by using identical words without attribution.
• Blatant: Student’s work reproduced from a fellow student or any other information source intentionally
without proper acknowledgement is a serious act of plagiarism. This type of plagiarism will lead to the
strict penalty that can include non-grading of course work all the way to failing of the course as deemed
by the faculty.
UD uses “Turnitin” software in Moodle to detect extent of similarity (through similarity index). Turnitin is used by both students and faculty to support in the learning process to understand the usage degree of the cited research material. The generated origination report from Moodle will support in the process.
For the above objective, Turnitin tool will be used by the faculty for all the graded assignments, exams, projects.
The faculty has the right to make final decision in regard to the students’ grades work in determining the student work integrity based on the criteria and the faculty awareness of the student’s work level.
Removal of a Graduate Degree
The Disciplinary Sanction is applied to graduate students when the Master thesis or the PhD. Dissertation is found to be plagiarized; the Master or Doctoral Degree will be removed from the student.
Students who are registered in this course must strictly adhere to Student Academic Integrity Policy. Failure to do so will subject students to the sanctions stated in the UD Code of Conduct available at this link: https://ud.ac.ae/on-campus/graduate-catalog
MOODLE
Important information about the course and supplementary exercises will be posted on Moodle. You are
automatically given access to Moodle, using your UD username and password, when you register for the course.
The course evaluation is also done via Moodle.
101
MGM 750 - Leadership Theory
DUBAI BUSINESS SCHOOL
Term Academic Year
Program PhD Graduate X
Course Name Leadership Theory Course Code MGM 750
Credit Hour 3 Pre-requisite
MGM 700
Evolution of
Management
Thought
Co-requisite None
Class Time Days Room
Instructor
Name Email Phone Office Hours
Brief Course Description: This course has a pre-requisite – MGM700. This seminar reviews and evaluates theoretical underpinning of leadership. It addresses trait theory, contingency theory, leader-member exchange theory (LMX), transformational theory and other theoretical frameworks advanced for leadership. The seminar focuses on sharpening students’ abilities to critically evaluate literature on leadership. Course Objective: Upon completion of this course, students should be able to:
1. Students will gain and in-depth understanding of the main issues in leadership research in general and in context of the UAE/GCC.
2. Students will explore new theories or extend existing ones, in leadership. Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): Upon completion of this course, students should be able to demonstrate the following outcomes :
1. Analyze the literature and theories from peer-reviewed journal articles in leadership 2. Evaluate the methodology, findings and limitations of peer-reviewed research in leadership. 3. Formulate new/original hypotheses/propositions in research that incorporated leadership as a variable.
This Course is Linked to the following Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs):
1. Acquire advanced knowledge through the understanding of key concepts, theories, and current issues in the given business domain.
2. Critically review theoretical literature/practical business-oriented challenges and develop a framework for empirical investigation
3. Apply a range of qualitative and quantitative research methodologies to develop innovative solutions of current business-oriented challenges
4. Create new knowledge through conceptualizing, designing, and conducting empirical research
102
Educational Resources
Educational Resource Description
Textbooks Required Ozgur Demirtas and Mustafa Karaca (2020). A Handbook of Leadership Styles. Cambridge Scholars Publishing, Newcastle upon Tyne ISBN (10): 1-5275-4598-9; ISBN(13): 987-1-5275-4598-4.
References Nohria, N and Khurana, R (2010). Handbook of Leadership Theory and Practice. (Harvard Business Review Press). ISBN 978-1-4221-3879-3. (hardback). The 21 Irrefutable Laws of Leadership: Follow Them and People Will Follow You (10th Anniversary Edition) by John C. Maxwell, Steven R. Covey; Publisher- Thomas Nelson ISBN-13: 978-0785288374
Supporting Reading Details of Research articles in the weekly assigned readings are available from UD library resources (online).
CLO Assessment Scheme
CLO QFE Alignment √
Linked to CO
Linked to PLO
Class Work (marks) 60%
Term Paper 40%
Blooms Level
K S AR SD RC
Assessment
One 30% Assessment
Two 30%
1 AN √ √ √ √ 1 2 15 13
2 E √ √ √ √ 1 3 15 15 13
3 C √ √ √ 2 4 15 14
Total 30 30 40
INDEX: Blooms level: APP - Apply, AN-Analyze, S –Synthesis, E –Evaluate QFE Alignment: K- Knowledge; S- Skills, A&R - Autonomy & Responsibility; SD- Self-Development; RC-Role in Context
This course is assessed by a combination of two assignments, and a term paper. Each Assignment worth 30% of the course total marks (making a total of 60%) and the term paper at the end constitutes 40% of the course grade. The final course grade is assigned according to the following:
% Marks Grade Quality Points
90-100 A 4.0
87-89 A- 3.7
84-86 B+ 3.5
80-83 B 3.0
77-79 B- 2.7
74-76 C+ 2.3
70-73 C 2.0
0- 69 F (Fail) 0
Assessments
Assessment Description CLO Weight Due Date
Assignment 1 Students are expected to read an article and answer the questions as per the Comprehensive Exam Format, i.e., identify research gap, research questions, theories, research design, and key variables in Leadership. These are to be discussed in detail. Students will also be introduced to statistical findings, practical implications, critical evaluation
1 & 2
30 Week 4
103
(including limitations) and future research as a prelude to Assignment 2. Submission: A Report and a PowerPoint Presentation
Assignment 2 Assignment 2 is Similar to Assig 1, but here, students are expected to comment more on the analyses and practical implications and limitations of the research. In addition, students are expected to extend the conceptual framework in the study by including new variables (with hypotheses) and justifying them. Submission: A Report and a PowerPoint Presentation
2 & 3
30 Week 8
Term Paper Since this is final term of the coursework, the term paper should closely resemble the student’s final Research Proposal, more so compared with previous terms. Since the student will have already chosen their specialization in management, the students work (especially the literature review) has to contain a more complete and relevant set of citations/theories from the discipline of Leadership. The structure of the term paper will consist of the following headings: Title, Introduction, Literature Review, Research Methodology, Expected Results, ethical considerations, work plan and references. Submission: A Report and a PowerPoint Presentation
1, 2 & 3
40 Week 9
Teaching Methods: Teaching methods used in this course are: 1. Handouts and reading material uploaded on the On-line Learning Management System (Moodle), available
on-line at: http://udmoodle/login/index.php 2. Lectures are conducted online during this period (caused by COVID-19) in accordance with the
recommendation of the Ministry of Education UAE, using ZOOM platform 3. Discussion of Peer-reviewed Journal Articles. 4. Written assessments and presentations (online during COVID-19 period), with immediate feedback.
Detailed Course outline
Weekly/Daily Teaching Plan
Day/Week
Lecture
Relation to CLO
Chapter Objectives Assignment / Reading
1 1 1 Introduction to Leadership Theory: Refresh the following concepts: Character- Be a piece of the rock Charism- The first impression can seal the seal Commitment – It separates doers from dreamers Communication – Without it you travel alone
MAIN READINGS: 1. Robert J. Allio, (2009) "Leadership – the five big ideas",
Strategy & Leadership, Vol. 37, No. 2, pp.4 – 12 2. Mark J. Ahn, Larry W. Ettner and Amanda Loupin (2011),
“From classical to contemporary leadership challenges: A values-based leadership view”, Journal of Leadership Studies, Vol. 5, No. 1, pp. 6–22.
3. Billy Brocato, Jonatan Jelen, Thomas Schmidt and Stuart Gold (2011), “Leadership conceptual ambiguities: A post-positivistic critique, Journal of Leadership Studies, Vol. 5, No.1, pp. 35–50.
4. Pablo Cardona, (2000) "Transcendental leadership", Leadership & Organization Development Journal, Vol. 21, No. 4, pp.201 – 207
5. Liedtka J.M.(1998), “Can Strategic Thinking Be Taught?” Long Range Planning 31(1) 120-129.
6. John P. Dugan (2011), “Pervasive myths in leadership development: Unpacking constraints on leadership learning”, Journal of Leadership Studies, Vol. 5, No.2, pp. 79–89.
104
ADDITIONAL READINGS: 1. Day, D. V., Fleenor, J.W., Atwater, L.E., Sturm, R.E. and McKee, R.A. (2014), “Advances in leader and leadership development: A review of 25 years of research and theory”, Leadership Quarterly, Elsevier Inc., Vol. 25 No. 1, pp. 63–82. 2. Mathias, M. (2017a), “Public leadership in the United Arab Emirates: towards a research agenda”, International Journal of Public Sector Management, Vol. 30 No. 2, pp. 154–169. 3. Mathias, M. (2017b), “Leadership development in governments of the United Arab Emirates: Re-framing a wicked problem”, Teaching Public Administration, pp. 1–16. 4. Meuser, J.D., Gardner, W.L., Dinh, J.E., Hu, J., Liden, R.C. and Lord, R.G. (2016), “A Network Analysis of Leadership Theory: The Infancy of Integration”, Journal of Management, Vol. 42 No. 5, pp. 1374 –1403..
2 2 1 Personality, Trait Theory:
Refresh the following
concepts
Competence – If you build
it, they will come
Courage – One person with
courage is a majority
Discernment – Put an end
to unsolved mysteries
Focus – The sharper it is,
the sharper you are
MAIN READINGS:
1. Barbara Curry (2002), “The influence of the leader
persona on organizational identity. Journal of Leadership
Studies.
2. Krasman, Joe (2010), “The feedback-seeking personality:
big five and feedback-seeking behavior.” Journal of
Leadership & Organizational Studies.
3. Deborah Alexander and Kristi Andersen (1993), “Gender
as a Factor in the Attribution of Leadership Traits,” Political
Research Quarterly, Vol. 46, No. 3, pp. 527-545.
4. Lowin and WJ Hrapchak (1969), “Consideration and
initiating structure: An experimental investigation of
leadership traits,” Administrative Science Quarterly,Vol. 14,
No. 2
ADDITIONAL READINGS:
1. Matthews, G. (2017), “Cognitive-Adaptive Trait Theory: A
Shift in Perspective on Personality”, Journal of Personality,
available at:https://doi.org/10.1111/jopy.12319.
2. Van Scheppingen, M.A., Jackson, J.J., Specht, J., Hutteman,
R., Denissen, J.J.A. and Bleidorn, W. (2016), “Personality Trait
Development During the Transition to Parenthood: A Test of
Social Investment Theory”, Social Psychological and Personality
Science, Vol. 7 No. 5, pp. 452–462.
3. Wagner, J., Ram, N., Smith, J. and Gerstorf, D. (2016),
“Personality Trait Development at the End of Life: Antecedents
and Correlates of Mean-Level Trajectories.”, Journal of Personality
and Social Psychology, Vol. 111 No. 3, pp. 411–429.
3 3 2 LMX and Situational
Leadership Theory:
MAIN READINGS:
1. Payal, A. Sushanta, K. M. (2019). Linking core self-evaluation
and emotional exhaustion with workplace loneliness: does
105
Refresh the following
concepts
Generosity – Your candle
loses nothing when it lights
another
Initiative – You won’t leave
without it
Listening – To connect with
their hearts use your ears
Passion – Take this life and
love it
high LMX make consequence worse? International Journal of
Human Resource Management
2. Nikodemus H. S. W. (2019). Proactive Personality, LMX and
Voice Behavior: Employee-Supervisor Sex (Dis)similarity as a
Moderator. Management Communication Quarterly, 33(1),
86-100
3. Claude L. Graeff (1997), “Evolution of situational
leadership theory: a critical review,” the Leadership
Quarterly, Vol. 8, No. 2, pp. 153-170
4. Carmen F. Fernandez (1997), “Situational leadership
theory revisited: a test of an across-jobs perspectives, The
leadership Quarterly, Vol. 8, No. 2, pp. 67-84.
5. Vecchio, Robert P(1987), “Situational Leadership Theory:
An examination of a prescriptive theory,” Journal of Applied
Psychology, Vol. 72, No. 3, pp. 444-451.
ADDITIONAL READINGS:
1. Bosse, T., Duell, R., Memon, Z.A., Treur, J. and van der Wal,
C.N. (2017), “Computational model-based design of leadership
support based on situational leadership theory”, Simulation, pp.
1–13.
2. Dinh, J.E., Lord, R.G., Gardner, W.L., Meuser, J.D., Liden,
R.C. and Hu, J. (2014), “Leadership theory and research in the new
millennium: Current theoretical trends and changing
perspectives”, Leadership Quarterly, Elsevier B.V., Vol. 25 No. 1,
pp. 36–62.
3. Zigarmi, D. and Roberts, T.P. (2017), “A test of three basic
assumptions of Situational Leadership® II Model and their
implications for HRD practitioners”, European Journal of Training
and Development, Vol. 41 No. 3, pp. 241–260.
4 4 2 Servant Leadership Theory
Refresh the following
concepts
Positive attitude – If you
believe you can, you can
Problem solving – You can’t
get your problems be a
problem\
Relationships – If you get
along, they will go along
Responsibility – If you
won’t carry the ball, you
can’t lead the team
MAIN READINGS:
1. Hu, Jia;Liden and Robert C. (2011), “Antecedents of team
potency and team effectiveness: An examination of goal and
process clarity and servant leadership,” Journal of Applied
Psychology, Vol. 96, No.4, pp. 851-862
2. Sen Sendjaya, Andre Pekerti, (2010) "Servant leadership
as antecedent of trust in organizations", Leadership &
Organization Development Journal, Vol. 31, No. 7, pp.643 –
663
ADDITIONAL READINGS:
1. Flynn, C.B., Smither, J.W. and Walker, A.G. (2016),
“Exploring the Relationship Between Leaders Core Self-
Evaluations and Subordinates Perceptions of Servant Leadership:
A Field Study”, Journal of Leadership & Organizational Studies,
Vol. 23 No. 3, pp. 260–271.
2. Hoch, J.E., Bommer, W.H., Dulebohn, J.H. and Wu, D.
(2016), “Do Ethical, Authentic, and Servant Leadership Explain
106
ASSIGNMENT 1
PRESENTATION AND
SUBMISSION
(Submission of report and
powerpoint slides)
Variance Above and Beyond Transformational Leadership? A
Meta-Analysis”, Journal of Management, available
at:https://doi.org/10.1177/0149206316665461.
3. Parris, D.L. and Peachey, J.W. (2013), “A Systematic
Literature Review of Servant Leadership Theory in Organizational
Contexts”, Journal of Business Ethics, Vol. 113 No. 3, pp. 377–393.
4. VanMeter, R., Chonko, L.B., Grisaffe, D.B. and Goad, E.A.
(2016), “In search of clarity on servant leadership: domain
specification and reconceptualization”, AMS Review, AMS Review,
Vol. 6 No. 1–2, pp. 59–78.
5 5 3 Transformational and
Team Leadership Theory:
Refresh the following
concepts:
Security – Competence
never compensates for
insecurity
Self-discipline – The first
person you need is you
Servanthood – To get
ahead, put others first
Teachability – To keep
leading, keep learning
Vision – You can seize only
what you see
MAIN READINGS:
1. Litz, David ; Scott, Shelleyann (2016). Transformational
leadership in the educational system of the United Arab
Emirates. Educational management, administration &
leadership, Vol.45 (4), p.566-587
2. Gregory Stone, Robert F. Russell, Kathleen Patterson, (2004)
"Transformational versus servant leadership: a difference in
leader focus", Leadership & Organization Development
Journal, Vol. 25, No. 4, pp.349 – 361
3. Jeanine Parolini, Kathleen Patterson, Bruce Winston,
(2009) "Distinguishing between transformational and servant
leadership", Leadership & Organization Development
Journal, Vol. 30, No. 3, pp.274 – 291
4. James C. Sarros, Joseph C. Santora, (2001) "The
transformational-transactional leadership model in practice",
Leadership & Organization Development Journal, Vol. 22 Iss:
8, pp.383 – 394
ADDITIONAL READINGS:
1. Ceri-Booms, M., Curşeu, P.L. and Oerlemans, L.A. (2017),
“Task and person-focused leadership behaviors and team
performance: A meta-analysis”, Human Resource Management
Review, Vol. 27 No. 1, pp. 178–192.
2. Wang, D., Waldman, D. and Zhang, Z. (2014), “A Meta-
Analysis of Shared Leadership and Team Effectiveness.”, Journal
of Applied Psychology, Vol. 99 No. 2, pp. 181–198.
6 6 4 Women and Leadership: MAIN READINGS:
1. Rana al-Mutawa (2020). I Want to be a Leader, But Men
Are Better Than Women in Leadership Positions: State
Feminism and Legitimizing Myths in the United Arab
Emirates. Al-Mutawa, Rana. Vol.18 (1), p.31-50
2. Alhadhrami, Abdelrahman ; Goby, Valerie Priscilla ; Al-
Ansaari, Yahya (2018). Women’s enactment of leadership in
a heavily gender-marked Islamic context: An exploration
within the United Arab Emirates. International journal of
organizational analysis 2018, Vol.26 (4), p.728-74
107
3. Debbie Salas-Lopez, Lynn M. Deitrick, Erica T. Mahady, Eric J.
Gertner and Judith N. Sabino (2011), “Women leaders—
challenges, successes, and other insights from the top”,
Journal of Leadership Studies, Vol. 5, No.2, pp. 35–50.
4. Avolio, Bruce J. Mhatre, Ketan Norman, Steven M. Lester,
Paul; (2009), “ The moderating effect of gender on leadership
intervention impact: an exploratory review.” Journal of
Leadership & Organizational Studies.
5. Deborah Alexander and Kristi Andersen (1993), “Gender
as a Factor in the Attribution of Leadership Traits,” Political
Research Quarterly, Vol. 46, No. 3, pp. 527-545.
ADDITIONAL READINGS:
1. Dolan, K. (2014), “Gender stereotypes, candidate
evaluations, and voting for women candidates: What really
matters?”, Political Research Quarterly, Vol. 67 No. 1, pp. 96–107.
2. Jogulu, Uma D. and Wood, G.J. (2008), “A cross-cultural
study into peer evaluations of women’s leadership effectiveness”,
Leadership and Organization Development Journal, Vol. 29 No. 7,
pp. 600–616.
3. Lopez, E.S. and Ensari, N. (2014), “The Effects of Leadership
Style, Organizational Outcome, and Gender on Attributional Bias
Toward Leaders”, Journal of Leadership Studies, Vol. 8 No. 2, pp.
19–37.
4. Paustian-Underdahl, S. C., Walker, L. S., & Woehr, D.J.
(2014), “Gender and perceptions of leadership effectiveness: A
meta-analysis of contextual moderators.”, Journal of Applied
Psychology, available at: http://psycnet.apa.org/psycinfo/2014-
15222-001/.
7
7 4 Culture and Leadership: MAIN READINGS:
1. Uma D. Jogulu, (2010) "Culturally-linked leadership
styles", Leadership & Organization Development Journal, Vol.
31, No. 8, pp.705 – 719
2. Shivers-Blackwell, Shery (2006), “The influence of
perceptions of organizational structure & culture on
leadership role requirements: The moderating impact of
locus of control & self-monitoring,” Journal of Leadership &
Organizational Studies
3. Goldman, Ellen F. Casey, Andrea; (2010) “Building a
culture that encourages thinking,” Journal of Leadership &
Organizational Studies.
4. Frontiera, Joe (2010), “Leadership and organizational
culture transformation in professional sport.” Journal of
Leadership & Organizational Studies.
ADDITIONAL READINGS:
108
1. Giritli, H., Öney-Yazıcı, E., Topçu-Oraz, G. and Acar, E.
(2013), “The interplay between leadership and organizational
culture in the Turkish construction sector”, International Journal
of Project Management, Vol. 31 No. 2, pp. 228–238.
2. Vijay Pendakur, S.C.F. (2016), “Critical Leadership Pedagogy:
Engaging Power, Identity, and Culture in Leadership Education for
College Students of Color”, New Directions for Higher Education,
New Directions for Higher Education, Vol. 174, pp. 45–55.
8
8 4 Tyrannical and Toxic Leadership
ASSIGNMENT 2 PRESENTATION
MAIN READINGS: 1. Walker, D. O., Reichard, R. J., Riggio, R. E., & Hansbrough, T.
K. (2020). Who Might Support a Tyrant? An Exploration of Links Between Adolescent Family Conflict and Endorsement of Tyrannical Implicit Leadership Theories. Journal of Leadership & Organizational Studies, p.154805182093124.
2. Skogstad, Aasland, Merethe, Nielsen, Hetland, Matthieesen, Einarsen (2014). The Relative Effects of Constructive, Laissez-Faire, and Tyrannical Leadership on Subordinate Job Satisfaction: Results from Two Prospective and Representative Studies. Zeitschrift fur Psychologie, 222(4), 221-232.
3. Labrague, L. J., Nwafor, C. E., & Tsaras, K. (2020). Influence of toxic and transformational leadership practices in nurses’ job satisfaction, job stress, absenteeism and turnover intention: A cross-sectional study. Journal of Nursing Management, 28(5), 1104-1113.
4. Milosevic, I., Maric, S., & Loncar, D. (2020). Defeating the Toxic Boss: The Nature of Toxic Leadership and the Role of Followers. Journal of Leadership and Organization Studies, 27(2), 117-137.
ADDITIONAL READINGS:
1. Labrague, L. J., Lorica, J., Nwafor, C., & Cummings, G. G.
(2020). Predictors of Toxic Leadership behavior among Nurse Managers: A Cross-Sectional Study. Journal of Nursing Management doi:10.1111/JONM.13130.
2. Bhandarker, A. & Rai, S. (2019). Toxic Leadership: emotional distress and coping. International Journal of Organization Theory & Behavior, 22(1), 65-78.
3. Paltu, A. & Brouwers, M. (2020). Toxic Leadership: Effects on job satisfaction, commitment, turnover intention and organizational culture within the South African manufacturing industry. SA Journal of Human Resource Management/SA 180(0), p.e1-e11.
4. Pelletier, K., Kottke, J. L., & Sirotnik, B. W. (2019). The toxic triangle in academia: A case analysis of the emergence and manifestation of toxicity in a public university. Leadership, 15(4), 405-432.
9 9 1,2,3 &4
TERM PAPER PRESENTATION AND SUBMISSION
(Present the Term paper and Assig 2 simultaneously but submit separate reports. Also submit in powerpoint and word format). Detailed feedback will be given.
10 10 1,2,&3
Practice on Comprehensive Exam
Articles will be given in class for practice
109
Class Attendance
Attendance and participation in all classes (which are online during the COVID-19 period) are mandatory. This is
essential to the process of education at UD since the students' involvement with their instructors and fellow peers
are vital components of their academic preparation. Absences hinder academic progress, and affects the student’s
learning ability and grades. UD regulations for attendance and absenteeism warnings imposed on all courses are
stipulated in this section as follows:
a) All courses are offered in two consecutive sessions of two hour and twenty minutes each. A 20-minute break is given after the first session.
b) A faculty member must take attendance in each session.
c) If a student misses more than four sessions out of the 18 sessions in a course for non-acceptable reasons as deemed by the Instructor, he/ she will receive a grade of “FA” for the course, which counts like a failed course (See Table 1). The student must then repeat the course in the following term. However, the student shall have the right to attend the remaining classes of the course. Repeating a course entails a financial charge.
d) A student must work independently to catch up on missed lectures’ material.
Table 1: Absenteeism Percentages
Duration of Session Weeks/ Class Sessions
Percentage and Number of Session Absences
10% 20% 25% (Deprived or Withdrawn)
2 hour 20 minutes 9 (18 sessions) 2 Absences 4 Absences 5 Absences
Student Academic Integrity Policy (UD Policy 5.18)
The University of Dubai (UD), as per its Policy S 5.18, is keen to ensure a University culture characterized by intellectual and personal honesty, social integration, ethical behavior and respect for the rights of the individual. UD also expects its student to be self-disciplined in both their approach to studying and in their general conduct and behavior. The Student Code of Conduct is designed to promote this culture at UD and hence sets out the standard of conduct expected of students. Students who violate these standards will be subjected to disciplinary sanctions, according to established penalties as stated below. This will help UD to protect the University community by maintaining order, discipline and stability on campus. The following sections describe Student Academic Misconduct, Plagiarism, Violations, and Sanctions. Students who are registered in this must strictly adhere to this Policy. Failure to do so will subject students to the sanctions stated here and in accordance to UD Policies and Regulations.
A. Student Academic Misconduct Student Academic misconduct is an academic violation that covers but not limited to plagiarism, misrepresentation, fabrication, and facilitation and cheating in exams. Apart from exam cheating and plagiarism, the decision on whether or not to treat an academic misconduct as a violation of the Code of Student Conduct, is at the discretion of the instructor.
110
Plagiarism
Plagiarism refers to representing another person’s words or ideas as one’s own in any academic exercise. The University of Dubai has zero tolerance towards plagiarism (i.e. any portion of a submitted document that contains plagiarism will lead to the appropriate penalty). Every academic submission made by a student should be a work of his own and also not be self-plagiarized. In all cases of plagiarism whether it is blatant or self-plagiarism, students will be held accountable for violation of academic integrity which also includes a penalty for their dishonesty. Types of Plagiarism
▪ Self: A student’s work reproduced more than once for the same course or for other courses without prior permission(s) of the instructor(s) involved is an act of plagiarism. Students should be very careful when quoting or paraphrasing (properly citing material).
▪ Accidental: Every student is required to understand plagiarism as something similar to acts of fraud in the academic community. For this reason, it is the responsibility of the student to make sure his/her work has been checked and properly acknowledged.
▪ Blatant: Student’s work reproduced from a fellow student or any other information source intentionally without proper acknowledgement is serious act of plagiarism. Students well of blatantly will lead to the strict penalty that can include non-grading of course work all the way to failing of the course as deemed by the faculty.
UD uses “Turnitin” software in Moodle to detect extent of similarity (through similarity index). Turnitin is used by
both students and faculty to support in the learning process to understand the usage degree of the cited research
material. The generated origination report from Moodle will support in the process.
For the above objective, Turnitin tool will be used by the faculty for all the graded assignments, exams, projects.
The faculty has the right to make final decision in regard to the students’ grades work in determining the student
work integrity based on the criteria and the faculty awareness of the students work level.
Removal of a Graduate Degree
The Disciplinary Sanction is applied to graduate students when the Master thesis or the PhD. Dissertation is found to be plagiarized; the Master or Doctoral Degree will be removed from the student.
Students who are registered in this course must strictly adhere to Student Academic Integrity Policy. Failure to do so will subject students to the sanctions stated in the UD Code of Conduct available at this link: https://ud.ac.ae/on-campus/graduate-catalog
MOODLE
Important information about the course and supplementary exercises will be posted on Moodle. You are
automatically given access to Moodle, using your UD username and password, when you register for the course.
The course evaluation is also done via Moodle.
111
MARKETING SPECIALIZATION
MKT 735 - Marketing Strategy
DUBAI BUSINESS SCHOOL
Term Academic Year
Program PhD Graduate X
Course Name Marketing strategy Course Code MKT 735
Credit Hour 3 Pre-requisite MRK 710 Co-requisite None
Class Time Days Room
Instructor
Name Email Phone Office Hours
Brief Course Description This seminar helps students understand the role of marketing within the organization, its business strategy, and its
success. It exposes students to the literature in marketing strategy and helps them critically evaluate fundamental
ideas, research design, results, and possible advancements.
Course Objective (CO): Upon completion of this workshop:
1. Students should be able to discuss main issues in marketing strategy and marketing strategy research in the UAE/GCC context.
2. Students should be able to critically evaluate both fundamental ideas and more recent developments in marketing strategy.
Course Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students will be able to:
1. Analyze the role of marketing dynamics within the organization in UAE and GCC context 2. Evaluate sustainable competitive advantage of the firms in UAE and GCC context 3. Identify Channel Marketing relations with the external environment in UAE/GCC context 4. Evaluate literature related to marketing strategy.
This Course is Linked to the following Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs):
1. Acquire advanced knowledge through the understanding of key concepts, theories, and current issues in the given business domain.
2. Critically review theoretical literature/practical business-oriented challenges and develop a framework for empirical investigation
3. Apply a range of qualitative and quantitative research methodologies to develop innovative solutions of current business-oriented challenges
4. Create new knowledge through conceptualizing, designing, and conducting empirical research
112
CLO Mapping & Assessment Scheme
Course Learning Outcomes
(CLO)
QFE Alignment √
Linked to
Blooms
Taxono
my level Link
ed
to
CO
Linke
d to
PO
Ind.
Assign
ment
1
(30%)
Ind.
Assig
nmen
t 2
(30%)
Term
Paper
(marks)
(30% +
viva 10%)
K S A&
R SD RC
1
Analyze the role of marketing dynamics within the organization in UAE and GCC context
√ √ APP 1 1 10 5 5
2 Evaluate sustainable competitive advantage of the firms in UAE and GCC context
√ √ AN 1 1 10 5 5
3
Identify Channel Marketing relations with the external environment in UAE/GCC context
√ √ √ √ √ S 2 1 10 10 10
4 Evaluate literature related to marketing strategy.
√ √ √ √ E 2 1 10 10 (+10)
Total 30 30 30 (+10)
INDEX: Blooms level: APP - Apply, AN-Analyze, S –Synthesis, E -Evaluate
QFE Alignment: K- Knowledge; S- Skills, A&R - Autonomy & Responsibility; SD-Self-Development; RC-Role in
Context
Assessments
Assessment Description CLO Weight Due Date
Assignment 1 Critique of assigned readings. The write-up should briefly
state what’s been found, what’s not been examined (gap), and
Literature review.
1,2 ,3
30 Week 3
Assignment 2 Critique of methodology in articles. The write up should
discuss the results of analyses and practical implications
1,2,3,4 30 Week 6
Term paper Students will select a topic related to the course learning
outcomes, and write a proposal that goes beyond reviewing
the literature (include hypotheses, design and proposed tests)
using available data.
1,2,3,4
40 Week 9
Teaching Methods: Teaching methods used in this course are:
1. Lectures and case studies analysis 2. Handout reading material 3. Critical evolution of journal articles and presentations
113
4. Literary review
Grade Distribution:
% Marks Grade Quality Points
90-100 A 4.0
87-89 A- 3.7
84-86 B+ 3.5
80-83 B 3.0
77-79 B- 2.7
74-76 C+ 2.3
70-73 C 2.0
0- 69 F (Fail) 0
Module Topic CLO
1 Module.1 - The Role of Marketing within Business Strategy
R1. Anderson, Paul F. (1982), “Marketing, Strategic Planning and the Theory of the Firm,”
Journal of Marketing, 46 (2), 15-26.
R2. Quelch, John A. and Katherine Jocz (2008), “Milestones in Marketing,” Business History
Review, 82 (Winter), 827-838.
R3. Day, George S. and David B. Montgomery (1999), “Charting New Directions for
Marketing,” Journal of Marketing, 63 (4), 3-13
R4. Mintzberg, Henry (1987), “The Strategy Concept I: Five Ps for Strategy,” California
Management Review, 30 (1), 11-24.
1
2 Module 2 The Role of Marketing within the Organization
R1. Kirca, Ahmet H., Satish Jayachandran, and William O. Bearden (2005), “Market
Orientation: A Meta-Analytic Review and Assessment of Its Antecedents and Impact on
Performance,” Journal of Marketing, 69 (2), 24-41.
R2. Gobhardt, Gary F., Gregory Carpenter R., John F. Sherry Jr. (2006), “Creating a Market
Orientation: A Longitudinal, Multifirm, Grounded Analysis of Cultural Transformation,”
Journal of Marketing, 70 (October), 37-55.
R3. Workman, John P., Jr. (1993), “Marketing's Limited Role in New Product Development in
One Computer Systems Firm,” Journal of Marketing Research, 30 (4), 405-421.
R4. Webster, Frederick E., Jr., Alan J. Malter and Shankar Ganesan (2005), “The Decline and
Dispersion of Marketing Competence,” MIT Sloan Management Review, 46 (4), 35-43.
2
114
Module Topic CLO
3 Module 3: Market Definition, Market Segmentation, and Product Differentiation
R1. Day, George S., Allan D. Shocker, and Rajendra K. Srivastava (1979), “Customer-Oriented
Approaches to Identifying Product Markets,” Journal of Marketing, 43 (4), 8-19.
R2.Rosa, Jose Antonio, Joseph F. Porac, Jelena Russer-Spanjol and Michael S. Saxon
(1999),“Sociocognitive Dynamics in a Product Market,” Journal of Marketing 63 (Special
Issue), 64-77.
R3. Wind, Yoram (1980), “Issues and Advances in Segmentation Research,” Journal of
Marketing Research, 15 (3), 317-337.
R4. Mitra, Anusree and John G. Lynch, Jr. (1995), “Toward a Reconciliation of Market Power
and Information Theories of Advertising Effects on Price Elasticity,” Journal of Consumer
Research, 21 (4), 644-659.
ASSIGNMENT 1 DUE
2
4 1. Module 4: Product and Industry Life Cycle Dynamics
R1. DeBruicker, F. Stewart and Gregory L. Summe (1985), “Make Sure Your Customers Keep
Coming Back,” Harvard Business Review, 63 (1), 92-98.
R2. Lambkin, Mary and George S. Day (1989), “Evolutionary Processes in Competitive
Markets: Beyond the Product Life Cycle,” Journal of Marketing, 53 (3), 4-20.
R3. Agarwal, Rajshree and Barry L. Bayus (2002), “The Market Evolution and Sales Takeoff of
Product Innovations,” Management Science, 48 (8), 1024-1041.
R4. Sood, Ashish and Gerard J. Tellis (2005), “Technological Evolution and Radical
Innovation,” Journal of Marketing, 69 (3), 152-168.
2
5 Module 5: Institutionalization and Network Effects
R1. DiMaggio, Paul J. and Walter W. Powell (1983), “The Iron Cage Revisited: Institutional
Isomorphism and Collective Rationality in Organizational Fields,” American Sociological
Review, 48 (2), 147-160.
R2. Zuckerman, Ezra W. (1999), “The Categorical Imperative: Securities Analysts and the
Illegitimacy Discount,” American Journal of Sociology, 104 (5), 1398-1438.
R3. Debruyne, Marion and David J. Reibstein (2005), “Competitor See, Competitor Do:
Incumbent Entry in New Market Niches,” Marketing Science, 24 (1), 55-66.
R4. Arthur, W. Brian (1996), “Increasing Returns and the New World of Business,” Harvard
Business Review, 74 (4), 100-109.
3
6 Module 6. Sustainable Competitive Advantage – Resource-based View
3
115
Module Topic CLO
R1. March, James G. (1991), “Exploration and Exploitation in Organizational Learning,” Organization Science, 2 (1), 71-87.
R2. Sinkula, James M. (1994), “Market Information Processing and Organizational Learning,” Journal of Marketing, 58 (1), 35-45.
R3. Day, George S. (1994), “The Capabilities of Market-driven Organizations,” Journal of Marketing, 58 (4), 37-52.
R4. Vorhies, Douglas W. and Neil A. Morgan (2005), “Benchmarking Marketing Capabilities for Sustainable Competitive Advantage,” Journal of Marketing, 69 (1), 80-94. ASSIGNMENT 2 DUE
7 Module 7: Sustainable Competitive Advantage – Pioneering Advantage
R1. Carpenter, Gregaory S. and Kent Nakamoto (1989), “Consumer Preference Formation and
Pioneering Advantage,” Journal of Marketing Research, 26 (3), 285-298.
R2. Kardes, Frank R., Gurumurthy Kalyanaram, Murali Chandrashekaran, and Ronald J.
Dornoff (1993), “Brand Retrieval, Consideration Set Composition, Consumer Choice, and the
Pioneering Advantage,” Journal of Consumer Research, 20 (1), 62-75.
R3. Golder, Peter N. and Gerard J. Tellis (1993), “Pioneer Advantage: Marketing Logic or
Marketing Legend?” Journal of Marketing Research, 30 (2), 158-170.
R4. Boulding, William and Markus Christen (2003), “Sustainable Pioneering Advantage? Profit
Implications of Market Entry Order,” Marketing Science, 22 (3), 371-392
3
8 Module 8: Customer Relationship Management and Outcomes
R1. Reinartz, Werner J. And V. Kumar (2000), “On the Profitability of Long-Life Customers in a
Non-contractual Setting: An Empirical Investigation and Implications for Marketing,” Journal
of Marketing, 64 (4), 17-35.
R2. Gupta, Sunil, Donald R. Lehmann, and Jennifer Ames Stuart (2004), “Valuing
Customers,”Journal of Marketing Research, 41 (1), 7-18.
R3. Kumar, V., Rajkumar Venkatesan, Tim Bohling, and Denise Beckmann (2008), “The Power
of CLV: Managing Customer Lifetime Value at IBM,” Marketing Science, 27 (4), 585-599.
R4. Keiningham, Timothy L., Bruce Cooil, Tor Wallin Andreassen, and Lerzan Aksoy (2007), “A
Longitudinal Examination of Net Promoter and Firm Revenue Growth,” Journal of Marketing,
71 (3), 39-51.
4
9 Presentation of TERM PAPER 4
116
Educational Resources
Class Attendance
Attendance and participation in all classes and computer lab sessions are mandatory. This is essential to the process
of education at UD since the students' involvement with their instructors and fellow peers are vital components of
their academic preparation. Absences hinder academic progress, and affects the student’s learning ability and
grades. UD regulations for attendance and absenteeism warnings imposed on all courses are stipulated in this
section as follows:
a) All courses are offered in two consecutive sessions of two hour and twenty minutes each. A 20-minute break is given after the first session.
b) A faculty member must take attendance in each session.
c) If a student misses more than four sessions out of the 18 sessions in a course for non-acceptable reasons as deemed by the Instructor, he/ she will receive a grade of “FA” for the course, which counts like a failed course (See Table 1). The student must then repeat the course in the following term. However, the student shall have the right to attend the remaining classes of the course. Repeating a course entails a financial charge.
d) A student must work independently to catch up on missed lectures’ material.
Table 1: Absenteeism Percentages
Duration of Session Weeks/ Class Sessions
Percentage and Number of Session Absences
10% 20% 25% (Deprived or Withdrawn)
2 hour 20 minutes 9 (18 sessions) 2 Absences 4 Absences 5 Absences
Student Academic Integrity Policy
The University of Dubai (UD), as per its Policy S 5.18, is keen to ensure a University culture characterized by
intellectual and personal honesty, social integration, ethical behavior and respect for the rights of the individual. UD
also expects its student to be self-disciplined in both their approach to studying and in their general conduct and
behavior.
The Student Code of Conduct is designed to promote this culture at UD and hence sets out the standard of conduct
expected of students. Students who violate these standards will be subjected to disciplinary sanctions, according to
established penalties as stated below. This will help UD to protect the University community by maintaining order,
discipline and stability on campus.
Educational Resource Description
Text Book required TBA
References TBA
Supporting Reading Details of Research articles in the above plan ( R ) are available from UD library
resources (online)
117
VI. Student Academic Misconduct ▪ Student Academic misconduct is an academic violation that covers but not limited to plagiarism,
misrepresentation, fabrication, and facilitation and cheating in exams. ▪ Apart from exam cheating and plagiarism, the decision on whether or not to treat an academic misconduct as
a violation of the Code of Student Conduct, is at the discretion of the instructor.
A. Plagiarism
Plagiarism refers to representing another person’s words or ideas as one’s own in any academic exercise. The
University of Dubai has zero tolerance towards plagiarism (i.e. any portion of a submitted document that
contains plagiarism will lead to the appropriate penalty). Every academic submission made by a student
should be a work of his own and also not be self-plagiarized. In all cases of plagiarism whether it is blatant or
self-plagiarism, students will be held accountable for violation of academic integrity which also includes a
penalty for their dishonesty.
Types of Plagiarism
▪ Self: A student’s work reproduced more than once for the same course or for other courses without prior permission(s) of the instructor(s) involved is an act of plagiarism. Students should be very careful when quoting or paraphrasing (properly citing material).
▪ Accidental: Every student is required to understand plagiarism as something similar to acts of fraud in the academic community. For this reason, it is the responsibility of the student to make sure his/her work has been checked and properly acknowledged.
▪ Blatant: Student’s work reproduced from a fellow student or any other information source intentionally without proper acknowledgement is serious act of plagiarism. Students well of blatantly will lead to the strict penalty that can include non-grading of course work all the way to failing of the course as deemed by the faculty.
UD uses “Turnitin” software in Moodle to detect extent of similarity (through similarity index). Turnitin is used by
both students and faculty to support in the learning process to understand the usage degree of the cited research
material. The generated origination report from Moodle will support in the process.
For the above objective, Turnitin tool will be used by the faculty for all the graded assignments, exams, projects.
The faculty has the right to make final decision in regard to the students’ grades work in determining the student
work integrity based on the criteria and the faculty awareness of the student’s work level.
Removal of a Graduate Degree
The Disciplinary Sanction is applied to graduate students when the Master thesis or the PhD. Dissertation is found
to be plagiarized; the Master or Doctoral Degree will be removed from the student.
Students who are registered in this course must strictly adhere to Student Academic Integrity Policy. Failure to do
so will subject students to the sanctions stated in the UD Code of Conduct available at this link: https://ud.ac.ae/on-
campus/graduate-catalog
MOODLE
Important information about the course and supplementary exercises will be posted on Moodle. You are
automatically given access to Moodle, using your UD username and password, when you register for the course.
The course evaluation is also done via Moodle.
118
MKT 740 - Consumer Behavior
DUBAI BUSINESS SCHOOL
Term Academic Year
Program PhD Graduate X
Course Name Consumer Behavior Course Code MKT 740
Credit Hour 3 Pre-requisite MRK 710 Co-requisite None
Class Time Days Room
Instructor
Name Email Phone Office Hours
Brief Course Description: This seminar exposes students to research issues in consumer behavior. It develops students’ skills of
identifying the research question, how it was studied, what we have learned to date, what are the gaps in
existing knowledge, and possible new avenues for future research.
Course Objective (CO): Upon completion of this workshop:
1. students should be able to discuss main research issues in consumer behavior research in UAE/GCC context. 2. students should be able to critically evaluate both fundamental ideas and more recent developments in
consumer behavior.
Course Learning Outcomes (CLOs)
At the end of the course, students shall be able to:
1. Analyze the research ideas in consumer behavior within the organization in UAE and GCC context 2. Review assigned research papers to summarize ideas, methodology, theoretical framework and
methodology. 3. Evaluate and critique research articles dealing with consumer behavior.
This Course is Linked to the following Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs):
1. Acquire advanced knowledge through the understanding of key concepts, theories, and current issues in the given business domain.
2. Critically review theoretical literature/practical business-oriented challenges and develop a framework for empirical investigation
3. Apply a range of qualitative and quantitative research methodologies to develop innovative solutions of current business-oriented challenges
4. Create new knowledge through conceptualizing, designing, and conducting empirical research
CLO Mapping & Assessment Scheme
119
Course Learning Outcomes
(CLO)
QFE Alignment √
Linked to
Blooms
Taxono
my level Link
ed
to
CO
Linke
d to
PO
Ind.
Assign
ment
1
(30%)
Ind.
Assig
nmen
t 2
(30%)
Term
Paper
(marks)
(30% +
viva 10%)
K S A&
R SD RC
1
Analyze the research ideas in consumer behavior within the organization in UAE and GCC context
√ √ AN 1 1 30 10 5
2
Review assigned research papers to summarize ideas, methodology, theoretical framework and methodology.
√ √ √ √ √ S 2 1 10 10
3 Evaluate and critique research articles dealing with consumer behavior.
√ √ √ √ E 2 1 10 10 (+10)
Total 30 30 40
INDEX: Blooms level: APP - Apply, AN-Analyze, S –Synthesis, E -Evaluate
QFE Alignment: K- Knowledge; S- Skills, A&R - Autonomy & Responsibility; SD-Self-Development; RC-Role in
Context
Assessments
Assessment Description CLO Weight Due Date
Assignment 1 Critique of assigned readings. The write-up should briefly
state what’s been found, what’s not been examined (gap), and
Literature review.
1
30 Week 3
Assignment 2 Critique of methodology in articles. The write up should
discuss the results of analyses.
1,2,&
3 30 Week 6
Term paper Students will select a topic related to the course learning
outcomes, and write a proposal that goes beyond reviewing
the literature (include hypotheses, design and proposed tests)
using available data.
1, 2 &
3 40 Week 9
Teaching Methods:
Teaching methods used in this course are:
1. Lectures and case studies analysis 2. Handout and reading material will be provided 3. Critical evolution of journal articles and presentations 4. Literary review 5. Research framework development
120
Grade Distribution:
% Marks Grade Quality Points
90-100 A 4.0
87-89 A- 3.7
84-86 B+ 3.5
80-83 B 3.0
77-79 B- 2.7
74-76 C+ 2.3
70-73 C 2.0
0- 69 F (Fail) 0
Module Topic CLO
1 Module 1 - Theory of consumer behavior
John A. Howard and Jagdish N. Sheth, The Theory of Buyer Behavior, Chapter 2
James R. Bettman, An Information Processing Theory of Consumer Choice, Chapter 2
R1. Russell Belk, Melanie Wallendorf, and John Sherry, “The Sacred and the Profane in
Consumer Behavior: Theodicy on the Odyssey,” JCR, 16 (June 1989), 1-38.
R2. Grant McCracken, “Who Is the Celebrity Endorser? Cultural Foundations of the
Endorsement Process,” JCR, 16 (December 1989), 310-321.
R3. Mark Ritson and Richard Elliott, “The Social Uses of Advertising: An Ethnographic Study
ofAdolescent Advertising Audiences,” JCR, 26 (December 1999), 260-277.
R4. Nina Mazar, On Amir, and Dan Ariely, “The Dishonesty of Honest People: A Theory of Self-Concept Maintenance,” JMR, 45 (December 2008), 633-644.
1
2 Module 2 - Motivation and Personality
R1. Russell Belk, “Possessions and the Extended Self,” JCR, 15 (September 1988), 139-168.
R2. Susan Fournier, “Consumers and Their Brands: Developing Relationship Theory in
Consumer Research,” JCR, 24 (March 1998), 343-373
2
121
Module Topic CLO
R3. Ayelet Fishbach and Ravi Dhar “Goals as Excuses or Guides: The Liberating Effect of
Perceived Goal Progress on Choice,” JCR, 32 (December 2005), 370-377.
R4. Tanya L. Chartrand, Joel Huber, Baba Shiv, and Robin J. Tanner, “Nonconscious Goals and
Consumer Choice” JCR, 35 (August 2008), 189-201
3 Module 3 - Attention and Perception
R1. Scott McKenzie, “The Role of Attention in Mediating the Effect of Advertising on Attribute
Importance,” JCR, 13 (September 1986), 174-195.
R2. Ran Kivetz and Itamar Simonson, “Earning the Right to Indulge: Effort as a Determinant of
Consumer Preferences Toward Frequency Program Rewards,” JMR, 39 (May 2002), 155-170.
R3. Gavan J. Fitzsimons, Joseph C. Nunes and Patti Williams, “License to Sin: The Liberating
Role of Reporting Expectations,” JCR, 34 (June 2007), 22-31.
R4. David Luna, Torsten Ringberg, and Laura A. Peracchio, “One Individual, Two Identities:
Frame Switching among Biculturals,” JCR, 35 (August 2008), 279-293
ASSIGNMENT 1 DUE
2
4 Module 4 - Applications of Attention and Perception; Search
R1. Joseph W. Alba and J. Wesley Hutchinson, “Dimensions of Consumer Expertise,” JCR, 13
(March 1987), 411-454.
R2. William Boulding, Ajay Kalra, Richard Staelin, and Valarie Zeithaml, “A Dynamic Process
Model of Service Quality: From Expectations to Behavioral Intentions,” JMR, 30 (February
1993), 7-27.
R3. Baba Shiv, Ziv Carmon, and Dan Ariely, “Placeb Effects of Marketing Actions: Consumers
May Get What They Pay For,” JMR, 42 (November 2005), 383-393.
R4. Gal Zauberman, B. Kyu Kim, Selin A. Malkoc, and James R. Bettman, “Discounting Time
and Time Discounting: Subjective Time Perception and Intertemporal Preferences,” JMR, 46
(August 2009).
2
122
Module Topic CLO
5 Module 5 - Memory
R1. James R. Bettman, “Memory Factors in Consume Choice: A Review,” JM, 43 (1979),
37-53.
R2. John Lynch and Thomas Srull, “Memory and Attentional Factors in Consumer Choice:
Concepts and Research Methods,” JCR, 9 (June 1982), 18-37.
R3. Kathryn A. Braun, “Post-experience Advertising Effects on Consumer Memory,” JCR, 25
(December 1999), 319-334.
R4. Gal Zauberman, Rebecca K. Ratner, and B. Kyu Kim, “Memories as Assets: Strategic
Memory Protection in Choice over Time,” JCR, 35 (February 2009), 715-728.
3
6 Module 6: Decision Processes
R1. Donnel A. Briley, Michael W. Morris, and Itamar Simonson, “Reasons as Carriers of
Culture: Dynamic versus Dispositional Models of Cultural Influence on Decision Making,” JCR,
27 (September 2000), 157-178.
R2. Rosellina Ferraro, James R. Bettman, and Tanya Chartrand, “The Power of Strangers: The
Effect of Incidental Consumer Brand Encounters on Brand Choice,” JCR, 35 (February 2009),
729-741.
R3. Kathryn M. Sharpe, Richard Staelin, and Joel Huber, “Using Extremeness Aversion to Fight
Obesity: Policy Implications of Context Dependent Choice,” JCR, 35 (October 2008), 406-422.
R4. Simona Botti, Kristina Orfali, and Sheena S. Iyengar, “Tragic Choices: Autonomy and
Emotional Responses to Medical Decisions,” JCR, 36 (October 2009).
ASSIGNMENT 2 DUE
3
7 Module 7: Persuasion & Attitude Change R1. Andrew Karpinski and James L. Hilton, “Attitudes and the Implicit Association Test,” JPSP, 81 (November 2001), 774-788
R2. Joseph R. Priester, Dhananjay Nayakankuppam, Monique A. Fleming, and John Godek, “The A2SC2 Model: The Influence of Attitudes and Attitude Strength on Consideration and Choice,” JCR, 30 (March 2004).574-587
3
123
Module Topic CLO
R3. Noah J. Goldstein, Robert J. Cialdini, and Vladas Griskevicius, “A Room with a Viewpoint: Using Social Norms to Motivate Environmental Conservation in Hotels,” JCR, 35 (October 2008), 472-482.
R4. Eduardo B. Andrade “Behavioral Consequences of Affect: Combining Evaluative and Regulatory Mechanisms” JCR 32 (3) December 2005, 355-362.
8 Module 8: Learning, Group and Interpersonal influence R1. Stijn M. J. Van Osselaer and Joseph W. Alba, “Consumer Learning and Brand Equity,” JCR, 27 (June 2000), 1-16.
R2. Marcus Cunha Jr. and Juliano Laran, “Asymmetries in the Sequential Learning of Brand Associations: Implications for the Early Entrant Advantage,” JCR, 35 (February 2009), 788-799.
R3. Escalas, Jennifer Edson and James R. Betman, “Self-Construal, Reference Groups, and Brand Meaning,” JCR, 32 (December 2005), 378-389.
R4. Jonah Berger and Chip Heath, “Where Consumers Diverge from Others: Identity Signaling and Product Domains,” JCR, 34 (August 2007), 121-134.
3
9 Presentation of TERM PAPER 3
Educational Resources
Class Attendance
Attendance and participation in all classes and computer lab sessions are mandatory. This is essential to the process
of education at UD since the students' involvement with their instructors and fellow peers are vital components of
their academic preparation. Absences hinder academic progress, and affects the student’s learning ability and
grades. UD regulations for attendance and absenteeism warnings imposed on all courses are stipulated in this
section as follows:
a) All courses are offered in two consecutive sessions of two hour and twenty minutes each. A 20-minute break is given after the first session.
b) A faculty member must take attendance in each session.
Educational Resource Description
Text Book required TBA if needed
References TBA if needed
Supporting Reading Details of Research articles in the above plan ( R ) are available from UD library
resources (online)
124
c) If a student misses more than four sessions out of the 18 sessions in a course for non-acceptable reasons as deemed by the Instructor, he/ she will receive a grade of “FA” for the course, which counts like a failed course (See Table 1). The student must then repeat the course in the following term. However, the student shall have the right to attend the remaining classes of the course. Repeating a course entails a financial charge.
d) A student must work independently to catch up on missed lectures’ material.
Table 1: Absenteeism Percentages
Duration of Session Weeks/ Class Sessions
Percentage and Number of Session Absences
10% 20% 25% (Deprived or Withdrawn)
2 hour 20 minutes 9 (18 sessions) 2 Absences 4 Absences 5 Absences
Student Academic Integrity Policy
The University of Dubai (UD), as per its Policy S 5.18, is keen to ensure a University culture characterized by
intellectual and personal honesty, social integration, ethical behavior and respect for the rights of the individual. UD
also expects its student to be self-disciplined in both their approach to studying and in their general conduct and
behavior.
The Student Code of Conduct is designed to promote this culture at UD and hence sets out the standard of conduct
expected of students. Students who violate these standards will be subjected to disciplinary sanctions, according to
established penalties as stated below. This will help UD to protect the University community by maintaining order,
discipline and stability on campus.
VII. Student Academic Misconduct ▪ Student Academic misconduct is an academic violation that covers but not limited to plagiarism,
misrepresentation, fabrication, and facilitation and cheating in exams. ▪ Apart from exam cheating and plagiarism, the decision on whether or not to treat an academic misconduct as
a violation of the Code of Student Conduct, is at the discretion of the instructor.
A. Plagiarism
Plagiarism refers to representing another person’s words or ideas as one’s own in any academic exercise. The
University of Dubai has zero tolerance towards plagiarism (i.e. any portion of a submitted document that
contains plagiarism will lead to the appropriate penalty). Every academic submission made by a student
should be a work of his own and also not be self-plagiarized. In all cases of plagiarism whether it is blatant or
self-plagiarism, students will be held accountable for violation of academic integrity which also includes a
penalty for their dishonesty.
Types of Plagiarism
▪ Self: A student’s work reproduced more than once for the same course or for other courses without prior permission(s) of the instructor(s) involved is an act of plagiarism. Students should be very careful when quoting or paraphrasing (properly citing material).
125
▪ Accidental: Every student is required to understand plagiarism as something similar to acts of fraud in the academic community. For this reason, it is the responsibility of the student to make sure his/her work has been checked and properly acknowledged.
▪ Blatant: Student’s work reproduced from a fellow student or any other information source intentionally without proper acknowledgement is serious act of plagiarism. Students well of blatantly will lead to the strict penalty that can include non-grading of course work all the way to failing of the course as deemed by the faculty.
UD uses “Turnitin” software in Moodle to detect extent of similarity (through similarity index). Turnitin is used by
both students and faculty to support in the learning process to understand the usage degree of the cited research
material. The generated origination report from Moodle will support in the process.
For the above objective, Turnitin tool will be used by the faculty for all the graded assignments, exams, projects.
The faculty has the right to make final decision in regard to the students’ grades work in determining the student
work integrity based on the criteria and the faculty awareness of the student’s work level.
Removal of a Graduate Degree
The Disciplinary Sanction is applied to graduate students when the Master thesis or the PhD. Dissertation is found
to be plagiarized; the Master or Doctoral Degree will be removed from the student.
Students who are registered in this course must strictly adhere to Student Academic Integrity Policy. Failure to do
so will subject students to the sanctions stated in the UD Code of Conduct available at this link: https://ud.ac.ae/on-
campus/graduate-catalog
MOODLE
Important information about the course and supplementary exercises will be posted on Moodle. You are
automatically given access to Moodle, using your UD username and password, when you register for the course.
The course evaluation is also done via Moodle.
126
MKT 745 - Current Issues in Marketing
DUBAI BUSINESS SCHOOL
Term Academic Year
Program PhD Graduate X
Course Name CURRENT ISSUES IN MARKETING Course Code MKT 745
Credit Hour 3 Pre-requisite MRK 710 Co-requisite None
Class Time Days Room
Instructor
Name Email Phone Office Hours
Brief Course Description: This seminar reviews and evaluates special issues in marketing such as product positioning, product line design,
pricing strategy, advertising decisions, distribution channel design, and promotion decisions.
Course Objective (CO): Upon completion of this workshop,
1. The students will be able to discuss main research issues in marketing in UAE/GCC context. 2. The students will be able to critically evaluate recent developments in marketing research.
Course Learning Outcomes (CLOs)
At the end of the course, students will be able to:
1. Analyze the research ideas in marketing within the organization in UAE and GCC context 2. Review assigned research papers to summarize ideas, methodology, theoretical framework and
methodology. 3. Evaluate and critique research articles dealing with emerging marketing issues.
This Course is Linked to the following Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs):
1. Acquire advanced knowledge through the understanding of key concepts, theories, and current issues in the given business domain.
2. Critically review theoretical literature/practical business-oriented challenges and develop a framework for empirical investigation
3. Apply a range of qualitative and quantitative research methodologies to develop innovative solutions of current business-oriented challenges
4. Create new knowledge through conceptualizing, designing, and conducting empirical research
CLO Mapping & Assessment Scheme
Course Learning Outcomes
(CLO) QFE Alignment √
Linked to
Blooms Link
ed
Linke
d to
PO
Ind.
Assign
Ind.
Assig
nmen
Term
Paper
(marks)
127
Taxono
my level
to
CO
ment
1
(30%)
t 2
(30%)
(30% +
viva 10%)
K S A&
R SD RC
1
Analyze the research ideas in marketing within the organization in UAE and GCC context
√ √ AN 1 3 30 5 5
2
Review assigned research papers to summarize ideas, methodology, theoretical framework and methodology.
√ √ √ √ √ S 2 3 15 15
3 Evaluate and critique research articles dealing with emerging marketing issues.
√ √ √ √ E 2 3 10 10 (+10)
Total 30 30 30 (+10)
INDEX: Blooms level: APP - Apply, AN-Analyze, S –Synthesis, E -Evaluate
QFE Alignment: K- Knowledge; S- Skills, A&R - Autonomy & Responsibility; SD-Self-Development; RC-Role in
Context
Assessments
Assessment Description CLO Weight Due Date
Assignment 1 Critique of assigned readings. The write-up should briefly
state what’s been found, what’s not been examined (gap), and
Literature review.
1
30 Week 3
Assignment 2 Critique of methodology in articles. The write up should
discuss the results of analyses.
1,2,3 30 Week 6
Term paper Students will select a topic related to the course learning
outcomes, and write a proposal that goes beyond reviewing
the literature (include hypotheses, design and proposed tests)
using available data.
1,2,3
40 Week 9
Teaching Methods: Teaching methods used in this course are:
1. Lectures and case studies analysis 2. Handout reading material 3. Critical evolution of journal articles and presentations 4. Literary review and conceptual framework development 5. Class presentations
128
Grade Distribution:
% Marks Grade Quality Points
90-100 A 4.0
87-89 A- 3.7
84-86 B+ 3.5
80-83 B 3.0
77-79 B- 2.7
74-76 C+ 2.3
70-73 C 2.0
0- 69 F (Fail) 0
Module Topic CLO
1 Module.1: Marketing New Products
R.1 The direction of change in multi-item measures of service quality Svensson, Goran.
Managing Service Quality 11.4 (2001): 262-271.
R.2 A FRAMEWORK FOR UNDERSTANDING NEW PRODUCT ALLIANCE SUCCESS Carlson, Brad
D; Frankwick, Gary L; Cumiskey, Kevin J. Journal of Marketing Theory and Practice 19.1
(Winter 2011): 7-25.
R3. Marketing in hypermedia computer-mediated environments: Conceptual foundations
Hoffman, Donna L; Novak, Thomas P. Journal of Marketing 60.3 (Jul 1996): 50.
R4. HOW RESEARCH ON MARKETING IN CENTRAL AND EASTERN EUROPE CAN ADVANCE
INTERNATIONAL MARKETING THEORY/KAKO ISTRAZIVANJA O MARKETINGU U SREDNJOJ I
ISTOCNOJ EUROPI MOGU UNAPRIJEDITI TEORIJU MEDUNARODNOG MARKETINGA Schuh,
Arnold. Trziste = Market 22.2 (2010): 255-268
1
2 Module 2: Ethics and Marketing
R1. The "E-Literature": A Framework for Understanding the Accumulated Knowledge about
Internet Marketing Kimiloglu, HandExploring paradox in marketing: managing ambiguity
towards synthesis O'Driscoll, Aidan. The Journal of Business & Industrial Marketing 23.2
(2008): 95-104.e. Academy of Marketing Science Review 2004 (2004): 1
2
129
Module Topic CLO
R2. Marketing and supply chain management: a collaborative research agenda Parente,
Diane H; Lee, Peggy D; Ishman, Michael D; Roth, Aleda V. The Journal of Business & Industrial
Marketing 23.8 (2008): 520-528.
R3. Ethics and international marketing: Research background and challenges Carrigan,
Marylyn; Marinova, Svetla; Szmigin, Isabelle. International Marketing Review 22.5 (2005):
481-493.
R4. Marketing research, market orientation and customer relationship management: a
framework and implications for service providers Javalgi, Rajshekhar G; Martin, Charles L;
Young, Robert B. The Journal of Services Marketing 20.1 (2006): 12-23.
3 Module 3: Marketing Innovations
R1. Research on Innovation: A Review and Agenda for Marketing Science Hauser, John; Tellis,
Gerard J; Griffin, Abbie. Marketing Science 25.6 (Nov/Dec 2006): 687-717.
R2. High-Tech Marketing Competence: A Comparative Study of Research Findings Xiong, Wei;
Shang, Xiaoyan. International Management Review 3.3 (2007): 66-75,107.
R3. Social constructionism and research in marketing and advertising Hackley, Christopher E.
Qualitative Market Research 1.3 (1998): 125-131.
R4. Marketing analytics: the evolution of marketing research in the twenty-first century
Hauser, William J. Journal of Research in Interactive Marketing 1.1 (2007): 38-54.
ASSIGNMENT 1 DUE
2
4 Module 4: Consumer Marketing Issues
R1. Dynamic Structural Consumer Models and Current Marketing Issues Sun, Baohong.
Marketing Science 25.6 (Nov/Dec 2006): 625-628.
R2. Segmenting The Web 2.0 Market: Behavioural And Usage Patterns Of Social Web
Consumers1 Lorenzo-Romero, Carlota; Constantinides, Efthymios; Alarcón-del-Amo, María-
del-Carmen. Journal of Business Case Studies, suppl. Spanish Edition 6.7 (2010): 55-66.
R3. Entrepreneurial marketing - a historical perspective on development and practice
Collinson, Elaine; Shaw, Eleanor. Management Decision 39.9 (2001): 761-766.
R4. Using open source data in developing competitive and marketing intelligence Fleisher,
Craig S. European Journal of Marketing 42.7/8 (2008): 852-866.
2
5 Module 5: Social Marketing 3
130
Module Topic CLO
R1. Measuring Religiosity in Consumer Research from Islamic Perspective Khraim, Hamza.
International Journal of Marketing Studies 2.2 (Nov 2010): 166-179.
R2. Researching the role of information and communications technology (ICT) in
contemporary marketing practices Brady, Mairead; Fellenz, Martin R; Brookes, Richard. The
Journal of Business & Industrial Marketing 23.2 (2008): 108-114.
R3. Methodological issues in consumer research: towards a feminist perspective Woodruffe,
Helen R. Marketing Intelligence & Planning 14.2 (1996): 13-18.
R4. Network governance in marketing channels Nathalie Guibert, Avignon University, France.
British Food Journal 108.4 (2006): 256-272.
6 Module 6: Perception Issues in Marketing
R1. The role of involvement and identification on event quality perceptions and satisfaction
Ko, Yong Jae; Yu Kyoum Kim; Kim, Min Kil; Lee, Jeoung Hak. Asia Pacific Journal of Marketing
and Logistics 22.1 (2010): 25-39.
R2. Culture's Role in Marketers' Ethical Decision Making: An Integrated Theoretical
Framework Srnka, Katharina J. Academy of Marketing Science Review 2004 (2004): 1.
R3. Modeling strategic management for cause-related marketing Shu-Pei Tsai. Marketing
Intelligence & Planning 27.5 (2009): 649-665.
R4. The psychology of deception in marketing: A conceptual framework for research and
practice Aditya, Ram N. Psychology & Marketing 18.7 (Jul 2001): 735-761.
ASSIGNMENT 2 DUE
3
7 Module 7: Marketing Communications R1. Webnography: A New Tool to Conduct Marketing Research Tyagi, Pradeep K, PhD. Journal
of American Academy of Business, Cambridge 15.2 (Mar 2010): 262-267.
R2. Consumer animosity: a literature review and a reconsideration of its measurement
Riefler, Petra; Diamantopoulos, Adamantios. International Marketing Review 24.1 (2007):
87-119.
R3. Computer-based support for marketing strategy development Li, Shuliang; Russell
Kinman and Yanqing Duan; Edwards, John S. European Journal of Marketing 34.5/6 (2000):
551-575.
R4. Leveraging customer knowledge - profiling and personalisation in e-business Rowley, Jennifer; Slack, Frances. International Journal of Retail & Distribution Management 29.8/9 (2001): 409-415.
3
131
Module Topic CLO
8 Module 8: Channel Marketing
R1. A picture paints a thousand numbers: A critical look at b2b product development
research Biemans, Wim G. The Journal of Business & Industrial Marketing 18.6/7 (2003):
514-528.
R2. Using online databases for developing prioritized sales leads Wilson, R Dale. The Journal
of Business & Industrial Marketing 18.4/5 (2003): 388.
R3. Triggering Mechanisms in Make-or-Buy Decisions: An Empirical Analysis Moschuris,
Socrates J. Journal of Supply Chain Management 43.1 (Winter 2007): 40-49.
R4. RFID: an enabler of supply chain operations Attaran, Mohsen. Supply Chain Management
12.4 (2007): 249-257
3
9 Presentation of TERM PAPER 3
Educational Resources
Class Attendance
Attendance and participation in all classes and computer lab sessions are mandatory. This is essential to the process
of education at UD since the students' involvement with their instructors and fellow peers are vital components of
their academic preparation. Absences hinder academic progress, and affects the student’s learning ability and
grades. UD regulations for attendance and absenteeism warnings imposed on all courses are stipulated in this
section as follows:
a) All courses are offered in two consecutive sessions of two hour and twenty minutes each. A 20-minute break is given after the first session.
b) A faculty member must take attendance in each session.
c) If a student misses more than four sessions out of the 18 sessions in a course for non-acceptable reasons as deemed by the Instructor, he/ she will receive a grade of “FA” for the course, which counts like a failed course (See Table 1). The student must then repeat the course in the following term. However, the student shall have the right to attend the remaining classes of the course. Repeating a course entails a financial charge.
d) A student must work independently to catch up on missed lectures’ material.
Educational Resource Description
Text Book required TBA if needed
References TBA if needed
Supporting Reading Details of Research articles in the above plan ( R ) are available from UD library
resources (online)
132
Table 1: Absenteeism Percentages
Duration of Session Weeks/ Class Sessions
Percentage and Number of Session Absences
10% 20% 25% (Deprived or Withdrawn)
2 hour 20 minutes 9 (18 sessions) 2 Absences 4 Absences 5 Absences
Student Academic Integrity Policy
The University of Dubai (UD), as per its Policy S 5.18, is keen to ensure a University culture characterized by
intellectual and personal honesty, social integration, ethical behavior and respect for the rights of the individual. UD
also expects its student to be self-disciplined in both their approach to studying and in their general conduct and
behavior.
The Student Code of Conduct is designed to promote this culture at UD and hence sets out the standard of conduct
expected of students. Students who violate these standards will be subjected to disciplinary sanctions, according to
established penalties as stated below. This will help UD to protect the University community by maintaining order,
discipline and stability on campus.
VIII. Student Academic Misconduct ▪ Student Academic misconduct is an academic violation that covers but not limited to plagiarism,
misrepresentation, fabrication, and facilitation and cheating in exams. ▪ Apart from exam cheating and plagiarism, the decision on whether or not to treat an academic misconduct as
a violation of the Code of Student Conduct, is at the discretion of the instructor.
A. Plagiarism
Plagiarism refers to representing another person’s words or ideas as one’s own in any academic exercise. The
University of Dubai has zero tolerance towards plagiarism (i.e. any portion of a submitted document that
contains plagiarism will lead to the appropriate penalty). Every academic submission made by a student
should be a work of his own and also not be self-plagiarized. In all cases of plagiarism whether it is blatant or
self-plagiarism, students will be held accountable for violation of academic integrity which also includes a
penalty for their dishonesty.
Types of Plagiarism
▪ Self: A student’s work reproduced more than once for the same course or for other courses without prior permission(s) of the instructor(s) involved is an act of plagiarism. Students should be very careful when quoting or paraphrasing (properly citing material).
▪ Accidental: Every student is required to understand plagiarism as something similar to acts of fraud in the academic community. For this reason, it is the responsibility of the student to make sure his/her work has been checked and properly acknowledged.
▪ Blatant: Student’s work reproduced from a fellow student or any other information source intentionally without proper acknowledgement is serious act of plagiarism. Students well of blatantly will lead to the strict penalty that can include non-grading of course work all the way to failing of the course as deemed by the faculty.
133
UD uses “Turnitin” software in Moodle to detect extent of similarity (through similarity index). Turnitin is used by
both students and faculty to support in the learning process to understand the usage degree of the cited research
material. The generated origination report from Moodle will support in the process.
For the above objective, Turnitin tool will be used by the faculty for all the graded assignments, exams, projects.
The faculty has the right to make final decision in regard to the students’ grades work in determining the student
work integrity based on the criteria and the faculty awareness of the student’s work level.
Removal of a Graduate Degree
The Disciplinary Sanction is applied to graduate students when the Master thesis or the PhD. Dissertation is found
to be plagiarized; the Master or Doctoral Degree will be removed from the student.
Students who are registered in this course must strictly adhere to Student Academic Integrity Policy. Failure to do
so will subject students to the sanctions stated in the UD Code of Conduct available at this link: https://ud.ac.ae/on-
campus/graduate-catalog
MOODLE
Important information about the course and supplementary exercises will be posted on Moodle. You are
automatically given access to Moodle, using your UD username and password, when you register for the course.
The course evaluation is also done via Moodle.
134
MKT 750 - Services Marketing
DUBAI BUSINESS SCHOOL
Term Academic Year
Program PhD Graduate X
Course Name Services Marketing Course Code MKT 750
Credit Hour 3 Pre-requisite MRK 710 Co-requisite None
Class Time Days Room
Instructor
Name Email Phone Office Hours
Brief Course Description:
This seminar is designed to provide doctoral level coverage of both current and emerging research work carried out
in services marketing. It exposes students to contemporary marketing and management issues faced by
organizations competing in the service sector. By examining various points of views, students will be able to develop
a better understanding of the knowledge gaps which currently exist in this important field of study. The course
focuses on four themes: Customer behavior in a service context; Customer equity / Lifecycle management; Customer
satisfaction and service quality; and striving for service leadership.
Course Objectives (CO):
1. Students will be able to discuss current research issues in services marketing pertinent to the UAE / GCC market.
2. students will be able to critically evaluate both substantive issues and more recent developments in the services marketing field.
Course Learning Outcomes (CLOs)
Upon completion of this course students will be able to:
1. Review and analyze the major concepts and tools relevant to selected topics in contemporary services marketing literature.
2. Critically evaluate research papers in service marketing. 3. Integrate reviewed literature in a research proposal that pertains to a specific services marketing topic in
UAE/GCC context
This Course is Linked to the following Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs):
1. Acquire advanced knowledge through the understanding of key concepts, theories, and current issues in the given business domain.
2. Critically review theoretical literature/practical business-oriented challenges and develop a framework for empirical investigation
3. Apply a range of qualitative and quantitative research methodologies to develop innovative solutions of current business-oriented challenges
135
4. Create new knowledge through conceptualizing, designing, and conducting empirical research
CLO Mapping & Assessment Scheme
Course Learning Outcomes
(CLO)
QFE Alignment √
Linked to
Blooms
Taxono
my level Link
ed
to
CO
Linke
d to
PO
Assign
ment
1
(30%)
Assig
nmen
t 2
(30%)
Term
Paper
(marks)
(30% +
viva 10%)
K S A&
R SD RC
1
Review and analyze the major
concepts and tools relevant to
selected topics in
contemporary services
marketing literature.
√ √ AN 1 3 30 10 5
2 Critically evaluate research
papers in service marketing. √ √ √ √ √ S 2 3 10 15
3
Integrate reviewed literature
in a research proposal that
pertains to a specific services
marketing topic in UAE/GCC
context
√ √ √ √ E 2 3 10 10 (+10)
Total 30 30 30 (+10)
INDEX: Blooms level: APP - Apply, AN-Analyze, S –Synthesis, E -Evaluate
QFE Alignment: K- Knowledge; S- Skills, A&R - Autonomy & Responsibility; SD-Self-Development; RC-Role in
Context
Course Organization / Assignments
Each class session will typically consist of a number of background and primary readings drawing from contemporary
services marketing literature. Each student is responsible for reading assigned articles. At the begging of each class,
the course instructor will briefly outline the background of the topic to set the stage for discussion of the assigned
articles. For each article, one student will be called upon to assume the role of an advocate, while another student
will play the role of a critic. The specific tasks of each role are as follows: -
Your role as advocate: - Take about 10 – 15 minutes to summarize the contribution embedded in the discussed
article / study. You will point out the positive aspects of what could be learned from the research paper. You are to
articulate your perspective on the motivation of the paper (i.e. Why the topic is important) and the insights that
were provided by the study.
Your role as critic: - Take about 10 – 15 minutes to critically evaluate the article under discussion. Consider the study
rational, its justification & objectives, its design, data analysis and recommendations. If you observe any flaws,
consider the weight of these flaws relative to the benefits of the research contribution and suggest possible ways
136
that the researcher might have taken to avoid any identifiable problems. Point out any questions that were left
unanswered by the study and suggest how future research might approach such questions.
Collective class role: - The class as a whole will be responsible for the general discussion. For this reason, it is essential
that all of you read all of the assigned articles. If you remain silent on article for which you are not either an advocate
or a critic, your class participation will suffer.
Course Assessment Scheme:
Assignment 1: Weekly paper review and critique (30%): This course component relates to the weekly assigned
readings as explained above. Every student is expected to read the assigned articles and come prepared for class
discussion. Class participation will be monitored each class and appropriate marks are assigned for participation in
each class. Due in week 4
Assignment 2: Research proposal Project (30%): By the end of this course, you should be able to “create a research
proposal from the literature review as it pertains to a specific services marketing / management issue in UAE / GCC
context”. In order to satisfy this learning outcome, you are expected to do the following:
• Summarize and categorize the major literature finding as pertaining to your selected study subject.
• Discuss and critically appraise the synergism that can be obtained from considering the aggregate contribution / perspectives of several articles which deal with the selected topic of your proposed study. That is, can we learn more from the body of existing research as a whole than we could learn from a summary of the findings of each article alone?
• Provide your assessment of possible productive avenues for future research in the area.
Note: I have provided as an Appendix A, a workable outline that you might find it useful for summarizing each of
the assigned articles as you prepare for class discussion. Due in week 6
Term Paper (40%): Students enrolled in this course are also expected to develop and submit a term paper addressing
an important / relevant issue in services marketing & management. It should deal with a research question(s) that
is grounded in the relevant literature, motivation for study the question(s), and your proposed research plan for
investigating it. The proposed research plan could take the form of an analytical model with a well specific structure
or an empirical study involving an experiment, quasi-experiment a descriptive study survey, analysis of existing
database, or Meta-analysis. It will be due on the last session of the seminar. Due in week 9.
Grade Distribution:
% Marks Grade Quality Points
90-100 A 4.0
87-89 A- 3.7
84-86 B+ 3.5
80-83 B 3.0
77-79 B- 2.7
137
74-76 C+ 2.3
70-73 C 2.0
0- 69 F (Fail) 0
Weekly schedule
Assigned Journal Articles
Weekly/Daily Teaching Plan
Lecture
Relation to
CLO
Chapter Objectives Assignment /
Reading
1 1, 2 Alternative models of service consumption; service attributes and levels Critically revive the article
Reading 1
2 1, 2 Developing an effective segmentation & positioning strategies for services; complaint handling frameworks & service recovery Critically revive the article
Reading 2
Presentations
3 1 The search for customer loyalty; Understanding customer-
firm relationship; The wheel of loyalty; Building a
foundation for customer loyalty.
Reading 3
Presentations
4 1 Strategies for developing loyalty bonds with customers; strategies for reducing customer defection; customer relationship management programs revisited
Reading 4
Presentations
5 2, 3 Customer Satisfaction & service quality; Alternative methodology / models for measuring service quality
Implication in the UAE market
Reading 5
Presentations
6 2 Defining and measuring service productivity
Research Proposal Project due
Reading 6
Presentations
7 1 The service – profit chain; Integrating marketing,
operation, and human resources
Reading 7
Presentations
8 1 Creating a leading service organization, in search for
service leadership
Reading 7
Presentations
9 1, 2 & 3 Term Paper DUE
Revision
10 1, 2 & 3 Final exam
138
The nine weeks are classified into four modules as discussed below:
Module One: Customer Behavior in a Service context
1. Valarie A. Zeithaml, Leonard L. berry, and A. Parasuraman, (2004)“The Behavioral Consequences of Service Quality,” Journal of Marketing, 60, April 1996, 31-46; R. Kenneth Teas and Thomas E. DeCarlo, “An Examination and Extension of the Zone-of-Tolerance Model: A Comparison of Performance –Based Models on Perceived Quality, “ Journal of Service Research, 6, No. 3, 272-286.
2. Richard Harris, Kim Harris, and Steve Baron, (2003)“Theatrical Service Experiences: Dramatic Script Development with Employees, “ International Journal of Service Industry Management, 14,No. 2, 184-199.
3. Ray W. Coye, (2004) “Managing Customer Expectations in the Service Encounter, International Journal of Service Industry Management, 15, No. 4, 54-71.
4. Roger Bougie, Rik Pieters, and Marcel Zeelenberg (2005) “Angry Customers Don’t Come Back, They Get Back: The Experience and Behavioral Implications of Anger and Dissatisfaction in Service, “ Journal of the Academy of Marketing Science, 31, No. 4, 377-393; Florian v. Wangenheim, “Postswitching Negative Word of Mouth,” Journal of Service Research, 8, No. 1, 67-78.
5. Jean-Charles Chebat, Moshe Davidow, and Isabelle Codjovi (2005) “Silent Voices: Why Some Dissatisfied Consumers Fail to Complain,” Journal of Service Research, 7, No. 4, 328-342.
6. Nancy Stephens and Kevin P. Gwinner (1998), “Why Don’t Some People Complain? A Cognitive-Emotive Process Model of Consumer Complaining Behavior,” Journal of the Academy of Marketing Science, 26, No. 3, 172-189.
7. Yany Gregoire and Robert J. Fisher (2008), “Customer Betrayal and Retaliation: When Your Best Customers Become Your Worst Enemies,” Journal of the Academy of Marketing Science, 36, No. 2, 247-261.
8. Tom DeWitt, Doan T. Nguyen, and Roger Marshall (2008) “Exploring Customer Loyalty Following Service Recovery,” Journal of Service Research, 10, No. 3, 269-281.
9. Celso Augusto de Matos, Jorge Luiz Henrique, and Carlos Alberto Vargas Rossi (2007), “Service Recovery Paradox: A Meta-Analysis, “ Journal of Service Research, 10, No. 1, 60-77; Chihyung Ok, Ki-Joon back, and Carol W. Shankin (2007), “Mixed Findings on the Service Recovery Paradox” The Services Industry Journal, 27, No. 5, 671-686.
10. Stefan Michel and Matthew L. Meuter (2008) “The Service Recovery Paradox: True but Overrated?” International Journal of Service Industry Management, 19, No. 4, 441-457.
11. Jens Hogreve and Dwayne D. Germler (2009) “Twenty Years of Service Guarantee Research,” Journal of Service Research, 11, No. 4, 322-343.
Module Two: Customer Equity / Lifecycle management
1. Ruth Bolton, Katherine N. Lemon, and Peter C. Verhoef (2004) “The Theoretical Underpinnings of Customer Asset Management: A Framework and Propositions for Future Research,” Journal of the Academy of Marketing Science, 32, No. 3 271-292.
2. Frederick F. Reichheld and Phil Schefter (2002) “E-Loyalty-Your Secret Weapon on the Web,” Harvard Business Review, July-August, 105-113.
3. Christian Homburg, Nicole Koschate, and Wayne D. Hoyer (2005) “Do Satisfied Customers Really Pay More?A Study of the Relationship Between Customer Satisfaction and Willingness to Pay,”Journal of Marketing, 69, April, 84-96.
4. Grahame R. Dowling and Mark Uncles (2002) “Do Customer Loyalty Programs Really Work?”Sloan Management Review, Summer, 71-81; Werner Reinartz and V. Kumar, “The Mismanagement of Customer Loyalty,” Harvard Business Review, July, 86-94.
139
5. Werner J. Reinartz and V. Kumar (2000) “On the Profitability of Long-Life Customers in a Non -Contractual Setting: An Empirical Investigation and Implications for Marketing,” Journal of Marketing, 64, October, 17-35.
6. John E. Hogan, Katherine N. Lemon, and Barak Libai (2003)”What is the True Cost of a Lost Customer?” Journal of Services Research, 5, No. 3, 196-208.
7. Jennifer Ames Stuart, Sunil Gupta, Donald R. Lehmann(2004) “Valuing Customers,” Journal of Marketing Research, 41, No. 1, 7-18.
8. Michael D. Johnson and Fred Selnes (2004) “Customer Portfolio Management Towards a Dynamic Theory of Exchange Relationships,” Journal of Marketing, 68, No. 2, 1-17.
9. Ka-shing Woo and Henry K.Y. Fock (2004) “Retaining and Divesting Customers: An Exploratory Study of Right Customers,’At-Risk’ Right Customers, and Wrong Customers,” Journal of Services Marketing, 18, No. 3, 187-197.
10. Yuping Liu (2007) “The Long-Term Impact of Loyalty Programs on Consumer Purchase Behavior and Loyalty,” Journal of Marketing, 71, No. 4, October, 27-42.
11. Roger Hallowell (1996) “The Relationships of Customer Satisfaction, Customer Loyalty, and Profitability: An Empirical Study,” International Journal of Service Industry Management, 7, No. 4, 1996, 27-42.
12. Christian Homburg, Mathias Droll, and Dirk Totzek (2008) “Customer Prioritization: Does it Pay Off, and How Should It Be Implemented?” Journal of Marketing, 72, No. 5, 110-130.
13. Valarie A. Zeithaml, Roland T. Rust, and Katharine N. Lemon (2001) “The Customer Pyramid: Creating and Serving Profitable Customers,” California Management Review, 43, No. 4, Summer,118-142.
14. Werner j. Reinartz and V. Kumar (2003) “The Impact of Customer Relationship Characteristics on Profitable Lifetime Duration,” Journal of Marketing, 67, No. 1, 77-99.
15. Neil A. Morgan and Lopo Leotte Rego (2006) “The Value of Different Customer Satisfaction and Loyalty Metrics in Predicting Business Performance,” Marketing Science, 25, No. 5, September- October, 426-439.
16. Dennis Pitta, Frank Franzak, and Danielle Fowler (2006) “A Strategic Approach to Building Online Customer Loyalty: Integrating Customer Profitability Tiers, “ Journal of Consumer Marketing, 23, No. 7, 421-429.
17. Inger Roos, Bo Edvardsson, and Anders Gustafsson (2004) “Customer Switching Patterns in Competitive and Noncompetitive Service Industries,” Journal of Service Research, 6, No. 3, 256-271.Adrian Payne and Pennie Frow (2005) “A Strategic Framework for Customer Relationship Management,” Journal of Marketing, 69 October, 167-176.
18. Adrian Payne and Pennie Frow (2005) “A Strategic Framework for Customer Relationship Management,” Journal of Marketing, 69 October, 167-176.
19. William Boulding, Richard Stalelin, Michael Ehret, and Wesley J. Johnson (2005), “A Customer Relationship Mangement Roadmap: What is Known, Potential Pitfalls, and Where to Go,” Journal of Marketing, 69, No. 4, 155-166.
20. Sudhir H. Kale (2004) “CRM Failure and the Seven Deadly Sins,” Marketing Management, September /October, 42-46.
21. Darrell K. Rigby, Frederick F. Reichheld, and Phil Schefter (2002) “Avoid the Four Perils of CRM,” Harvard Business Review, February, 108.
Module Three: Customer Satisfaction & Customer Quality
1. A. Parasuraman, Valerie A. Zeithaml, and Leonard L. Berry (1985) “A Conceptual Model of Service Quality and Its Implications for Future Research, “Journal of Marketing, 49, Fall 41-50.
2. Leonard L. Berry and A. Parasuraman (1997), “Listening to the Customer-The Concept of a Service Quality Information System,” Sloan Management Review 38, 65-76.
3. Jochen Wirtz and Lee Meng Chung (2003), “An Examination of the Quality and Context Specific Applicability of Commonly Used Customer Satisfaction Measures,” Journal of Service Research, 5, May, 345-355.
4. Robert Johnston and Sandy Mehra (2002), “Best Practice-Complaint Management,” Academy Of Management Executive, 16, No. 4, 145-154.
140
5. D. Daryl Wyckoff (2001), “New Tools for Achieving Service Quality,” Cornell Hotel and Restaurant Administration Quarterly, 42, August-September, 25-38.
6. Roland T. Rust, Christine Moorman, and Peter R. Dickson (2002), “Getting Return on Quality: Revenue Expansion, Cost Reduction, or Both?” Journal of Marketing, 66, October, 7-24.
7. A. Parasuraman, Valarie A. Zeithaml, and Leonard Berry,(1988) “SERVQUAL: A Multiple Item Scale for Measuring Consumer Perceptions of Service Quality,” Journal of Retailing, 64, 12-40.
8. Lisa J. Morrison Coulthard (2004), “Measuring Service Quality: A Review and Critique of Research Using SERVQUAL,” International Journal of Market Research, 46, Quarter 4, 479-497.
9. A. Parasuraman, Valarie A. Zeithaml, and Arvind Malhotra (2005) “ES-QUAL: A Multiple-Item Scale for Assessing Electronic Service Quality,” Journal of Service Research, 7, No. 3, 213-233.
10. G.S. Sureshchandar, Chandrasekharan Rajendran, and R.N. Anantharaman (2001) “A Holistic Model for Total Service Quality,” International Journal of Service Industry Management, 12, No. 4, 378-412.
11. Jim Biolos (2002) “Six Sigma Meets the Service Economy,” Harvard Business Review, 80, November, 3-5.
Module Four: Striving for service leadership
1. James L. Heskitt, Thomas O. Jones, Gary W. Loveman, W. Earl Sasser Jr., and Leonard A. Schlesinger (1994) “Putting the Service Profit Chain to Work,” Harvard Business Review, 72, March/April.
2. Robert J. Kwortnik Jr. and Gary M. Thompson (2009), “Unifying Service Marketing and Operations with Service Experience Management, “Journal of Service Research, 11, No. 4, 389-406.
3. W. Chan Kim and Renee Mauborgne (2003) “Tipping Point Leadership,” Harvard Business Review, 81, April, 61-69.
4. Leonard l. Berry, Venkatesh Shankar, Janet Turner Parish, Susan Cadwallader, and Thomas Dotzel (2006) “Creating New Markets Through Service Innovation, “ MIT Sloan Management Review, 47, Winter, 56-63.
5. D. Michael Abrashoff (2001) “Retention Through Redemption,” Harvard Business Review 79, February, 136-141.
6. J. Hamm (2006) “The Five Messages Leaders Must Manage,” Harvard Business Review 84, May 115-123.
7. D. A. Nadler (2007), “The CEO’s 2nd Act,” Harvard Business Review 85, January, 66-72.
8. C.A. Montgomery (2008), “Putting Leadership Back into Strategy,” Harvard Business Review 86, January, 54-60.
9. Daniel Goleman (2000) “Leadership that Gets Results,” Harvard Business Review, 78, March-April, 78-93.
10. Rosabeth Moss Kanter (2008) “Transforming Giants,” Harvard Business Review 86 January, 43-52.
11. Hans Kasper (2002) “Culture and Leadership in Market-Oriented Service Organizations,“ European Journal of Marketing, 36, No. 9/10, 1047-1057; Ronald A. Clark, Michael D. Hartline, and Keith C. Jones (2009), “The Effects of Leadership Style on Hotel Employees’ Commitment to Service Quality,” Cornell Hospitality Quarterly, 50, No. 2, 209-231.
Educational Resources
Educational Resource Description
Text Book required (If Any) TBA
References As mentioned above
Selected Reading Detailed Above
Class Attendance
141
Attendance and participation in all classes and computer lab sessions are mandatory. This is essential to the process
of education at UD since the students' involvement with their instructors and fellow peers are vital components of
their academic preparation. Absences hinder academic progress, and affects the student’s learning ability and
grades. UD regulations for attendance and absenteeism warnings imposed on all courses are stipulated in this
section as follows:
a) All courses are offered in two consecutive sessions of two hour and twenty minutes each. A 20-minute break is given after the first session.
b) A faculty member must take attendance in each session.
c) If a student misses more than four sessions out of the 18 sessions in a course for non-acceptable reasons as deemed by the Instructor, he/ she will receive a grade of “FA” for the course, which counts like a failed course (See Table 1). The student must then repeat the course in the following term. However, the student shall have the right to attend the remaining classes of the course. Repeating a course entails a financial charge.
d) A student must work independently to catch up on missed lectures’ material.
Table 1: Absenteeism Percentages
Duration of Session Weeks/ Class Sessions
Percentage and Number of Session Absences
10% 20% 25% (Deprived or Withdrawn)
2 hour 20 minutes 9 (18 sessions) 2 Absences 4 Absences 5 Absences
Student Academic Integrity Policy
The University of Dubai (UD), as per its Policy S 5.18, is keen to ensure a University culture characterized by
intellectual and personal honesty, social integration, ethical behavior and respect for the rights of the individual. UD
also expects its student to be self-disciplined in both their approach to studying and in their general conduct and
behavior.
The Student Code of Conduct is designed to promote this culture at UD and hence sets out the standard of conduct
expected of students. Students who violate these standards will be subjected to disciplinary sanctions, according to
established penalties as stated below. This will help UD to protect the University community by maintaining order,
discipline and stability on campus.
IX. Student Academic Misconduct ▪ Student Academic misconduct is an academic violation that covers but not limited to plagiarism,
misrepresentation, fabrication, and facilitation and cheating in exams. ▪ Apart from exam cheating and plagiarism, the decision on whether or not to treat an academic misconduct as
a violation of the Code of Student Conduct, is at the discretion of the instructor.
A. Plagiarism
Plagiarism refers to representing another person’s words or ideas as one’s own in any academic exercise. The
University of Dubai has zero tolerance towards plagiarism (i.e. any portion of a submitted document that
contains plagiarism will lead to the appropriate penalty). Every academic submission made by a student
should be a work of his own and also not be self-plagiarized. In all cases of plagiarism whether it is blatant or
self-plagiarism, students will be held accountable for violation of academic integrity which also includes a
penalty for their dishonesty.
142
Types of Plagiarism
▪ Self: A student’s work reproduced more than once for the same course or for other courses without prior permission(s) of the instructor(s) involved is an act of plagiarism. Students should be very careful when quoting or paraphrasing (properly citing material).
▪ Accidental: Every student is required to understand plagiarism as something similar to acts of fraud in the academic community. For this reason, it is the responsibility of the student to make sure his/her work has been checked and properly acknowledged.
▪ Blatant: Student’s work reproduced from a fellow student or any other information source intentionally without proper acknowledgement is serious act of plagiarism. Students well of blatantly will lead to the strict penalty that can include non-grading of course work all the way to failing of the course as deemed by the faculty.
UD uses “Turnitin” software in Moodle to detect extent of similarity (through similarity index). Turnitin is used by
both students and faculty to support in the learning process to understand the usage degree of the cited research
material. The generated origination report from Moodle will support in the process.
For the above objective, Turnitin tool will be used by the faculty for all the graded assignments, exams, projects.
The faculty has the right to make final decision in regard to the students’ grades work in determining the student
work integrity based on the criteria and the faculty awareness of the student’s work level.
Removal of a Graduate Degree
The Disciplinary Sanction is applied to graduate students when the Master thesis or the PhD. Dissertation is found
to be plagiarized; the Master or Doctoral Degree will be removed from the student.
Students who are registered in this course must strictly adhere to Student Academic Integrity Policy. Failure to do
so will subject students to the sanctions stated in the UD Code of Conduct available at this link: https://ud.ac.ae/on-
campus/graduate-catalog
MOODLE
Important information about the course and supplementary exercises will be posted on Moodle. You are
automatically given access to Moodle, using your UD username and password, when you register for the course.
The course evaluation is also done via Moodle.
Appendix A:
1. Author / Title 2. Main Research Questions Addressed 3. Importance of the research questions addressed 4. The article’s theoretical underpinnings as manifested by the reported literature review 5. The study major hypotheses / propositions 6. Issues pertain to the appropriateness of the research design elements (e.g. Sample design, research
instrument used, data collection sources and procedures, etc.) 7. Statistical Analysis: Comparison made & test performed 8. Key study findings & implications 9. Study limitation 10. Opportunities for future research
143
FINANCE SPECIALIZATION
FIN 735 - Investment Analysis and Asset Pricing
DUBAI BUSINESS SCHOOL
Term Academic Year
Program PhD Graduate X
Course Name Investments and Asset Pricing
Course Code FIN 735
Credit Hour 3 Pre-requisite Empirical Finance
Co-requisite None
Class Time Days Room
Instructor
Name Email Phone Office Hours
Brief Course Description:
This seminar focuses on major theoretical models in discrete time Asset Pricing. While some mathematical derivations are necessary, the emphasis will be on understanding the intuition underlying the model, and what it means for asset pricing in reality. Each session is meant to introduce students to some classic and current pieces on the topic, and to point out some additional research in MENA region that would be valuable to students with a greater interest in topic. Course Objective (CO):
1. Provide students with a theoretical framework they can apply to help break down and understand the complicated asset pricing problems faced by academics and practitioners.
2. Provide students with the technical skills necessary for a career in finance
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): Upon completion of this course, students should be able to demonstrate the following outcomes:
1. Review and analyze major research ideas in the field of investments and asset pricing. 2. Integrate research works in investments/asset pricing. 3. Evaluate literature on particular topics in investment / asset pricing.
This Course is Linked to the following Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs):
1. Acquire advanced knowledge through the understanding of key concepts, theories, and current issues in the given business domain.
2. Critically review theoretical literature/practical business-oriented challenges and develop a framework for empirical investigation
3. Apply a range of qualitative and quantitative research methodologies to develop innovative solutions of current business-oriented challenges
4. Create new knowledge through conceptualizing, designing, and conducting empirical research
144
Educational Resources
Educational Resource Description
Textbooks Required Sharpe, W. (2018) Investors and Markets: Portfolio Choices, Asset Prices, and Investment Advice (Princeton Lectures in Finance). (Princeton University Press) Copeland, T.E., Weston, J.F., and Shastri, K. (2019). Financial Theory & Corporate Policy PNIE. Pearson.
References Articles listed in the Weekly Teaching Plan and supplementary material provided in class
Supporting Reading Details of Research articles in the Weekly Teaching Plan (R) are available from UD library resources (online)
CLO Assessment Scheme
CLO QFE Alignment √
Linked to CO
Linked to PLO
Class Work (marks) 60%
Term Paper 40%
Blooms Level
K S AR SD RC
Assessment
One 30% Assessment
Two 30%
1 U √ 1 15 13
2 E √ √ 2 15 15 13
3 C √ √ √ 2 15 14
Total 30 30 40
INDEX: Blooms level: U – Understand, E –Evaluate, C= Create QFE Alignment: K- Knowledge; S- Skills, A&R - Autonomy & Responsibility; SD- Self-Development; RC-Role in Context
This course is assessed by a combination of two assignments, and a term paper. Each Assignment worth 30% of the course total marks (making a total of 60%) and the term paper at the end constitutes 40% of the course grade. The final course grade is assigned according to the following:
% Marks Grade Quality Points
90-100 A 4.0
87-89 A- 3.7
84-86 B+ 3.5
80-83 B 3.0
77-79 B- 2.7
74-76 C+ 2.3
70-73 C 2.0
0- 69 F (Fail) 0
Assessments
Assessment Description CLO Weight Due Date
Assignment 1 Students will be given an empirical article on Finance and are expected to answer the questions as per the Comprehensive Exam Format, i.e., identify research gap, research questions, theories, research design, and key variables. Submission: A Report and a PowerPoint Presentation
1 & 2
30 Week 4
Assignment 2 Assignment 2 is Similar to Assig 1, but here, students are expected to comment more on the analyses and practical implications and limitations of the research. In addition, students are expected give their own suggestions for future research – be it methodological or using other databases Submission: A Report and a PowerPoint Presentation
2 & 3
30 Week 8
Term Paper The term paper resembles a working paper on the student’s Research Proposal. Since the student will have already chosen
1, 2 & 3
40 Week 8
145
their specialization in management, the students work (especially the literature review) has to contain relevant citations/theories from this course. The structure of the term paper will consist of the following headings: Title, Introduction, Literature Review, Research Methodology, Expected Results, ethical considerations, work plan and references. Submission: A Report and a PowerPoint Presentation
Teaching Methods: Teaching methods used in this course are:
1. Handouts and reading material uploaded on the On-line Learning Management System (Moodle), available on-line at: http://udmoodle/login/index.php
2. Lectures (online during Covid-19 period) 3. Discussion of Peer-reviewed Journal Articles. 4. Written assessments and presentations (online during COVID-19 period), with immediate feedback.
Detailed Course outline
Weekly/Daily Teaching Plan
Day/
Week
Lecture
Relation
to CLO
Chapter Objectives Assignment / Reading
1 1 1 Module.1: Asset Pricing Theory: An
Introduction
- The purpose of capital markets - Uncertainty and Risk - Market Efficiency
Required Reading Copeland, Weston and
Shastri (2013) Chapter 1, 3
2 2 2 Module 2: State Preference Theory
- The Investor’s Problem - Pure Securities - First Order conditions and the
Stochastic Discount Factor - Risk, Returns, and the CAPM
Homework: Download and Install R (Matlab if you prefer). Read introduction to R. R is free statistical software available online at: http://www.r-project.org/. R is widely used and has similar features to Matlab and Gauss. Required Reading: Copeland, Weston and
Shastri (2013), Chapter 4
R2.1. Investments--Volume 1: Portfolio
Theory and Asset Pricing; Volume 2:
Securities, Prices and Performance
Rzepczynski, Mark S. Financial Analysts
Journal 57.2 (Mar/Apr 2
R2.2. Risk and Return in Banking: Evidence
from Bank Stock Returns Neuberger,
Jonathan A. Economic Review - Federal
Reserve Bank of San Francisco4 (Fall 1991):
18. 001): 82-83.
R2.3. Risk or Mispricing? From the Mouths of
Professionals Bloomfield, Robert; Michaely,
146
Roni. Financial Management 33.3 (Autumn
2004): 61-81
3 3 2 Module 3: Portfolio Theory: Mean-
Variance
- Portfolio Allocations - Efficient Portfolios - Optimal Portfolios
Homework: Developing R (Matlab) code to
simulate an economy in which agents trade
until a financial equilibrium is reached:
Derivation of the CAPM in a mean-variance
framework; Complete vs Incomplete
Markets; Price per Chance; Individual and
Aggregate Consumption
Required Reading: Sharpe (2008), Chapter 4
pages 63 – 78
R3.1. A Delegated-Agent Asset-Pricing Model
Cornell, Bradford; Roll, Richard. Financial
Analysts Journal 61.1 (Jan/Feb 2005): 57-69.
R3.2. Intangible capital, corporate valuation
and asset pricing Danthine, Jean-Pierre; Jin,
Xiangrong. Economic Theory 32.1 (Jul 2007):
157-177.
R3.3. A Behavioral Approach to Asset Pricing
Antia, Murad J. Financial Analysts Journal
62.3 (May/Jun 2006): 70
Individual assignment 1 due this week.
4 4 2 Module 4: Asset Pricing Models
- The Law of One Price - The Basic Pricing Equation - Deriving measures of market
risk - Is beta the most appropriate
measure of market risk? - Sharpe Ratios and the CAPM. - People disagree. Does it
matter? - Asset Prices and uncertain
predictions - Unbiased and uncertain
predictions Biased and uncertain predictions
Required Reading: Sharpe (2008), Chapter 4
page 78 – 109, and Chapter 5
R4.1. An Islamic capital asset pricing model
Selim, Tarek H. Humanomics 24.2 (2008):
122-129
R4.2. Sharpe's State-Preference Approach
and Beyond: A Practitioner Overview Fogler,
H Russell. Journal of Portfolio Management
34.3 (Spring 2008): 120-131,10.
147
ASSIGNMENT 1 DUE R.4.3. Abdelaziz, F. Ben, Fayedh, R. El, Rao, A.
(2009). A Discrete Stochastic Goal Program
for Portfolio Selection: The Case of United
Arab Emirates Equity Market. INFOR
(Information Systems and Operational
Research), Canadian Operational Research
Society, 47(1, February 2009), 5-13.
www.crt.umontreal.ca
5 5 3 Module 5: Investments & Portfolio
Analysis
R5.2. Rao, A. (2008). Analysis of Volatility
Persistence in Middle East Emerging Equity
Markets. Studies in Economics and Finance,
25(2), 93-111. www.abs.ac.uk/sieaf
R5.3. Global Risk Factors and the Cost of
Capital Koedijk, Kees G; van Dijk, Mathijs A.
Financial Analysts Journal 60.2 (Mar/Apr
2004): 32-38.
R5.4. Divergence of opinion and valuation in
a mean-variance framework Schnabel,
Jacques A. Studies in Economics and Finance
26.3 (2009): 148-154.
6 6 3 Module 6: Behavioral Finance R6.1. Beyond Black-Litterman: Letting the
Data Speak Zhou, Guofu. Journal of Portfolio
Management 36.1 (Fall 2009): 36-45.
R6.2. Is the Recent Financial Crisis Really a
"Once-in-a-Century" Event? Zhou, Guofu;
Zhu, Yingzi. Financial Analysts Journal 66.1
(Jan/Feb 2010): 24-27,1.
R6.3. The Real Estate Risk Premium: A
Developed/Emerging Country Panel Data
Analysis D'Argensio, John-John; Laurin,
Frédéric. Journal of Portfolio Management
35.5 (Sep 2009): 118-132.
Individual assignment 2 due this week.
7
7 3 Module 7: Advances in Asset Price
Models
R7.1. Betting Against Beta. A. Frazzini, L. H.
Pedersen. Journal of Financial Economics
111(1): 1-25
R7.2. Digesting Anomalies: An investment
approach. Review of Financial Studies 28(3):
650-705.
8
8 1,2,3 Term paper presentation Term paper due this week
ASSIGNMENT 2 DUE
148
Class Attendance
Attendance and participation in all classes (which are online during the COVID-19 period) are mandatory. This is
essential to the process of education at UD since the students' involvement with their instructors and fellow peers
are vital components of their academic preparation. Absences hinder academic progress, and affects the student’s
learning ability and grades. UD regulations for attendance and absenteeism warnings imposed on all courses are
stipulated in this section as follows:
a) All courses are offered in two consecutive sessions of two hour and twenty minutes each. A 20-minute break is given after the first session.
b) A faculty member must take attendance in each session.
c) If a student misses more than four sessions out of the 18 sessions in a course for non-acceptable reasons as deemed by the Instructor, he/ she will receive a grade of “FA” for the course, which counts like a failed course (See Table 1). The student must then repeat the course in the following term. However, the student shall have the right to attend the remaining classes of the course. Repeating a course entails a financial charge.
d) A student must work independently to catch up on missed lectures’ material. Table 1: Absenteeism Percentages
Duration of Session Weeks/ Class Sessions
Percentage and Number of Session Absences
10% 20%
25% (Deprived or Withdrawn)
2 hour 20 minutes 9 (18 sessions) 2 Absences 4 Absences 5 Absences
Student Academic Integrity (UD Policy 5.18)
Student Academic misconduct is an academic violation that covers but not limited to plagiarism, misrepresentation, fabrication, facilitation, and cheating in exams.
Apart from exam cheating and plagiarism, the decision on whether or not to treat an academic misconduct as a violation of the Code of Student Conduct, is at the discretion of the instructor.
For more details on UD Policy of Academic Misconduct, please refer to UD Code of Conduct available at this link: https://ud.ac.ae/on-campus/graduate-catalog
Plagiarism
Plagiarism refers to representing another person’s words or ideas as one’s own in any academic exercise. The University of Dubai has zero tolerance towards plagiarism (i.e. any portion of a submitted document that contains plagiarism will lead to the appropriate penalty). Every academic submission made by a student should be a work of his own and also not be self-plagiarized. In all cases of plagiarism whether it is blatant or self-plagiarism, students will be held accountable for violation of academic integrity which also includes a penalty for their dishonesty.
9 9 1,2,3 Presentation (continued)
10 Feedback Suggestions for the future
149
Types of Plagiarism
• Self: A student’s work reproduced more than once for the same course or for other courses without prior permission(s) of the instructor(s) involved is, an act of plagiarism. Students should be very careful when quoting or paraphrasing (properly citing material).
• Accidental: This type of plagiarism occurs when a student does not cite the sources or paraphrases a source
by using identical words without attribution.
• Blatant: Student’s work reproduced from a fellow student or any other information source intentionally
without proper acknowledgement is a serious act of plagiarism. This type of plagiarism will lead to the
strict penalty that can include non-grading of course work all the way to failing of the course as deemed
by the faculty.
UD uses “Turnitin” software in Moodle to detect extent of similarity (through similarity index). Turnitin is used by both students and faculty to support in the learning process to understand the usage degree of the cited research material. The generated origination report from Moodle will support in the process.
For the above objective, Turnitin tool will be used by the faculty for all the graded assignments, exams, projects.
The faculty has the right to make final decision in regard to the students’ grades work in determining the student work integrity based on the criteria and the faculty awareness of the student’s work level.
Removal of a Graduate Degree
The Disciplinary Sanction is applied to graduate students when the Master thesis or the PhD. Dissertation is found to be plagiarized; the Master or Doctoral Degree will be removed from the student.
Students who are registered in this course must strictly adhere to Student Academic Integrity Policy. Failure to do so will subject students to the sanctions stated in the UD Code of Conduct available at this link: https://ud.ac.ae/on-campus/graduate-catalog
MOODLE
Important information about the course and supplementary exercises will be posted on Moodle. You are
automatically given access to Moodle, using your UD username and password, when you register for the course.
The course evaluation is also done via Moodle.
150
FIN 740 - Financial Market Microstructure
DUBAI BUSINESS SCHOOL
Term Academic Year
Program PhD Graduate X
Course Name Financial Market Microstructure
Course Code FIN 740
Credit Hour 3 Pre-requisite Empirical Finance
Co-requisite None
Class Time Days Room
Instructor
Name Email Phone Office Hours
Brief Course Description:
The field of market microstructure is concerned with how markets operate and how transaction dynamics
influence security price behavior. Market microstructure has quickly rapidly as an important subfield of
finance. The studies in this are concentrate on the relationships between liquidity, volatility, market
design, price discovery, and ultimately also social welfare. Different models in market microstructure offer
a framework for the investigations of trading volume and price momentums. The course covers the
canonical models in the field of microstructure and how they can be adjusted to investigate the effects of
recent changes in market structures and trading technologies (e.g., high frequency trading). They students
will also learn various relevant econometric models and how they can be applied in practice.
Course Objective (CO):
1. Provide students with a theoretical framework they can apply to help break down and understand the complicated financial markets and microstructure.
2. Provide students with the technical skills necessary for a career in financial markets and microstructure.
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO):
Upon completion of this workshop, students should be able to demonstrate the following outcomes:
1. Review and analyze major research ideas in the field of financial markets and microstructure 2. Critique research works in markets and microstructure 3. Evaluate literature on particular topics in Financial markets.
This Course is Linked to the following Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs):
1. Acquire advanced knowledge through the understanding of key concepts, theories, and current issues in the given business domain.
151
2. Critically review theoretical literature/practical business-oriented challenges and develop a framework for empirical investigation
3. Apply a range of qualitative and quantitative research methodologies to develop innovative solutions of current business-oriented challenges
4. Create new knowledge through conceptualizing, designing, and conducting empirical research
Educational Resources
Educational Resource Description
Textbooks Required Empirical Market Microstructure: The Institutions, Economics and Econometrics of
Securities Trading, Joel Hasbrouck, Oxford University Press, 2019
Trading and Exchanges, Larry Harris, 2018 Oxford University Press
References Articles listed in the Weekly Teaching Plan and supplementary material provided in class
Supporting Reading Details of Research articles in the Weekly Teaching Plan (R) are available from UD library resources (online)
CLO Assessment Scheme
CLO QFE Alignment √
Linked to CO
Linked to PLO
Class Work (marks) 60%
Term Paper 40%
Blooms Level
K S AR SD RC
Assessment
One 30% Assessment
Two 30%
1 U √ 1 15 13
2 E √ √ 2 15 15 13
3 C √ √ √ 2 15 14
Total 30 30 40
INDEX: Blooms level: U – Understand, E –Evaluate, C= Create QFE Alignment: K- Knowledge; S- Skills, A&R - Autonomy & Responsibility; SD- Self-Development; RC-Role in Context
This course is assessed by a combination of two assignments, and a term paper. Each Assignment worth 30% of the course total marks (making a total of 60%) and the term paper at the end constitutes 40% of the course grade. The final course grade is assigned according to the following:
% Marks Grade Quality Points
90-100 A 4.0
87-89 A- 3.7
84-86 B+ 3.5
80-83 B 3.0
77-79 B- 2.7
74-76 C+ 2.3
70-73 C 2.0
0- 69 F (Fail) 0
Assessments
Assessment Description CLO Weight Due Date
Assignment 1 Students will be given an empirical article on Finance and are expected to answer the questions as per the Comprehensive Exam Format, i.e., identify research gap, research questions,
1 & 2 30 Week 4
152
theories, research design, and key variables. Submission: A Report and a PowerPoint Presentation
Assignment 2 Assignment 2 is Similar to Assig 1, but here, students are expected to comment more on the analyses and practical implications and limitations of the research. In addition, students are expected give their own suggestions for future research – be it methodological or using other databases Submission: A Report and a PowerPoint Presentation
2 & 3
30 Week 8
Term Paper The term paper resembles a working paper on the student’s Research Proposal. Since the student will have already chosen their specialization in management, the students work (especially the literature review) has to contain relevant citations/theories from this course. The structure of the term paper will consist of the following headings: Title, Introduction, Literature Review, Research Methodology, Expected Results, ethical considerations, work plan and references. Submission: A Report and a PowerPoint Presentation
1, 2 & 3
40 Week 8
Teaching Methods: Teaching methods used in this course are:
1. Handouts and reading material uploaded on the On-line Learning Management System (Moodle), available on-line at: http://udmoodle/login/index.php
2. Lectures (online during Covid-19 period) 3. Discussion of Peer-reviewed Journal Articles. 4. Written assessments and presentations (online during COVID-19 period), with immediate feedback.
Detailed Course outline
Weekly/Daily Teaching Plan
Day/
Week
Lecture
Relation
to CLO
Chapter Objectives Assignment / Reading
1 1 1 Microstructure?
All Harris Chapters that are related to
any term Hasbrouck brings up. These
are ‘mini’ chapters and should be read
according to index page identifiers. This
is true for every session in this
workshop
R1. Hasborouck Ch. 2-4
R2. Francioni and Schwartz
R3. Madhavan (2000), Market Microstructure:
A survey, Journal of Financial Markets 3, 205-
258
R4. Biais, Glosten and Spatt (2002), The
Microstructure of Stock Markets, Universite de
Toulouse.
R5. Comerton-Forde and Rydge (2004), A
Review of Stock Market Microstructure
(Securities Industry Research Centre of Asia-
Pacific, Sydney).
153
R6. Goodhart, C., and M. O’Hara, 1998 “High
Frequency Data in Financial Markets: Issues
and Applications”, Journal of Empirical Finance
R7. Market microstructure: A practitioner's
guide Madhavan, Ananth. Financial Analysts
Journal 58.5 (Sep/Oct
2002): 28-42.
2 2 2 The Basic Models, Part II: Dealer
Markets
- Roll Model of Trade Prices, - Univariate Time Series
Analysis, - Dealer Markets and - Inventory Control Models
R1. Hasborouck Ch. 5-8
R2 Naik, N., and P. Yadav, 2003, Do Dealer
Firms Manage Inventory on a Stock-by-stock or
a Portfolio Basis? Journal of Financial
Economics 69, 325-353.
R3 Trading and information diffusion in over-
the-counter markets. Ana Babus and Péter
Kondor. Econometrica, 86(5):1727–1769, 2018.
3 3 2 Asymmetric trade/Sequential Trade
Models, Strategic Trade Models and
more
- Sequential Trade Models, - Order Flow and the
Probability of Informed Trading,
- Generalized Roll Model of Trade Prices
R1. Hasborouck Ch. 9-10
R2. Easley, David, Nicholas M. Kiefer and
Maureen O'Hara, 1997, One day in the life of a
very common stock. Review of Financial
Studies 10, 805-835;
R3. Thomas J. Finucane, 2000, A Direct Test of
Methods for Inferring Trade Direction from
Intra-Day Data The Journal of Financial and
Quantitative Analysis, Vol. 35, No. 4 (Dec.,
2000), pp. 553-576
4 4 2 Early Empirical Work on Intraday
patterns and on Spread
Decomposition, Part II, Multivariate
Linear Microstructure Models
- Intraday Patterns, - Decomposing Spreads, - Models of Orders and Prices,
Multivariate Models
ASSIGNMENT 1 DUE
R1. Glosten, L., and L. Harris, 1988, Estimating
the Components of the Bid-Ask Spread, Journal
of Financial Economics 21, 123-142.
R2. Stoll, H., 1989, Inferring the Components of
the Bid-Ask Spread: Theory and Empirical
Tests, Journal of Finance 44,
115-134.
154
R3. Hasbrouck, Joel, 1988, Trades, quotes,
inventories, and information. Journal of
Financial Economics 22, 229-52
R4. Hasbrouck, Joel, 1991a, Measuring the
information content of stock trades. Journal of
Finance 46, 179-207
5 5 3 Market Making
R1. Hasbrouck, Ch. 11-12
R2. Is the market microstructure of stock
markets important? Randi Næs; Skjeltorp,
Johannes. Norges Bank. Economic Bulletin 77.3
(Oct 2006): 123-132.
R3. Market microstructure research databases:
History and projections Wood, Robert A.
Journal of Business & Economic Statistics 18.2
(Apr 2000): 140-145.
R4. Market making in international capital
markets Charitou, Andreas; Panayides, Marios.
International Journal of Managerial Finance
5.1 (2009): 50-80.
R4. Applied Market Microstructure Whitcomb,
David K. Journal of Applied Finance 13.2 (Fall
2003): 77-80.
6 6 3 Microstructure of Financial Markets
R1. The Microstructure of Financial Markets
Bergh, Friedrich R Then. Schmalenbach
Business Review : ZFBF 61.4 (Oct 2009): 416-
417.
R2. Market Microstructure: The Components
of Black-Box Asmar, Muath; Ahmad, Zamri.
International Journal of Economics and Finance
3.1 (Feb 2011): 152-159.
R3. The Intraday Behaviour of Bid-Ask Spreads,
Trading Volume and Return Volatility: Evidence
from DAX30 Hussain, Syed Mujahid.
International Journal of Economics and Finance
3.1 (Feb 2011): 23-34.
R3. Insider Ownership and Industrial
Competition: Causes and Consequences of
Information Asymmetry Chu, Ei Yet; Song, Saw
Imm. ASEAN Economic Bulletin 27.3 (Dec
2010): 263-280.
155
7
7 3 Market Volatility, Trading & Market
Efficiency
R1. Hasborouck Ch. 13-15
R2. MARKET EFFICIENCY, THIN TRADING AND
NON-LINEAR BEHAVIOUR: EMERGING MARKET
EVIDENCE FROM SRI LANKA Pathirawasam,
Chandrapala; Idirisinghe, M S K. E+M Ekonomie
a Management1 (2011): 112-122.
R3. Taxonomy of Anomalies and Their Trading
Costs. R. Novy-Marx and M. Velikov. Review of
Financial Studies 29(1): 104-147.
R4. The determinants and survival of reverse
mergers vs IPOs Adjei, Frederick; Cyree, Ken B;
Walker, Mark M. Journal of Economics and
Finance 32.2 (Apr 2008): 176-194.
R5. THE EUROPEAN UNION AND THE BALKANS:
BETWEEN SYMBIOSIS AND INTEGRATION?
Kentrotis, Kyriakos D. Romanian Journal of
European Affairs 10.3 (Sep 2010): 56-69.
R6. THE INCREASING INTEGRATION OF THE
GLOBAL ECONOMY AND THE VARIABILITY OF
STOCK MARKET PRICES Robu, Valentina;
Cojocaru, Constantin; Mangra, Madalina
Giorgiana; Sperdea, Natalita Maria. Economics,
Management and Financial Markets 5.4 (Dec
2010): 232-237.
R7. Abstracts of Papers Presented at the center
Annual Meeting The Journal of Economic
History 64.2 (Jun 2004): 587-601.
R8. Theories of Markets and Theories of
Society Fourcade, Marion. The American
Behavioral Scientist 50.8 (Apr 2007): 1015-
1034.
R9. Testing of nonstationary cycles in financial
time series data DePenya, F J; Gil-Alana, L A.
Review of Quantitative Finance and Accounting
27.1 (Aug 2006): 47.
8
8 1,2,3 Final project presentations Term paper due this week.
ASSIGNMENT 2 DUE
9 9 1,2,3 Presentation (continued)
10 Feedback Suggestions for the future
156
Class Attendance
Attendance and participation in all classes (which are online during the COVID-19 period) are mandatory. This is
essential to the process of education at UD since the students' involvement with their instructors and fellow peers
are vital components of their academic preparation. Absences hinder academic progress, and affects the student’s
learning ability and grades. UD regulations for attendance and absenteeism warnings imposed on all courses are
stipulated in this section as follows:
a) All courses are offered in two consecutive sessions of two hour and twenty minutes each. A 20-minute break is given after the first session.
b) A faculty member must take attendance in each session.
c) If a student misses more than four sessions out of the 18 sessions in a course for non-acceptable reasons as deemed by the Instructor, he/ she will receive a grade of “FA” for the course, which counts like a failed course (See Table 1). The student must then repeat the course in the following term. However, the student shall have the right to attend the remaining classes of the course. Repeating a course entails a financial charge.
d) A student must work independently to catch up on missed lectures’ material.
Table 1: Absenteeism Percentages
Duration of Session Weeks/ Class Sessions
Percentage and Number of Session Absences
10% 20%
25% (Deprived or Withdrawn)
2 hour 20 minutes 9 (18 sessions) 2 Absences 4 Absences 5 Absences
Student Academic Integrity (UD Policy 5.18)
Student Academic misconduct is an academic violation that covers but not limited to plagiarism, misrepresentation, fabrication, facilitation, and cheating in exams.
Apart from exam cheating and plagiarism, the decision on whether or not to treat an academic misconduct as a violation of the Code of Student Conduct, is at the discretion of the instructor.
For more details on UD Policy of Academic Misconduct, please refer to UD Code of Conduct available at this link: https://ud.ac.ae/on-campus/graduate-catalog
Plagiarism
Plagiarism refers to representing another person’s words or ideas as one’s own in any academic exercise. The University of Dubai has zero tolerance towards plagiarism (i.e. any portion of a submitted document that contains plagiarism will lead to the appropriate penalty). Every academic submission made by a student should be a work of his own and also not be self-plagiarized. In all cases of plagiarism whether it is blatant or self-plagiarism, students will be held accountable for violation of academic integrity which also includes a penalty for their dishonesty.
Types of Plagiarism
• Self: A student’s work reproduced more than once for the same course or for other courses without prior permission(s) of the instructor(s) involved is, an act of plagiarism. Students should be very careful when quoting or paraphrasing (properly citing material).
• Accidental: This type of plagiarism occurs when a student does not cite the sources or paraphrases a source
by using identical words without attribution.
157
• Blatant: Student’s work reproduced from a fellow student or any other information source intentionally
without proper acknowledgement is a serious act of plagiarism. This type of plagiarism will lead to the
strict penalty that can include non-grading of course work all the way to failing of the course as deemed
by the faculty.
UD uses “Turnitin” software in Moodle to detect extent of similarity (through similarity index). Turnitin is used by both students and faculty to support in the learning process to understand the usage degree of the cited research material. The generated origination report from Moodle will support in the process.
For the above objective, Turnitin tool will be used by the faculty for all the graded assignments, exams, projects.
The faculty has the right to make final decision in regard to the students’ grades work in determining the student work integrity based on the criteria and the faculty awareness of the student’s work level.
Removal of a Graduate Degree
The Disciplinary Sanction is applied to graduate students when the Master thesis or the PhD. Dissertation is found to be plagiarized; the Master or Doctoral Degree will be removed from the student.
Students who are registered in this course must strictly adhere to Student Academic Integrity Policy. Failure to do so will subject students to the sanctions stated in the UD Code of Conduct available at this link: https://ud.ac.ae/on-campus/graduate-catalog
MOODLE
Important information about the course and supplementary exercises will be posted on Moodle. You are
automatically given access to Moodle, using your UD username and password, when you register for the course.
The course evaluation is also done via Moodle.
158
FIN 745 - Current Research Issues in Finance
DUBAI BUSINESS SCHOOL
Term Academic Year
Program PhD Graduate X
Course Name Current research issues in Finance
Course Code FIN 745
Credit Hour 3 Pre-requisite Empirical Finance
Co-requisite None
Class Time Days Room
Instructor
Name Email Phone Office Hours
Brief Course Description:
This course is designed to help students to critically review a wide variety of current research in finance. The course
takes an attempt to find answers to questions such as: What is the anatomy of a scholarly contribution and how
does one conduct research in the field of Finance? What are some of the challenges of conducting research in the
field of finance? Each session is meant to introduce you to some classic and current pieces on the topic, and to point
out some additional research in MENA region that would be valuable to students with a greater interest in the topic.
Course Objective (CO): Students should be able to:
1. Understand and know the current research issues in finance. 2. Critically evaluate frontier research ideas and apply the underlying concepts in practice.
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO):
Upon completion of this course, students should be able to demonstrate the following outcomes:
1. Review and analyze major research ideas in the field of finance. 2. Critique research works in finance. 3. Evaluate literature on particular topics in Finance
This Course is Linked to the following Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs): This Course is Linked to the following
Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs):
1. Acquire advanced knowledge through the understanding of key concepts, theories, and current issues in the given business domain.
2. Critically review theoretical literature/practical business-oriented challenges and develop a framework for empirical investigation
3. Apply a range of qualitative and quantitative research methodologies to develop innovative solutions of current business-oriented challenges
4. Create new knowledge through conceptualizing, designing, and conducting empirical research
159
Educational Resources
Educational Resource Description
Textbooks Required Cases studies in finance 8th edition.MCGraw Hill (2019)
References Articles listed in the Weekly Teaching Plan and supplementary material provided in class
Supporting Reading Details of Research articles in the Weekly Teaching Plan (R) are available from UD library resources (online)
CLO Assessment Scheme
CLO QFE Alignment √
Linked to CO
Linked to PLO
Class Work (marks) 60%
Term Paper 40%
Blooms Level
K S AR SD RC
Assessment
One 30% Assessment
Two 30%
1 U √ 1 15 13
2 E √ √ 2 15 15 13
3 C √ √ √ 2 15 14
Total 30 30 40
INDEX: Blooms level: U – Understand, E –Evaluate, C= Create QFE Alignment: K- Knowledge; S- Skills, A&R - Autonomy & Responsibility; SD- Self-Development; RC-Role in Context
This course is assessed by a combination of two assignments, and a term paper. Each Assignment worth 30% of the course total marks (making a total of 60%) and the term paper at the end constitutes 40% of the course grade. The final course grade is assigned according to the following:
% Marks Grade Quality Points
90-100 A 4.0
87-89 A- 3.7
84-86 B+ 3.5
80-83 B 3.0
77-79 B- 2.7
74-76 C+ 2.3
70-73 C 2.0
0- 69 F (Fail) 0
Assessments
Assessment Description CLO Weight Due Date
Assignment 1 Students will be given an empirical article on Finance and are expected to answer the questions as per the Comprehensive Exam Format, i.e., identify research gap, research questions, theories, research design, and key variables. Submission: A Report and a PowerPoint Presentation
1 & 2
30 Week 4
Assignment 2 Assignment 2 is Similar to Assig 1, but here, students are expected to comment more on the analyses and practical implications and limitations of the research. In addition, students are expected give their own suggestions for future research – be it using alternative analytic techniques or using other databases Submission: A Report and a PowerPoint Presentation
2 & 3
30 Week 8
Term Paper The term paper resembles a working paper on the student’s Research Proposal. Since the student will have already chosen their specialization in management, the students work (especially the literature review) has to contain relevant
1, 2 & 3
40 Week 8
160
citations/theories from this course. The structure of the term paper will consist of the following headings: Title, Introduction, Literature Review, Research Methodology, Expected Results, ethical considerations, work plan and references. Submission: A Report and a PowerPoint Presentation
Teaching Methods: Teaching methods used in this course are:
1. Handouts and reading material uploaded on the On-line Learning Management System (Moodle), available on-line at: http://udmoodle/login/index.php
2. Lectures (online during Covid-19 period) 3. Discussion of Peer-reviewed Journal Articles. 4. Written assessments and presentations (online during COVID-19 period), with immediate feedback.
Detailed Course outline
Weekly/Daily Teaching Plan
Day/
Week
Lecture
Relation
to CLO
Chapter Objectives Assignment / Reading
1 1 1 Financial Sector in
Developing Economies
R1. R1. Ruiz, J.L. 2018. Financial development,
institutional investors, and economic growth.
International Review of Economics and Finance 54:
218-224
R2. Intrinsic Bubbles in the American Stock Exchange:
The case of the S&P 500 Index Naoui, Kamel.
International Journal of Economics and Finance 3.1
(Feb 2011): 124-132.
R3. Exchange Rate Puzzles: A Review of the Recent
Theoretical and Empirical Developments Mokoena,
Thabo M; Gupta, Rangan; van Eyden, Renee. IUP
Journal of Monetary Economics 8.1/2 (Feb-May
2010): 77-112.
R4. Determinants of Islamic and conventional deposits
in the Malaysian banking system Sudin Haron and Wan
Nursofiza Wan Azmi. Managerial Finance 34.9 (2008):
618-643.
R5. Marie, A., Rao, A., Hossein, K. A. Analysis of
Productivity Changes in Insurance Sector in the UAE -
An Emerging Economy. International Journal of
161
Managerial Finance, Emerald Publications, 2010, 6(4),
pp 329-343.
2 2 1 Empirical Research in
Developing Economies
R1. Bank Liability Structure, FDIC Loss, and Time to
Failure: A Quantile Regression Approach Schaeck,
Klaus. Journal of Financial Services Research 33.3 (Jun
2008): 163-179.
R2. Mean reversion in stock prices: new evidence from
panel unit root tests Narayan, Paresh Kumar; Narayan,
Seema. Studies in Economics and Finance 24.3 (2007):
233-244.
R3. The causal Relationship among Financial
Development, Trade Openness and Economic Growth
in Nigeria Chimobi, Omoke Philip. International Journal
of Economics and Finance 2.2 (May 2010): 137-147
R4. Bond Ratings with Artificial Neural Networks and
Econometric 9Models Yesilyaprak, Ata. American
Business Review 22.1 (Jan 2004): 113-123.
R5. Rettab, B., Kashani, H., Obay, L., Rao, A. (2010).
Impact of Market Power and Efficiency on
Performance of Banks in GCC countries. International
Research Journal of Finance & Economics(50), 190 -
203. www.eurojournals.com/finance.htm
3 3 2 Evidence of Causality in
Earnings in MENA countries
R1. Hassan, E.A. 2018. The role of stock exchange
efficiency in earnings quality: Evidence from the MENA
region. Research in International Business and Finance
44: 285-296.
R2. Management of Stock Price and It Effect on
Economic Growth: Case Study of West African
Financial Markets Herve, Drama Bedi Guy; Shen, Yao.
International Journal of Business and Management 6.2
(Feb 2011): 52-71.
R3. Exports, Imports and Economic Growth: An
Empirical Analysis of Tunisia Hye, Qazi Muhammad
Adnan; Boubaker, Houda Ben Haj. IUP Journal of
Monetary Economics 9.1 (Feb 2011): 6-21.
162
R4. Interdependence of FDI between India and ASEAN-
5: Evidence from Causality Approach Pradhan, Rudra
P. International Business Research 3.4 (Oct 2010):
156-166
R5. The Impact of FDI and Financial Sector
Development on Economic Growth: Empirical Evidence
from Asia and Oceania Chee, Yen Li; Nair,
Mahendhiran. International Journal of Economics and
Finance 2.2 (May 2010): 107-119
4 4 2 Cointegration and Causality R1. The Savings-Investment Relationship:
Cointegration and Causality Evidence from Uemoa
Countries Esso, Loesse Jacques; Keho, Yaya.
International Journal of Economics and Finance 2.1
(Feb 2010): 174-181.
R2. Assessing UAE's oil dependence: an optimal control
approach Fernandes, Cedwyn; Karnik, Ajit. Education,
Business and Society: Contemporary Middle Eastern
Issues 2.2 (2009): 138-152.
R3. The Direction of Causality between Financial
Development and Economic Growth: Evidence from
Turkey Demirhan, Erdal; Aydemir, Oguzhan; Inkaya,
Ahmet. International Journal of Management 28.1
(Mar 2011): 3-19,198
R4. Marie, A., Rao, A., Kashani, H. (2009). Cost
Efficiency and Value Driver Analysis of Insurers in
Dubai an Emerging Economy. Managerial and Decision
Economics, 30(2009), 265-280.
www.interscience.wiley.com
Individual assignment 1 due this week
5 5 3 Financial Crisis in Emerging
Economies R1. Assessing the Impact of Financial Crisis on Bank
Performance: Empirical Evidence from Indonesia
Sufian, Fadzlan; Habibullah, Muzafar Shah. ASEAN
Economic Bulletin 27.3 (Dec 2010): 245-262
R2. Efficient Structure versus Market Power: Theories
and Empirical Evidence Mensi, Sami; Zouari,
163
Abderrazak. International Journal of Economics and
Finance 2.4 (Nov 2010): 151-166.
R3. THE PERFORMANCE OF MICROINSURANCE
PROGRAMS: A DATA ENVELOPMENT ANALYSIS Biener,
Christian; Eling, Martin. Journal of Risk and Insurance
78.1 (Mar 2011): 83-115.
R4. Governance and Performance of Tunisian Banks
Trabelsi, Mohamed Ali. International Journal of
Economics and Finance 2.3 (Aug 2010): 189-198.
R5. Value-at-risk under extreme values: the relative
performance in MENA emerging stock markets
Maghyereh, Aktham I; Al-Zoubi, Haitham A.
International Journal of Managerial Finance, 2.2, 154-
172
6 6 4 Impact of Financial Crisis in
Emerging Economies
Module 6: Impact of Financial Crisis in Emerging
Economies
R1. Assessing the Impact of Financial Crisis on Bank
Performance: Empirical Evidence from Indonesia
Sufian, Fadzlan; Habibullah, Muzafar Shah. ASEAN
Economic Bulletin 27.3 (Dec 2010): 245-
262.Managerial Finance 2.2 (2006): 154-172.
R2. Time-varying characteristics of cross-market
linkages with empirical application to Gulf stock
markets Mohamed El Hedi Arouri; Nguyen, Duc
Khuong. Managerial Finance 36.1 (2010): 57-70.
R3. Private Equity Finance as a Growth Engine: What It
Means for Emerging Markets Eid, Florence. Business
Economics 41.3 (Jul 2006): 7-11,13-22.
R4. Cost Frontier Efficiency and Risk Return Analysis in an
Emerging Market, International Review of Financial
Analysis, USA, Vol. 14, # 2, 2005. pp 283-303,
R5. Analysis of UAE Bank Socks – Estimation of Betas of
Bank Stocks” Economic Horizons, Vol.21 No. 82 - AH –
1420 – 2000 (2), Quarterly Specialized Refereed Journal
164
of The Federation of UAE Chambers of Commerce and
Industry, Abu Dhabi
Individual assignment 2 due this week
7
7 4 Trading Volume and
Volatility in Arab Economies
R1. The impact of trading volume on stock price
volatility in the Arab economy Sabri, Nidal Rashid.
Journal of Derivatives & Hedge Funds, suppl. Special
Issue: Middle Eastern Derivatives 14.3-4 (Nov 2008):
285-298.
R2. Empirical testing of the loss provisions of banks in
the GCC region Zoubi, Taisier A; Al-Khazali, Osamah.
Managerial Finance 33.7 (2007): 500-511.
R3. Islamic banking: the case of Algeria Abdelhafid
Benamraoui. International Journal of Islamic and
Middle Eastern Finance and Management 1.2 (2008):
113-131.
R4. The determinants of stock market development in
the Middle-Eastern and North African region Samy Ben
Naceur; Ghazouani, Samir; Omran, Mohamed.
Managerial Finance 33.7 (2007): 477-489.
R5. THE EFFECTS OF US MACROECONOMIC NEWS
ANNOUNCEMENTS ON EMERGING STOCK MARKETS IN
THE ASIA-PACIFIC REGION* Nikkinen, Jussi; Omran,
Mohammed; Sahlström, Petri; Äljö, Janne. The Asia
Pacific Journal of Economics & Business 12.1 (Jun
2008): 3-14,63-64.
R6. Activity-based diversification, corporate
governance, and the market valuation of commercial
banks in the Gulf Commercial Council Chahine, Salim.
Journal of Management & Governance 11.4 (2007):
353-382.
R7. An Intertemporal Test of the Beta Stationarity: the
case of Egypt Haddad, Mahmoud M. The Middle East
Business and Economic Review 19.1 (Jun 2007): 1-7.
165
Class Attendance
Attendance and participation in all classes (which are online during the COVID-19 period) are mandatory. This is
essential to the process of education at UD since the students' involvement with their instructors and fellow peers
are vital components of their academic preparation. Absences hinder academic progress, and affects the student’s
learning ability and grades. UD regulations for attendance and absenteeism warnings imposed on all courses are
stipulated in this section as follows:
a) All courses are offered in two consecutive sessions of two hour and twenty minutes each. A 20-minute break is given after the first session.
b) A faculty member must take attendance in each session.
c) If a student misses more than four sessions out of the 18 sessions in a course for non-acceptable reasons as deemed by the Instructor, he/ she will receive a grade of “FA” for the course, which counts like a failed course (See Table 1). The student must then repeat the course in the following term. However, the student shall have the right to attend the remaining classes of the course. Repeating a course entails a financial charge.
d) A student must work independently to catch up on missed lectures’ material. Table 1: Absenteeism Percentages
Duration of Session Weeks/ Class Sessions
Percentage and Number of Session Absences
10% 20%
25% (Deprived or Withdrawn)
2 hour 20 minutes 9 (18 sessions) 2 Absences 4 Absences 5 Absences
Student Academic Integrity (UD Policy 5.18)
Student Academic misconduct is an academic violation that covers but not limited to plagiarism, misrepresentation, fabrication, facilitation, and cheating in exams.
R8. A common currency area for MENA countries? A
VAR analysis of viability Obiyathulla Ismath Bacha.
International Journal of Emerging Markets 3.2 (2008):
197-215.
R9. Ehab Zaki., Rahim Bah., Ananth Rao., “Assessing
Probabilities of Financial Distress of Banks in UAE”
(2011) Accepted for Publication in: International
Journal of Managerial Finance (forthcoming)
8
8 1,2,3 Term paper presentation Term paper presentation due this week
ASSIGNMENT 2 DUE
9 9 1,2,3 Term paper presentation
(continued)
10 Feedback Suggestions for the future
166
Apart from exam cheating and plagiarism, the decision on whether or not to treat an academic misconduct as a violation of the Code of Student Conduct, is at the discretion of the instructor.
For more details on UD Policy of Academic Misconduct, please refer to UD Code of Conduct available at this link: https://ud.ac.ae/on-campus/graduate-catalog
Plagiarism
Plagiarism refers to representing another person’s words or ideas as one’s own in any academic exercise. The University of Dubai has zero tolerance towards plagiarism (i.e. any portion of a submitted document that contains plagiarism will lead to the appropriate penalty). Every academic submission made by a student should be a work of his own and also not be self-plagiarized. In all cases of plagiarism whether it is blatant or self-plagiarism, students will be held accountable for violation of academic integrity which also includes a penalty for their dishonesty.
Types of Plagiarism
• Self: A student’s work reproduced more than once for the same course or for other courses without prior permission(s) of the instructor(s) involved is, an act of plagiarism. Students should be very careful when quoting or paraphrasing (properly citing material).
• Accidental: This type of plagiarism occurs when a student does not cite the sources or paraphrases a source
by using identical words without attribution.
• Blatant: Student’s work reproduced from a fellow student or any other information source intentionally
without proper acknowledgement is a serious act of plagiarism. This type of plagiarism will lead to the
strict penalty that can include non-grading of course work all the way to failing of the course as deemed
by the faculty.
UD uses “Turnitin” software in Moodle to detect extent of similarity (through similarity index). Turnitin is used by both students and faculty to support in the learning process to understand the usage degree of the cited research material. The generated origination report from Moodle will support in the process.
For the above objective, Turnitin tool will be used by the faculty for all the graded assignments, exams, projects.
The faculty has the right to make final decision in regard to the students’ grades work in determining the student work integrity based on the criteria and the faculty awareness of the student’s work level.
Removal of a Graduate Degree
The Disciplinary Sanction is applied to graduate students when the Master thesis or the PhD. Dissertation is found to be plagiarized; the Master or Doctoral Degree will be removed from the student.
Students who are registered in this course must strictly adhere to Student Academic Integrity Policy. Failure to do so will subject students to the sanctions stated in the UD Code of Conduct available at this link: https://ud.ac.ae/on-campus/graduate-catalog
MOODLE
Important information about the course and supplementary exercises will be posted on Moodle. You are
automatically given access to Moodle, using your UD username and password, when you register for the course.
The course evaluation is also done via Moodle.
167
FIN 750 - Corporate Finance
DUBAI BUSINESS SCHOOL
Term Academic Year
Program PhD Graduate X
Course Name Corporate Finance
Course Code FIN 750
Credit Hour 3 Pre-requisite Empirical Finance
Co-requisite None
Class Time Days Room
Instructor
Name Email Phone Office Hours
Brief Course Description: This course will provide a theoretical and empirical treatment of major topics in corporate finance including capital structure, IPO (SEO), market timing, payout policy, internal capital market, CEO compensation and the market for corporate control. The purpose of the course is to acquaint students with critical issues in corporate finance and help students developing their own research topics in this particular field of finance. Course Objectives: The course is designed to achieve the following objectives: 1. Students will gain knowledge and understanding of current research in corporate finance. 2. Develop the ability to prepare a research project that establishes synergy from considering various research
contributions and perspectives in the field. Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): Upon completion of this workshop, students should be able to demonstrate the following outcomes:
1. Review and synthesize relevant literature related to corporate finance Critique research works in markets and microstructure
2. Critique relevant literature and provide critical analysis of corporate finance issues. 3. Integrate reviewed literature in a research project on a particular topic in the field
This Course is Linked to the following Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs):
1. Acquire advanced knowledge through the understanding of key concepts, theories, and current issues in the given business domain.
2. Critically review theoretical literature/practical business-oriented challenges and develop a framework for empirical investigation
3. Apply a range of qualitative and quantitative research methodologies to develop innovative solutions of current business-oriented challenges
4. Create new knowledge through conceptualizing, designing, and conducting empirical research
168
Educational Resources
Educational Resource Description
Textbooks Required Corporate Finance: Theory and Practice, 6thEdition (2019)
References Articles listed in the Weekly Teaching Plan and supplementary material provided in class
Supporting Reading Details of Research articles in the Weekly Teaching Plan (R) are available from UD library resources (online)
CLO Assessment Scheme
CLO QFE Alignment √
Linked to CO
Linked to PLO
Class Work (marks) 60%
Term Paper 40%
Blooms Level
K S AR SD RC
Assessment
One 30% Assessment
Two 30%
1 U √ 1 15 13
2 E √ √ 2 15 15 13
3 C √ √ √ 2 15 14
Total 30 30 40
INDEX: Blooms level: U – Understand, E –Evaluate, C= Create QFE Alignment: K- Knowledge; S- Skills, A&R - Autonomy & Responsibility; SD- Self-Development; RC-Role in Context
This course is assessed by a combination of two assignments, and a term paper. Each Assignment worth 30% of the course total marks (making a total of 60%) and the term paper at the end constitutes 40% of the course grade. The final course grade is assigned according to the following:
% Marks Grade Quality Points
90-100 A 4.0
87-89 A- 3.7
84-86 B+ 3.5
80-83 B 3.0
77-79 B- 2.7
74-76 C+ 2.3
70-73 C 2.0
0- 69 F (Fail) 0
Assessments
Assessment Description CLO Weight Due Date
Assignment 1 Students will be given an empirical article on Finance and are expected to answer the questions as per the Comprehensive Exam Format, i.e., identify research gap, research questions, theories, research design, and key variables. Submission: A Report and a PowerPoint Presentation
1 & 2
30 Week 4
Assignment 2 Assignment 2 is Similar to Assig 1, but here, students are expected to comment more on the analyses and practical implications and limitations of the research. In addition, students are expected give their own suggestions for future research – be it methodological or using other databases Submission: A Report and a PowerPoint Presentation
2 & 3
30 Week 8
Term Paper The term paper resembles a working paper on the student’s Research Proposal. Since the student will have already chosen their specialization in management, the students work (especially the literature review) has to contain relevant citations/theories from this course. The structure of the term paper will consist of the following headings: Title, Introduction, Literature Review, Research Methodology,
1, 2 & 3
40 Week 8
169
Expected Results, ethical considerations, work plan and references. Submission: A Report and a PowerPoint Presentation
Teaching Methods: Teaching methods used in this course are:
1. Handouts and reading material uploaded on the On-line Learning Management System (Moodle), available on-line at: http://udmoodle/login/index.php
2. Lectures (online during Covid-19 period) 3. Discussion of Peer-reviewed Journal Articles. 4. Written assessments and presentations (online during COVID-19 period), with immediate feedback.
Detailed Course outline
Weekly/Daily Teaching Plan
Day/Week
Lecture
Relation to CLO
Chapter Objectives Assignment / Reading
1 1 1 Modigliani-Miller Theorem Modigliani, F. and Merton, H. M. (1958), “The cost of capital, corporation finance and theory of investment”, American Economic Review Miller, Merton H. (1988), “The M-M proposition after 30 years”, Journal of Economic Perspective Graham, John R. (2003), “Taxes and corporate finance: A review”, Review of Financial Studies Recent extension of MM Theorem
2 2 1 Initial Public Offering Rock, Kevin (1986), “Why New Issues are Underpriced?”, Journal of Financial Economics Brav, Alon and Paul Gompers (1997), “Myth or Reality? The Long-Run Underperformance of Initial Public Offerings: Evidence from Venture and Nonventure Capital-backed Companies”, Journal of Finance Purnanandam, A. and B. Swaminathan (2004), “Are IPOs Really Underpriced,” Review of Financial Studies Recent development on IPO literature
3 3 2 Market Timing M. Bayliss and S. Chaplinsky (1996), “Is there a window of opportunity for seasoned equity issuance?” Journal of Finance Baker, Malcolm and Jeffrey Wurgler (2002), “Market-Timing and Capital Structure”, Journal of Finance Dirk Jenter (2005), “Market timing and managerial portfolio decision”, Journal of Finance Recent papers on market timing
4 4 2 Raising Capital ASSIGNMENT 1 DUE
Fazzari, Steve, Glenn Hubbard and Bruce Petersen (1988), “Financing constraints and corporate investment”, Brookings Papers on Economic Activity Kaplan, Steven and Luigi Zingales (1997), “Do investment-cash flow provide useful measures of financing constraints”, Quarterly Journal of Economics Stein, Jeremy (2003), “Agency, information and corporate investment”, Handbooks of Economics of Finance Scharfstein, David and Jeremy Stein (2000), “The dark side of internal capital markets: Divisional rent seeking and inefficient investment”, Journal of Finance Khanna, Naveen and Sheri Tice (2001), “The bright side of internal capital market”, Journal of Finance Durnev, Art, Randall Morck, and Bernard Yeung, (2004), “Value-enhancing capital budgeting and firm-specific stock return variation,” Journal of Finance Recent papers on capital financing
170
Class Attendance
Attendance and participation in all classes (which are online during the COVID-19 period) are mandatory. This is essential to the
process of education at UD since the students' involvement with their instructors and fellow peers are vital components of their
academic preparation. Absences hinder academic progress, and affects the student’s learning ability and grades. UD regulations
for attendance and absenteeism warnings imposed on all courses are stipulated in this section as follows:
a) All courses are offered in two consecutive sessions of two hour and twenty minutes each. A 20-minute break is given after the first session.
b) A faculty member must take attendance in each session.
5 5 3 Payout Policies Miller, Merton H. and Kevin Rock (1985), “Dividend policy under information asymmetry,” Journal of Finance, 40 De Angelo, Harry, Linda De Angelo and Douglas J. Skinner (1996), “Reversal of fortune: Dividend signaling and the disappearance of sustained earnings growth”, Journal of Financial Economics Jagannathan, Murali, Clifford P. Stephens and Michael S. Weisbach (2000), “Financial flexibility and the choice between dividends and stock repurchases,” Journal of Financial Economics, 57 Benarzi, S., R. Michaely and R. Thaler (1997), “Do dividends signal the future or the past?”, Journal of Finance Nissim and Ziv (2001), “Dividend changes and future profitability”, Journal of Finance Recent papers on dividend policies
6 6 3 Merger and acquisition, Diversification
Jensen, Michael (1986), “Agency cost of free cash flow, corporate finance and takeovers, American Economic Review Shleifer, Andrei and Robert Vishny (2004), “Stock market driven acquisitions,” Journal of Financial Economics Graham, Lemmon and Wolf (2002), “Does corporate diversification destroy value?” Journal of Finance Mansi and Reeb (2002), “Corporate diversification: What gets discounted?” Journal of Finance Recent development on M&A and Diversification of firms
7
7 3 Corporate governance Introductory Readings Shleifer, Andrew and Robert Vishny (1997), “A survey of corporate governance,” Journal of Finance Morck, Randall ed. (2005), The history of corporate governance around the world: Family business groups to professional managers, National Bureau of Economic Research and the University of Chicago Press Morck, Randall (2011), “Finance and governance in developing economies, National Bureau of Economic Research Working Paper 16870 Recent research in corporate governance
8
8 1,2,3 Term paper presentation Term paper due this week ASSIGNMENT 2 DUE
9 9 1,2,3 Term paper presentation (continued)
171
c) If a student misses more than four sessions out of the 18 sessions in a course for non-acceptable reasons as deemed by the Instructor, he/ she will receive a grade of “FA” for the course, which counts like a failed course (See Table 1). The student must then repeat the course in the following term. However, the student shall have the right to attend the remaining classes of the course. Repeating a course entails a financial charge.
d) A student must work independently to catch up on missed lectures’ material.
Table 1: Absenteeism Percentages
Duration of Session Weeks/ Class Sessions
Percentage and Number of Session Absences
10% 20%
25% (Deprived or Withdrawn)
2 hour 20 minutes 9 (18 sessions) 2 Absences 4 Absences 5 Absences
Student Academic Integrity (UD Policy 5.18) Student Academic misconduct is an academic violation that covers but not limited to plagiarism, misrepresentation, fabrication, facilitation, and cheating in exams.
Apart from exam cheating and plagiarism, the decision on whether or not to treat an academic misconduct as a violation of the Code of Student Conduct, is at the discretion of the instructor.
For more details on UD Policy of Academic Misconduct, please refer to UD Code of Conduct available at this link: https://ud.ac.ae/on-campus/graduate-catalog
Plagiarism Plagiarism refers to representing another person’s words or ideas as one’s own in any academic exercise. The University of Dubai has zero tolerance towards plagiarism (i.e. any portion of a submitted document that contains plagiarism will lead to the appropriate penalty). Every academic submission made by a student should be a work of his own and also not be self-plagiarized. In all cases of plagiarism whether it is blatant or self-plagiarism, students will be held accountable for violation of academic integrity which also includes a penalty for their dishonesty.
Types of Plagiarism
• Self: A student’s work reproduced more than once for the same course or for other courses without prior permission(s) of the instructor(s) involved is, an act of plagiarism. Students should be very careful when quoting or paraphrasing (properly citing material).
• Accidental: This type of plagiarism occurs when a student does not cite the sources or
paraphrases a source by using identical words without attribution.
• Blatant: Student’s work reproduced from a fellow student or any other information source
intentionally without proper acknowledgement is a serious act of plagiarism. This type of
plagiarism will lead to the strict penalty that can include non-grading of course work all the way
to failing of the course as deemed by the faculty.
UD uses “Turnitin” software in Moodle to detect extent of similarity (through similarity index). Turnitin is used by both students and faculty to support in the learning process to understand the usage degree of the cited research material. The generated origination report from Moodle will support in the process.
172
For the above objective, Turnitin tool will be used by the faculty for all the graded assignments, exams, projects.
The faculty has the right to make final decision in regard to the students’ grades work in determining the student work integrity based on the criteria and the faculty awareness of the student’s work level.
Removal of a Graduate Degree The Disciplinary Sanction is applied to graduate students when the Master thesis or the PhD. Dissertation is found to be plagiarized; the Master or Doctoral Degree will be removed from the student.
Students who are registered in this course must strictly adhere to Student Academic Integrity Policy. Failure to do so will subject students to the sanctions stated in the UD Code of Conduct available at this link: https://ud.ac.ae/on-campus/graduate-catalog
MOODLE Important information about the course and supplementary exercises will be posted on Moodle. You are
automatically given access to Moodle, using your UD username and password, when you register for the
course. The course evaluation is also done via Moodle.
173
ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION
ACC 735 - Financial Accounting
DUBAI BUSINESS SCHOOL
Term Academic Year
Program PhD Graduate X
Course Name Financial Accounting Course Code ACC735
Credit Hour 3 Pre-requisite Co-requisite None
Class Time Days Room
Instructor
Name Email Phone Office Hours
Brief Course Description:
This course exposes doctoral students to the theoretical foundations of the contemporary approach to financial
reporting. This course also examines the political and other environmental factors that played a role in the
development of current accounting standards. Alternative theories and controversial topics in accounting are
discussed through a set of readings.
Course Objectives:
1. To recognize important conceptual weaknesses and limitations (anomalies) of the contemporary approach to financial reporting.
2. To evaluate the role of competing paradigms in financial accounting research. Course Learning Outcomes (CLO)
Upon completion of this course, students should be able to:
1. Synthesize relevant literature in financial accounting 2. Critique literature of a financial accounting issue. 3. Integrate reviewed literature in a research project on a particular financial accounting topic.
This Course is Linked to the following Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs):
1. Acquire advanced knowledge through the understanding of key concepts, theories, and current issues in the given business domain.
2. Critically review theoretical literature/practical business-oriented challenges and develop a framework for empirical investigation
3. Apply a range of qualitative and quantitative research methodologies to develop innovative solutions of current business-oriented challenges
4. Create new knowledge through conceptualizing, designing, and conducting empirical research
174
Educational Resources
Educational Resource Description
Textbooks Required Financial Accounting Theory by William Scott (Prentice Hall, 2019).
References Articles listed in the Weekly Teaching Plan and supplementary material provided in class
Supporting Reading Details of Research articles in the Weekly Teaching Plan (R) are available from UD library resources (online)
CLO Assessment Scheme
CLO QFE Alignment √
Linked to CO
Linked to PLO
Class Work (marks) 60%
Term Paper 40%
Blooms Level
K S AR SD RC
Assessment
One 30% Assessment
Two 30%
1 U √ 1 15 13
2 E √ √ 2 15 15 13
3 C √ √ √ 2 15 14
Total 30 30 40
INDEX: Blooms level: U – Understand, E –Evaluate, C= Create QFE Alignment: K- Knowledge; S- Skills, A&R - Autonomy & Responsibility; SD- Self-Development; RC-Role in Context
This course is assessed by a combination of two assignments, and a term paper. Each Assignment worth 30% of the course total marks (making a total of 60%) and the term paper at the end constitutes 40% of the course grade. The final course grade is assigned according to the following:
% Marks Grade Quality Points
90-100 A 4.0
87-89 A- 3.7
84-86 B+ 3.5
80-83 B 3.0
77-79 B- 2.7
74-76 C+ 2.3
70-73 C 2.0
0- 69 F (Fail) 0
Assessments
Assessment Description CLO Weight Due Date
Assignment 1 Students are expected to read an article on this subject and are asked to identify the research gap, research questions, theories, research design, and key variables. These are to be discussed relation to the subject matter Submission: A Report and a PowerPoint Presentation
1 & 2
30 Week 4
Assignment 2 Students are given another article where they have to analyze and answer questions similar to Assignment 1. However, more attention is given to the methodology and results section. Students are to critically evaluate the methods and results of the analyses as reported in the article and also give suggestions on how to take that research forward. Submission: A Report and a PowerPoint Presentation
2 & 3
30 Week 8
Term Paper The term paper resembles a working paper on the student’s Research Proposal. Since the student will have already chosen their specialization in accounting, the students work (especially the literature review) has to contain relevant
1, 2 & 3
40 Week 9
175
citations/theories from this course. The structure of the term paper will consist of the following headings: Title, Introduction, Literature Review, Research Methodology, Expected Results, ethical considerations, work plan and references. Submission: A Report and a PowerPoint Presentation
Teaching Methods: Teaching methods used in this course are:
1. Handouts and reading material uploaded on the On-line Learning Management System (Moodle), available on-line at: http://udmoodle/login/index.php
2. Lectures (online during Covid-19 period) 3. Discussion of Peer-reviewed Journal Articles. 4. Written assessments and presentations (online during COVID-19 period), with immediate feedback.
Detailed Course outline
Weekly/Daily Teaching Plan
Day/Week Lecture
Relation to CLO
Chapter Objectives Assignment / Reading
1,2 1 2
Theory formation and the current conceptual framework
1. Christopher P. Agoglia, Timothy S. Doupnik, and George T. Tsakumis (2011) Principles-Based versus Rules-Based Accounting Standards: The Influence of Standard Precision and Audit Committee Strength on Financial Reporting Decisions The Accounting Review 86(3), 747
1,2 2 2 Accounting approach under Ideal Conditions and non-Ideal conditions
William Cready, Thomas J. Lopez, and Craig A. Sisneros (2010), The Persistence and Market Valuation of Recurring Nonrecurring Items The Accounting Review 85(5), 1577
1,2 3 1
Critique
John Christensen (2010), Conceptual frameworks of accounting from an information perspective, Accounting & Business Research, Vol. 40 (3)
3,4 4 1
The Decision Usefulness Approach to Financial Reporting and Efficient Securities Market ASSIGNMENT 1 DUE
Jane Thayer (2011) Determinants of Investors' Information Acquisition: Credibility and Confirmation, The Accounting Review 86(1), 1 2.
3,4 5 2
The Information approach to
Decision Usefulness
Lundholm, R. J. (1999), “Reporting on the Past: A New Approach to Improving Accounting Today,” Accounting Horizon, Vol. 13, No. 4, pp. 315-322.
3,4 6 3
Critique
Wyatt, Arthur (1983), “Efficient Market Theory: Its Impact on Accounting,” Journal of Accountancy
176
5,6
7 3
Measurement approach to decision usefulness and measurement application
Jeffrey Cohen, Lori Holder-Webb, Leda Nath, and David Wood (2011),Retail Investors’ Perceptions of the Decision-Usefulness of Sustainability, Governance And Corporate Social Responsibility Disclosures, Behavior Research in Accounting, Vol. 23 (1)
5,6
8 1,2,3
Standard Setting: Economic and Political Issues
Zeff, Stephen A. (March 2002) “Political Lobbying on Proposed Standards: A Challenge to the IASB,” Accounting Horizon, Vol. 16, No. 1, pp. 43-54. Zeff, Stephen A. (1978), “The Rise of Economic Consequences,” Journal of Accountancy, Vol. 146, No. 6, pp.56-63. Solomons, David (1978), “The Politicization of Accounting,” Journal of Accountancy, Vol. 146, No. 6, pp.56-63.
5,6 9 1,2,3
Critiques
Anthony, Robert (1982), “Equity Interest: Its Time Has Come,” Journal of Accountancy, Vol., No. , pp.56-63. Watts, Ross L. (September 2003), “Conservatism in Accounting Part 1: Explanations and Implications, Accounting Horizon, Vol.17, No. 3, pp. 207-222. Johnson, T. L., C. L. Reither and R. L. Swieringa (1995), “Toward s Reporting Comprehensive Income,” Accounting Horizon, Vol. 9, No. 4, pp. 128-137.
7,8 10 1,2,3
An Analysis of conflict and management compensation ASSIGNMENT 2 DUE
Beets, S. Douglas and Christopher C. Souther (June 1999), “Corporate Environmental Reports: The Need for Standards on Environmental Assurance Services,” Accounting Horizon, Vol.13 No. 2, pp. 129-145.
7,87,8 111 1,2,3
Environmental Accounting and Reporting
Aapo Länsiluoto, Marko Järvenpää (2008), Environmental and performance management forces: Integrating “greenness” into balanced scorecard, Qualitative Research in Accounting & Management, Vol. 5, No. 3, pp.184 – 206
2 1,2,3 Critique TERM PAPER DUE
Jessen L. Hobson, Mark J. Mellon, and Douglas E. Stevens (2011), Determinants of
177
Class Attendance
Attendance and participation in all classes (which are online during the COVID-19 period) are mandatory. This is
essential to the process of education at UD since the students' involvement with their instructors and fellow peers
are vital components of their academic preparation. Absences hinder academic progress, and affects the student’s
learning ability and grades. UD regulations for attendance and absenteeism warnings imposed on all courses are
stipulated in this section as follows:
a) All courses are offered in two consecutive sessions of two hour and twenty minutes each. A 20-minute break is given after the first session.
b) A faculty member must take attendance in each session.
c) If a student misses more than four sessions out of the 18 sessions in a course for non-acceptable reasons as deemed by the Instructor, he/ she will receive a grade of “FA” for the course, which counts like a failed course (See Table 1). The student must then repeat the course in the following term. However, the student shall have the right to attend the remaining classes of the course. Repeating a course entails a financial charge.
d) A student must work independently to catch up on missed lectures’ material. Table 1: Absenteeism Percentages
Duration of Session Weeks/ Class Sessions
Percentage and Number of Session Absences
10% 20%
25% (Deprived or Withdrawn)
2 hour 20 minutes 9 (18 sessions) 2 Absences 4 Absences 5 Absences
Student Academic Integrity (UD Policy 5.18)
Student Academic misconduct is an academic violation that covers but not limited to plagiarism, misrepresentation, fabrication, facilitation, and cheating in exams.
Apart from exam cheating and plagiarism, the decision on whether or not to treat an academic misconduct as a violation of the Code of Student Conduct, is at the discretion of the instructor.
For more details on UD Policy of Academic Misconduct, please refer to UD Code of Conduct available at this link: https://ud.ac.ae/on-campus/graduate-catalog
Plagiarism
Plagiarism refers to representing another person’s words or ideas as one’s own in any academic exercise. The University of Dubai has zero tolerance towards plagiarism (i.e. any portion of a submitted document that contains plagiarism will lead to the appropriate penalty). Every academic submission made by a student should be a work of his own and also not be self-plagiarized. In all cases of plagiarism whether it is blatant or self-plagiarism, students will be held accountable for violation of academic integrity which also includes a penalty for their dishonesty.
Types of Plagiarism
Moral Judgments Regarding Budgetary Slack: An Experimental Examination of Pay Scheme and Personal Values, Behavior Research in Accounting, Vol. 23 (1)
178
• Self: A student’s work reproduced more than once for the same course or for other courses without prior permission(s) of the instructor(s) involved is, an act of plagiarism. Students should be very careful when quoting or paraphrasing (properly citing material).
• Accidental: This type of plagiarism occurs when a student does not cite the sources or paraphrases a source
by using identical words without attribution.
• Blatant: Student’s work reproduced from a fellow student or any other information source intentionally
without proper acknowledgement is a serious act of plagiarism. This type of plagiarism will lead to the
strict penalty that can include non-grading of course work all the way to failing of the course as deemed
by the faculty.
UD uses “Turnitin” software in Moodle to detect extent of similarity (through similarity index). Turnitin is used by both students and faculty to support in the learning process to understand the usage degree of the cited research material. The generated origination report from Moodle will support in the process.
For the above objective, Turnitin tool will be used by the faculty for all the graded assignments, exams, projects.
The faculty has the right to make final decision in regard to the students’ grades work in determining the student work integrity based on the criteria and the faculty awareness of the student’s work level.
Removal of a Graduate Degree
The Disciplinary Sanction is applied to graduate students when the Master thesis or the PhD. Dissertation is found to be plagiarized; the Master or Doctoral Degree will be removed from the student.
Students who are registered in this course must strictly adhere to Student Academic Integrity Policy. Failure to do so will subject students to the sanctions stated in the UD Code of Conduct available at this link: https://ud.ac.ae/on-campus/graduate-catalog
MOODLE
Important information about the course and supplementary exercises will be posted on Moodle. You are
automatically given access to Moodle, using your UD username and password, when you register for the course.
The course evaluation is also done via Moodle.
179
ACC 740 - Management Accounting
DUBAI BUSINESS SCHOOL
Term Academic Year
Program PhD Graduate X
Course Name Management Accounting
Course Code ACC 740
Credit Hour 3 Pre-requisite Empirical Finance
Co-requisite None
Class Time Days Room
Instructor
Name Email Phone Office Hours
Brief Course Description:
This course is designed to expose doctoral students to a selection of current research in managerial accounting, using
both different research designs (e.g., survey, experimental, and archival methods). Students should leave this course
with a proper level of knowledge of managerial research in accounting and be better able to create, analyze, and
critique such research. This course may also help those students who intend to work in this area to identify a thesis
(dissertation) topic.
Course Objectives:
The course is designed to achieve the following objectives:
1. Gain knowledge and understanding of the current research in managerial accounting. 2. Develop ability to prepare a research project that establishes synergy from considering various research
contributions and perspectives in the field.
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO):
Upon completion of this course, students should be able to demonstrate the following outcomes:
1. Synthesize relevant literature of managerial accounting. 2. Critique research work in managerial accounting. 3. Integrate reviewed literature in a research project on a topic in managerial accounting
This Course is Linked to the following Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs):
1. Acquire advanced knowledge through the understanding of key concepts, theories, and current issues in the given business domain.
2. Critically review theoretical literature/practical business-oriented challenges and develop a framework for empirical investigation
3. Apply a range of qualitative and quantitative research methodologies to develop innovative solutions of current business-oriented challenges
4. Create new knowledge through conceptualizing, designing, and conducting empirical research
180
Educational Resources
Educational Resource Description
Textbooks Required Handbooks of Management Accounting Research 3-Volume Set Hardcover by Christopher S. Chapman (2018)
References Articles listed in the Weekly Teaching Plan and supplementary material provided in class
Supporting Reading Details of Research articles in the Weekly Teaching Plan (R) are available from UD library resources (online)
CLO Assessment Scheme
CLO QFE Alignment √
Linked to CO
Linked to PLO
Class Work (marks) 60%
Term Paper 40%
Blooms Level
K S AR SD RC
Assessment
One 30% Assessment
Two 30%
1 U √ 1 15 13
2 E √ √ 2 15 15 13
3 C √ √ √ 2 15 14
Total 30 30 40
INDEX: Blooms level: U – Understand, E –Evaluate, C= Create QFE Alignment: K- Knowledge; S- Skills, A&R - Autonomy & Responsibility; SD- Self-Development; RC-Role in Context
This course is assessed by a combination of two assignments, and a term paper. Each Assignment worth 30% of the course total marks (making a total of 60%) and the term paper at the end constitutes 40% of the course grade. The final course grade is assigned according to the following:
% Marks Grade Quality Points
90-100 A 4.0
87-89 A- 3.7
84-86 B+ 3.5
80-83 B 3.0
77-79 B- 2.7
74-76 C+ 2.3
70-73 C 2.0
0- 69 F (Fail) 0
Assessments
Assessment Description CLO Weight Due Date
Assignment 1 Students are expected to read an article on this subject and are asked to answer the questions as per the Comprehensive Exam Format, i.e., identify the research gap, research questions, theories, research design, and key variables. These are to be discussed relation to the subject matter Submission: A Report and a PowerPoint Presentation
1 & 2
30 Week 4
Assignment 2 Assignment 2 is Similar to Assig 1, but here, students are expected to comment more on the analyses and practical implications and limitations of the research. Students are required to critically evaluate the methods and results of the analyses as reported in the article and also give suggestions on how to take that research forward. Submission: A Report and a PowerPoint Presentation
2 & 3
30 Week 8
181
Term Paper The term paper resembles a working paper on the student’s Research Proposal. Since the student will have already chosen their specialization in accounting, the students work (especially the literature review) has to contain relevant citations/theories from this course. The structure of the term paper will consist of the following headings: Title, Introduction, Literature Review, Research Methodology, Expected Results, ethical considerations, work plan and references. Submission: A Report and a PowerPoint Presentation
1, 2 & 3
40 Week 9
Teaching Methods: Teaching methods used in this course are:
1. Handouts and reading material uploaded on the On-line Learning Management System (Moodle), available on-line at: http://udmoodle/login/index.php
2. Lectures (online during Covid-19 period) 3. Discussion of Peer-reviewed Journal Articles. 4. Written assessments and presentations (online during COVID-19 period), with immediate feedback.
Detailed Course outline
Weekly/Daily Teaching Plan
Day/
Week
Lecture
Relation
to CLO
Chapter Objectives Assignment / Reading
1 1 1 Evolution of Management
Accounting and its
framework
Magdy Abdel-Kader, Robert Luther (2006), IFAC's
Conception of the Evolution of Management
Accounting: A Research Note, Advances in
Management Accounting, Vol. 15, pp. 229 – 247
Jacob G. Birnberg, (2011) A Proposed framework for
Behavioral Accounting Research* (2011), Behavior
Research in Accounting, Vol. 23 (1)
2 2 1 Effects of different
knowledge domains on
management accounting
framework
Ken Trotman (2011) A Different Personal Perspective
through the Behavioral Accounting Literature,
Behavior Research in Accounting, Vol. 23 (1)
3 3 2 Critique
Susan McCracken, Steven S. Salterio, Regan N.
Schmidt, (2011) Do Managers Intend to Use the Same
Negotiation Strategies as Partners?, Behavior Research
in Accounting, Vol. 23 (1)
4 4 2 Performance Evaluation
Systems
ASSIGNMENT 1 DUE
Chong M Lau, Kuan M Wong, Ian R C Eggleton (2008),
Fairness of performance evaluation procedures and
job satisfaction: the role of outcome-based and non-
outcome-based effects. Accounting and Business
Research. Vol. 38, No. 2; pp. 121-135.
182
Jessen L. Hobson,Mark J. Mellon, and Douglas E.
Stevens (2011), Determinants of Moral Judgments
Regarding Budgetary Slack: An Experimental
Examination of Pay Scheme and Personal Values,
Behavior Research in Accounting, Vol. 23 (1)
5 5 3 Financial and Non-financial
Measures of Performance
Timothy A. Judge and Gerald R. Ferris. (February 1993)
“Social Context of Performance Evaluation Decisions,”
Academy of Management Journal, Vol. 36, No. 1, pg 80
6 6 4 Critique
Jonas Gerdin (2005), The Impact of Departmental
Interdependencies and Management Accounting
System Use on Subunit Performance, European
Accounting Review. Vol. 14, No. 2;
Neumann, Bruce R, Roberts, Michael L, Cauvin and
Eric (Nov/Dec 2008) “Financial and Nonfinancial
Performance Measures,” Cost Management, Vol. 22,
No. 6, pg 5
7
7 4 Heuristics, Judgment, and
decision making
Jan Libich (2009) “A note on the anchoring effect of
explicit inflation targets,” Macroeconomics Dynamics,
Vol. 13, pp 685-697.
Alastair Marsden and Madhu Veeraraghavan (2008)
“Heuristic of Representativeness, Anchoring and
Adjustment, and Leniency: Impact on Earnings’
Forecast by Australian Analysts,” Quarterly Journal of
Finance and Accounting, Vol. 47, No. 2, pg. 83.
Joeri Hofmans, Peter Theuns and Frederik Van Acker
(January 2009) “Combining quality and quantity. A
psychometric evaluation of the self-anchoring scale,”
Vol. 43, pp 703-716.
George Loewenstein, Don A. Moore and Roberto A.
Weber (2006) “Misperceiving the value of information
in predicting the performance of others,” Vol. 9, pp
281-295.
Kimberly Sawers, Arnold Wright, and Tina Zamora
(2011), Does Greater Risk-Bearing in Stock Option
Compensation Reduce the Influence of Problem
Framing on Managerial Risk-Taking Behavior? Behavior
Research in Accounting, Vol. 23 (1)
Robert Pinsker, Primacy or Recency? A Study of Order
Effects When Non-professional Investors are Provided
a Long Series of Disclosures, Behavior Research in
Accounting, Vol. 23 (1)
8
8 1,2,3 Framing effects, Information
order, and regency effects
Expertise, Knowledge and
Accountability
Cloyd (1997): Performance in tax research tasks: The
joint effects of knowledge and accountability.
Accounting Review
Tan and Kao (1999): Accountability effects on
auditors' performance: The influence of knowledge,
183
Class Attendance
Attendance and participation in all classes (which are online during the COVID-19 period) are mandatory. This is
essential to the process of education at UD since the students' involvement with their instructors and fellow peers
are vital components of their academic preparation. Absences hinder academic progress, and affects the student’s
learning ability and grades. UD regulations for attendance and absenteeism warnings imposed on all courses are
stipulated in this section as follows:
a) All courses are offered in two consecutive sessions of two hour and twenty minutes each. A 20-minute break is given after the first session.
b) A faculty member must take attendance in each session.
c) If a student misses more than four sessions out of the 18 sessions in a course for non-acceptable reasons as deemed by the Instructor, he/ she will receive a grade of “FA” for the course, which counts like a failed course (See Table 1). The student must then repeat the course in the following term. However, the student shall have the right to attend the remaining classes of the course. Repeating a course entails a financial charge.
d) A student must work independently to catch up on missed lectures’ material. Table 1: Absenteeism Percentages
Duration of Session Weeks/ Class Sessions
Percentage and Number of Session Absences
10% 20%
25% (Deprived or Withdrawn)
2 hour 20 minutes 9 (18 sessions) 2 Absences 4 Absences 5 Absences
Student Academic Integrity (UD Policy 5.18)
Student Academic misconduct is an academic violation that covers but not limited to plagiarism, misrepresentation, fabrication, facilitation, and cheating in exams.
Apart from exam cheating and plagiarism, the decision on whether or not to treat an academic misconduct as a violation of the Code of Student Conduct, is at the discretion of the instructor.
Incentive, effort and
performance
ASSIGNMENT 2 DUE
problem-solving ability, and task complexity. Journal
of Accounting Research
Vera-Munoz, Kinney and Bonner (2001): The effects of
domain experience and task presentation format on
accountants’ information relevant assurance.
Accounting Review
Awasthi and Pratt (1990): The effects of monetary
incentives on effort and decision performance: The
role of cognitive characteristics. Accounting Review
Libby and Lipe (1992): Incentives, effort, and the
cognitive processes involved in accounting-related
judgments. Accounting Review
Sprinkle (2000): The effect of incentive contracts on
learning and performance. Accounting Review.
9 9 1,2,3 Term paper presentation
(continued)
10 Feedback Suggestions for the Future
184
For more details on UD Policy of Academic Misconduct, please refer to UD Code of Conduct available at this link: https://ud.ac.ae/on-campus/graduate-catalog
Plagiarism
Plagiarism refers to representing another person’s words or ideas as one’s own in any academic exercise. The University of Dubai has zero tolerance towards plagiarism (i.e. any portion of a submitted document that contains plagiarism will lead to the appropriate penalty). Every academic submission made by a student should be a work of his own and also not be self-plagiarized. In all cases of plagiarism whether it is blatant or self-plagiarism, students will be held accountable for violation of academic integrity which also includes a penalty for their dishonesty.
Types of Plagiarism
• Self: A student’s work reproduced more than once for the same course or for other courses without prior permission(s) of the instructor(s) involved is, an act of plagiarism. Students should be very careful when quoting or paraphrasing (properly citing material).
• Accidental: This type of plagiarism occurs when a student does not cite the sources or paraphrases a source
by using identical words without attribution.
• Blatant: Student’s work reproduced from a fellow student or any other information source intentionally
without proper acknowledgement is a serious act of plagiarism. This type of plagiarism will lead to the
strict penalty that can include non-grading of course work all the way to failing of the course as deemed
by the faculty.
UD uses “Turnitin” software in Moodle to detect extent of similarity (through similarity index). Turnitin is used by both students and faculty to support in the learning process to understand the usage degree of the cited research material. The generated origination report from Moodle will support in the process.
For the above objective, Turnitin tool will be used by the faculty for all the graded assignments, exams, projects.
The faculty has the right to make final decision in regard to the students’ grades work in determining the student work integrity based on the criteria and the faculty awareness of the student’s work level.
Removal of a Graduate Degree
The Disciplinary Sanction is applied to graduate students when the Master thesis or the PhD. Dissertation is found to be plagiarized; the Master or Doctoral Degree will be removed from the student.
Students who are registered in this course must strictly adhere to Student Academic Integrity Policy. Failure to do so will subject students to the sanctions stated in the UD Code of Conduct available at this link: https://ud.ac.ae/on-campus/graduate-catalog
MOODLE
Important information about the course and supplementary exercises will be posted on Moodle. You are
automatically given access to Moodle, using your UD username and password, when you register for the course.
The course evaluation is also done via Moodle.
ACC 745 - Current Accounting Issues
DUBAI BUSINESS SCHOOL
Term Academic Year
185
Program PhD Graduate X
Course Name Current accounting issues
Course Code ACC 745
Credit Hour 3 Pre-requisite none Co-requisite None
Class Time Days Room
Instructor
Name Email Phone Office Hours
Brief Course Description:
This course exposes doctoral students to accounting issues that are not covered in the other two
research seminars (ACC 735 and ACC 740) such as auditing and international accounting research and
other issues that under consideration by standard setters (e.g., FASB and IASB).
Course Objectives :
The course is designed to achieve the following objectives :
1. Be able to read, synthesize and critique relevant literature in areas such as auditing and
international accounting .
2. Be able to take position for or against a proposed or new accounting standard.
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): Upon completion of this course, students should be able to demonstrate the
following outcomes:
1.Review relevant literature such as auditing.
2.Critique a proposed or new accounting standard to support it or refute it.
3.Integrate reviewed literature in a research proposal on a specific topic in the field
This Course is Linked to the following Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs):
1. Acquire advanced knowledge through the understanding of key concepts, theories, and current issues in
the given business domain.
2. Critically review theoretical literature/practical business-oriented challenges and develop a framework for
empirical investigation
3. Apply a range of qualitative and quantitative research methodologies to develop innovative solutions of
current business-oriented challenges
4. Create new knowledge through conceptualizing, designing, and conducting empirical research
Educational Resources
Educational Resource Description
Textbooks Required The Routledge Companion to Auditing by by David Hay, W. Robert Knechel, Marleen Willekens (2016)
186
Advances in International Accounting by J. Timothy Sale 2015) Protecting the Public Interest: Selected Governance, Regulatory Oversight, Auditing, Accounting, and Financial Reporting Issues by David M. Walker (2018)
References Articles listed in the Weekly Teaching Plan and supplementary material provided in class
Supporting Reading Details of Research articles in the Weekly Teaching Plan (R) are available from UD library resources (online)
CLO Assessment Scheme
CLO QFE Alignment √
Linked to CO
Linked to PLO
Class Work (marks) 60%
Term Paper 40%
Blooms Level
K S AR SD RC
Assessment
One 30% Assessment
Two 30%
1 U √ 1 15 13
2 E √ √ 2 15 15 13
3 C √ √ √ 2 15 14
Total 30 30 40
INDEX: Blooms level: U – Understand, E –Evaluate, C= Create QFE Alignment: K- Knowledge; S- Skills, A&R - Autonomy & Responsibility; SD- Self-Development; RC-Role in Context
This course is assessed by a combination of two assignments, and a term paper. Each Assignment worth 30% of the course total marks (making a total of 60%) and the term paper at the end constitutes 40% of the course grade. The final course grade is assigned according to the following:
% Marks Grade Quality Points
90-100 A 4.0
87-89 A- 3.7
84-86 B+ 3.5
80-83 B 3.0
77-79 B- 2.7
74-76 C+ 2.3
70-73 C 2.0
0- 69 F (Fail) 0
Assessments
Assessment Description CLO Weight Due Date
Assignment 1 Students are expected to read an article on this subject and are asked to identify the research gap, research questions, theories, research design, and key variables. These are to be discussed relation to the subject matter Submission: A Report and a PowerPoint Presentation
1 & 2
30 Week 4
Assignment 2 Students are given another article where they have to analyze and answer questions similar to Assignment 1. However, more attention is given to the methodology and results section. Students are to critically evaluate the methods and results of the analyses as reported in the article and also give suggestions on how to take that research forward. Submission: A Report and a PowerPoint Presentation
2 & 3
30 Week 8
Term Paper The term paper resembles a working paper on the student’s Research Proposal. Since the student will have already chosen their specialization in accounting, the students work (especially the literature review) has to contain relevant citations/theories from this course. The structure of the term paper will consist of the following headings: Title, Introduction, Literature Review, Research Methodology,
1, 2 & 3
40 Week 9
187
Expected Results, ethical considerations, work plan and references. Submission: A Report and a PowerPoint Presentation
Teaching Methods: Teaching methods used in this course are:
1. Handouts and reading material uploaded on the On-line Learning Management System (Moodle), available on-line at: http://udmoodle/login/index.php
2. Lectures (online during Covid-19 period) 3. Discussion of Peer-reviewed Journal Articles. 4. Written assessments and presentations (online during COVID-19 period), with immediate feedback.
Detailed Course outline
Weekly/Daily Teaching Plan
Day/
Week
Lecture
Relation
to CLO
Chapter Objectives Assignment / Reading
1 1 1 Research in the area of
Auditing
Steve Buchheit, William R. Pasewark and
Jerry R. Strawser. (2009) “A comparison of
auditor and non-auditor performance
evaluations: Are accountants harsh critics?”
Managerial Auditing Journal, Vol. 24, No. 1,
pp 22-38.
Peecher, M.E., R. Schwartz, and I. Solomon
(2007), it’s all about audit
quality:Perspectives on strategic-systems
auditing, Accounting, Organizations and
Society 32, pp. 463-485.
Knechel, W.R. 2007, The business risk audit:
Origins, obstacles and opportunities,
Accounting, Organizations and Society 32,
pp. 383-408.
2 2 1 Critique
Hun-Tong Tan; Yip-Ow, Jackson (Winter 2011), Are
reviewers' judgments influenced by memo structure
and conclusions documented in audit work papers?,
Contemporary Accounting Research Vol. 18 , pp. 663-
678
Agoglia, Christopher P ,Hatfield, Richard C; and Brazel,
Joseph F (May 2009), The Effects of Audit Review
Format on Review Team Judgments, Auditing, Vol. 28 ,
pp. 95-111.
188
Fukukawa, Hironori , Mock, Theodore J (Feb. 2011),
Audit Risk Assessments Using Belief versus Probability,
Auditing, Vol. 30, pp. 75-99.
DeZoort, F Todd, Hermanson, Dana R; Houston,
Richard W (May 2008), Audit Committee Member
Support for Proposed Audit Adjustments: Pre-SOX
versus Post-SOX Judgments, . Auditing , Vol. 27 , pp.
85-104.
3 3 2 Research in the area of
International Accounting
Prather-Kinsey, Jenice J, Prather-Kinsey,
Jenice, Rueschhoff, Norlin G (2004), An
Analysis of International Accounting
Research in U.S.- and Non-U.S.-Based
Academic Accounting Journals, Journal of
International Accounting Research, Vol. 3,
pp. 63-81.
Akisik, Orhan, Akisik, Orhan , Akisik, Orhan,
and Pfeiffer, Ray (2009), Globalization, US
foreign investments and accounting
standards, . Review of Accounting & Finance,
Vol. 8, pp. 5-37.
4 4 2 Critique
ASSIGNMENT 1 DUE
Meek, Gary K and Thomas, Wayne B. (2004), A Review
of Markets-Based International Accounting Research,
Journal of International Accounting Research, Vol. 3 (1)
pp. 21-41.
Carnegie, Garry D. and Napier, Christopher (2002),
Exploring comparative international accounting
history, Accounting, Auditing & Accountability Journal,
Vol. 15 (5) , pp. 689-718.
5 5 3 Proposed or new
financial
accounting/auditing
standards. These will
be selected based on
the current
developments.
R Gray - International journal of auditing, 2000 Current
developments and trends in social and environmental
auditing, reporting and attestation: a review and
comment
R Gray, D Owen, K Maunders - Accounting, Auditing &
…, 1988 Corporate social reporting: emerging trends in
accountability and the social contract
6 6 4 Critique
RL Burritt, S Schaltegger - Accounting,
Auditing & Accountability …, 2010
Sustainability accounting and reporting: fad
or trend?
189
Class Attendance
Attendance and participation in all classes (which are online during the COVID-19 period) are mandatory. This is
essential to the process of education at UD since the students' involvement with their instructors and fellow peers
are vital components of their academic preparation. Absences hinder academic progress, and affects the student’s
learning ability and grades. UD regulations for attendance and absenteeism warnings imposed on all courses are
stipulated in this section as follows:
a) All courses are offered in two consecutive sessions of two hour and twenty minutes each. A 20-minute break is given after the first session.
b) A faculty member must take attendance in each session.
c) If a student misses more than four sessions out of the 18 sessions in a course for non-acceptable reasons as deemed by the Instructor, he/ she will receive a grade of “FA” for the course, which counts like a failed course (See Table 1). The student must then repeat the course in the following term. However, the student shall have the right to attend the remaining classes of the course. Repeating a course entails a financial charge.
d) A student must work independently to catch up on missed lectures’ material.
7
7 4 Proposed or new
international accounting
standards. These will be
selected based on the
current developments
RH Herz, KR Petrone - Nw. J. Int'l L. & Bus., 2004
Internaitonal Convergence of Accounting Standards-
Perspectives from the FASB on Challenges and
Opportunities Page 5 … 644 Page 15
L Hail, C Leuz, P Wysocki - Accounting Horizons, 2010
Global accounting convergence and the potential
adoption of IFRS by the US (Part II): Political factors
and future scenarios for US accounting standards
8
8 1,2,3 Critique
ASSIGNMENT 2 DUE
MD Chatham, RK Larson, A Vietze - Advances in
Accounting, 2010 Issues affecting the development of
an international accounting standard on financial
instruments
S Gallhofer, J Haslam - Socio-Economic Review, 2007
Exploring social, political and economic dimensions of
accounting in the global context: the International
Accounting Standards Board and accounting
disaggregation
9 9 1,2,3 TERM PAPER Presentation
10 Feedback Suggestions for future
190
Table 1: Absenteeism Percentages
Duration of Session Weeks/ Class Sessions
Percentage and Number of Session Absences
10% 20%
25% (Deprived or Withdrawn)
2 hour 20 minutes 9 (18 sessions) 2 Absences 4 Absences 5 Absences
Student Academic Integrity (UD Policy 5.18)
Student Academic misconduct is an academic violation that covers but not limited to plagiarism, misrepresentation, fabrication, facilitation, and cheating in exams.
Apart from exam cheating and plagiarism, the decision on whether or not to treat an academic misconduct as a violation of the Code of Student Conduct, is at the discretion of the instructor.
For more details on UD Policy of Academic Misconduct, please refer to UD Code of Conduct available at this link: https://ud.ac.ae/on-campus/graduate-catalog
Plagiarism
Plagiarism refers to representing another person’s words or ideas as one’s own in any academic exercise. The University of Dubai has zero tolerance towards plagiarism (i.e. any portion of a submitted document that contains plagiarism will lead to the appropriate penalty). Every academic submission made by a student should be a work of his own and also not be self-plagiarized. In all cases of plagiarism whether it is blatant or self-plagiarism, students will be held accountable for violation of academic integrity which also includes a penalty for their dishonesty.
Types of Plagiarism
• Self: A student’s work reproduced more than once for the same course or for other courses without prior permission(s) of the instructor(s) involved is, an act of plagiarism. Students should be very careful when quoting or paraphrasing (properly citing material).
• Accidental: This type of plagiarism occurs when a student does not cite the sources or paraphrases a source
by using identical words without attribution.
• Blatant: Student’s work reproduced from a fellow student or any other information source intentionally
without proper acknowledgement is a serious act of plagiarism. This type of plagiarism will lead to the
strict penalty that can include non-grading of course work all the way to failing of the course as deemed
by the faculty.
UD uses “Turnitin” software in Moodle to detect extent of similarity (through similarity index). Turnitin is used by both students and faculty to support in the learning process to understand the usage degree of the cited research material. The generated origination report from Moodle will support in the process.
For the above objective, Turnitin tool will be used by the faculty for all the graded assignments, exams, projects.
The faculty has the right to make final decision in regard to the students’ grades work in determining the student work integrity based on the criteria and the faculty awareness of the student’s work level.
Removal of a Graduate Degree
The Disciplinary Sanction is applied to graduate students when the Master thesis or the PhD. Dissertation is found to be plagiarized; the Master or Doctoral Degree will be removed from the student.
Students who are registered in this course must strictly adhere to Student Academic Integrity Policy. Failure to do so will subject students to the sanctions stated in the UD Code of Conduct available at this link: https://ud.ac.ae/on-campus/graduate-catalog
191
MOODLE
Important information about the course and supplementary exercises will be posted on Moodle. You are
automatically given access to Moodle, using your UD username and password, when you register for the course.
The course evaluation is also done via Moodle.
ACC 750 - Business valuation
DUBAI BUSINESS SCHOOL
Term Academic Year
Program PhD Graduate X
Course Name Business valuation Course Code ACC750
192
Credit Hour 3 Pre-requisite None Co-requisite None
Class Time Days Room
Instructor
Name Email Phone Office Hours
Course Description:
This seminar develops students’ skills and ability to read and critically evaluate published empirical
research in accounting using different research paradigms. It emphasizes use of survey methods, use of
secondary data, use of quasi experiments, use of the historical approach, and experimental economics.
Course Objectives:
The course is designed to achieve the following objectives:
1. Synthesize relevant literature using different empirical research paradigms.
2. Evaluate position for or against a proposed or new research paradigm.
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO)
Upon completion of this course, students should be able to:
1. Review relevant literature on business valuation. 2. Critique a proposed or new business valuation to support it or refute it. 3. Integrate reviewed literature in a research proposal on a specific topic in the field
This Course is Linked to the following Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs):
1. Acquire advanced knowledge through the understanding of key concepts, theories, and current issues in the given business domain.
2. Critically review theoretical literature/practical business-oriented challenges and develop a framework for empirical investigation
3. Apply a range of qualitative and quantitative research methodologies to develop innovative solutions of current business-oriented challenges
4. Create new knowledge through conceptualizing, designing, and conducting empirical research
193
Educational Resources
Educational Resource Description
Textbooks Required Financial Accounting Theory by William Scott (Prentice Hall, 2019).
References Articles listed in the Weekly Teaching Plan and supplementary material provided in class
Supporting Reading Details of Research articles in the Weekly Teaching Plan (R) are available from UD library resources (online)
CLO Assessment Scheme
CLO QFE Alignment √
Linked to CO
Linked to PLO
Class Work (marks) 60%
Term Paper 40%
Blooms Level
K S AR SD RC
Assessment
One 30% Assessment
Two 30%
1 U √ 1 15 13
2 E √ √ 2 15 15 13
3 C √ √ √ 2 15 14
Total 30 30 40
INDEX: Blooms level: U – Understand, E –Evaluate, C= Create QFE Alignment: K- Knowledge; S- Skills, A&R - Autonomy & Responsibility; SD- Self-Development; RC-Role in Context
This course is assessed by a combination of two assignments, and a term paper. Each Assignment worth 30% of the course total marks (making a total of 60%) and the term paper at the end constitutes 40% of the course grade. The final course grade is assigned according to the following:
% Marks Grade Quality Points
90-100 A 4.0
87-89 A- 3.7
84-86 B+ 3.5
80-83 B 3.0
77-79 B- 2.7
74-76 C+ 2.3
70-73 C 2.0
0- 69 F (Fail) 0
Assessments
Assessment Description CLO Weight Due Date
Assignment 1 Students are expected to read an article on this subject and are asked to answer the questions as per the Comprehensive Exam Format, i.e., identify the research gap, research questions, theories, research design, and key variables. These are to be discussed relation to the subject matter Submission: A Report and a PowerPoint Presentation
1 & 2
30 Week 4
Assignment 2 Assignment 2 is Similar to Assig 1, but here, students are expected to comment more on the analyses and practical implications and limitations of the research. Students are required to critically evaluate the methods and results of the analyses as reported in the article and also give suggestions on how to take that research forward. Where appropriate, alternative databases and analyses will be presented Submission: A Report and a PowerPoint Presentation
2 & 3
30 Week 8
Term Paper The term paper resembles a working paper on the student’s Research Proposal. Since the student will have already chosen
1, 2 & 3
40 Week 9
194
their specialization in management, the students work (especially the literature review) has to contain relevant citations/theories from this course. The structure of the term paper will consist of the following headings: Title, Introduction, Literature Review, Research Methodology, Expected Results, ethical considerations, work plan and references. Submission: A Report and a PowerPoint Presentation
Teaching Methods: Teaching methods used in this course are:
1. Handouts and reading material uploaded on the On-line Learning Management System (Moodle), available on-line at: http://udmoodle/login/index.php
2. Lectures (online during Covid-19 period) 3. Discussion of Peer-reviewed Journal Articles. 4. Written assessments and presentations (online during COVID-19 period), with immediate feedback.
Detailed Course outline
Weekly/Daily Teaching Plan
Day/Week Lecture
Relation to CLO
Chapter Objectives Assignment / Reading
1, 1 2
Introduction to Research Paradigms in Accounting
Jacob G. Birnberg (2011), “A Proposed Framework for Behavioral Accounting Research,” Behavioral Research in Accounting, Spring, Vol. 23, No. 1, pp. 1-43 Ken T. Trotman (2011), “A Different Personal Perspective through the Behavioral Accounting Literature,” Behavioral Research in Accounting, Spring, Vol. 23, No. 1, pp. 203-208 BD Merino (1993), “An analysis of the development of accounting knowledge: a pragmatic approach, “Accounting, Organizations and Society, Vol. 18, No. 2-3, pp. 165-185 Barbara D. Merino and Alan G. Mayper (1993), “Accounting history and empirical research,” The Accounting Historians Journal, Vol. 20, No. 2, pp. 237-267
,2 2 2
Use of Survey Methods
- W.A. Van der Stede, S.M. Young and C.X. Chen (2007), “Assessing the quality of evidence in empirical management accounting research: The case of survey studies,” Accounting, Organizations and Society - Richard C. Hatfield, Scott B. Jackson, and Scott D. Vandervelde (2011) The Effects of Prior Auditor Involvement and Client Pressure on Proposed Audit Adjustments,” Behavioral Research in Accounting, Vol. 23, No. 2, pp. 117-130 - Robert J. Parker, Hossein Nouri, and Andrew F. Hayes (2011), “Distributive Justice, Promotion Instrumentality, and Turnover Intentions in Public Accounting
195
Firms,” Behavioral Research in Accounting Vol. 23, No. 2, pp. 169-186 - Steven E. Kaplan, Kelly Richmond Pope, and Janet A. Samuels (2010), “The Effect of Social Confrontation on Individuals’ Intentions to Internally Report Fraud,” Behavioral Research in Accounting, Fall, Vol. 22, No. 2, pp. 51-67 - Bernard Wong-On-Wing, Lan Guo, and Gladie Lui (2010), “Intrinsic and Extrinsic Motivation and Participation in Budgeting: Antecedents and Consequences,” Behavioral Research in Accounting, Fall, Vol. 22, No. 2, pp. 133-153 Michael D. Kimbrough and Henock Louis (2011), Voluntary Disclosure to Influence Investor Reactions to Merger Announcements: An Examination of Conference Calls,” The Accounting Review , March 2011, Vol. 86, No. 2, pp. 637-667
3 3 1
Use of Secondary Data Methods
- Mohamed Shehata (1991), “Self-Selection Bias and the Economic Consequences of Accounting Regulation: An Application of Two-Stage Switching Regression to SFAS No. 2, “The Accounting Review, Vol. 66, No. 4, pp. 768-787 - Somnath Das, Kyonghee Kim, and Sukesh Patro (2011), “An Analysis of Managerial Use and Market Consequences of Earnings Management and Expectation Management,” The Accounting Review, Vol. 86, No. 6, pp. 1935-1967 - Feng Gu and Baruch Lev (2011), “Overpriced Shares, Ill-Advised Acquisitions, and Goodwill Impairment,” The Accounting Review, November 2011, Vol. 86, No. 6, pp. 1995-2022 - Gus De Franco, M. H. Franco Wong, and Yibin Zhou (2011), “Accounting Adjustments and the Valuation of Financial Statement Note Information in 10-K Filings,” The Accounting Review, September 2011, Vol. 86, No. 5, pp. 1577-1604 - Anne Beyer and Ilan Guttman (2011), “The Effect of Trading Volume on Analysts’ Forecast Bias,” The Accounting Review, March 2011, Vol. 86, No. 2, pp. 451-481
4 4 1
Use of Quasi Experimental Methods ASSIGNMENT 1 DUE
Jessen L. Hobson, Mark J. Mellon, and
Douglas E. Stevens (2011), “Determinants of
Moral Judgments Regarding Budgetary Slack:
An Experimental Examination of Pay Scheme
and Personal Values,” Behavioral Research in
196
Accounting, Spring, Vol. 23, No. 1, pp. 87-
107
- Robert Pinsker (2011), “Primacy or
Recency? A Study of Order Effects When
Nonprofessional Investors are Provided a
Long Series of Disclosures,” Behavioral
Research in Accounting, Spring, Vol. 23, No.
1, pp. 161-183
5 5 2
Use of Quasi Experimental
Methods
. Anthony D. Nikias, Steven T. Schwartz, Eric E. Spires, Jim R. Wollscheid, and Richard A. Young (2010), “The Effects of Aggregation and Timing on Budgeting: An Experiment, ” Behavioral Research in Accounting, Spring, Vol. 22, No. 1, pp. 67-83 Karl J. Wang, Negotiating a Fair Value under Accounting Uncertainty: A Laboratory Experiment,” Behavioral Research in Accounting, Spring, Vol. 22, No. 1, pp. 109-134
6 6 3
Use of Historical Approach
- GARY JOHN (1990), “Accounting History: Definition and Relevance,” ABACUS, Vol. 26, No. 1, pp. 1-16. - AM Tinker, BD Merino (1982),“The normative origins of positive theories: ideology and accounting thought,” Accounting, Organizations and Society, Vol. 7, No. 2, pp. 167-200. - BD Merino (1982), “Disclosure regulation and public policy a sociohistorical reappraisal,” Journal of Accounting and Public Policy, Vol. 1, No. 1, pp. 33-57 BD Merino (1998), “Critical theory and accounting history: challenges and opportunities,” Critical Perspectives on Accounting, Vol. 9, No. 6, pp. 603-616
7
7 3
Use of Experimental Economics:
Steven J. Kachelmeier and Mohamed Shehata (1997), “Internal Auditing and Voluntary Cooperation in Firms: A Cross-Cultural Experiment,” The Accounting Review Vol. 72, No. 3, pp. 407-431 - Steven J. Kachelmeier and Mohamed Shehata (1992), “Examining Risk Preferences Under High Monetary Incentives: Experimental Evidence from the People's Republic of China,” The American Economic Review Vol. 82, No. 5, pp. 1120-1141
8
8 1,2,3 Use of Experimental Economics: ASSIGNMENT 2 DUE
. Bryan Church, James C. Gaa, S. M. Khalid
Nainar & Mohamed M. Shehata (2005).
197
Class Attendance
Attendance and participation in all classes (which are online during the COVID-19 period) are mandatory. This is essential to the
process of education at UD since the students' involvement with their instructors and fellow peers are vital components of their
academic preparation. Absences hinder academic progress, and affects the student’s learning ability and grades. UD regulations
for attendance and absenteeism warnings imposed on all courses are stipulated in this section as follows:
a) All courses are offered in two consecutive sessions of two hour and twenty minutes each. A 20-minute break is given after the first session.
b) A faculty member must take attendance in each session.
c) If a student misses more than four sessions out of the 18 sessions in a course for non-acceptable reasons as deemed by the Instructor, he/ she will receive a grade of “FA” for the course, which counts like a failed course (See Table 1). The student must then repeat the course in the following term. However, the student shall have the right to attend the remaining classes of the course. Repeating a course entails a financial charge.
d) A student must work independently to catch up on missed lectures’ material.
Table 1: Absenteeism Percentages
Duration of Session Weeks/ Class Sessions
Percentage and Number of Session Absences
10% 20%
25% (Deprived or Withdrawn)
2 hour 20 minutes 9 (18 sessions) 2 Absences 4 Absences 5 Absences
Student Academic Integrity (UD Policy 5.18) Student Academic misconduct is an academic violation that covers but not limited to plagiarism, misrepresentation, fabrication, facilitation, and cheating in exams.
Apart from exam cheating and plagiarism, the decision on whether or not to treat an academic misconduct as a violation of the Code of Student Conduct, is at the discretion of the instructor.
Experimental Evidence Relating to the
Person-Situation Interactionist Model of
Ethical Decision Making. Business Ethics
Quarterly Vol. 15 (3):363-383.
Mohamed M. Ahmed, Kun Young Chung &
John W. Eichenseher (2003). Business
Students' Perception of Ethics and Moral
Judgment: A Cross-Cultural Study. Journal of
Business Ethics 43 (1-2):89 - 102.
V. Umashanker Trivedi, Mohamed Shehata &
Bernadette Lynn (2003). Impact of Personal
and Situational Factors on Taxpayer
Compliance: An Experimental Analysis.
Journal of Business Ethics 47 (3):175 - 197
9 9 1,2,3 Term Paper Presentation and Discussion. Each student is expected to be actively involved in the discussion of the papers presented.
198
For more details on UD Policy of Academic Misconduct, please refer to UD Code of Conduct available at this link: https://ud.ac.ae/on-campus/graduate-catalog
Plagiarism Plagiarism refers to representing another person’s words or ideas as one’s own in any academic exercise. The University of Dubai has zero tolerance towards plagiarism (i.e. any portion of a submitted document that contains plagiarism will lead to the appropriate penalty). Every academic submission made by a student should be a work of his own and also not be self-plagiarized. In all cases of plagiarism whether it is blatant or self-plagiarism, students will be held accountable for violation of academic integrity which also includes a penalty for their dishonesty.
Types of Plagiarism
• Self: A student’s work reproduced more than once for the same course or for other courses without prior permission(s) of the instructor(s) involved is, an act of plagiarism. Students should be very careful when quoting or paraphrasing (properly citing material).
• Accidental: This type of plagiarism occurs when a student does not cite the sources or
paraphrases a source by using identical words without attribution.
• Blatant: Student’s work reproduced from a fellow student or any other information source
intentionally without proper acknowledgement is a serious act of plagiarism. This type of
plagiarism will lead to the strict penalty that can include non-grading of course work all the way
to failing of the course as deemed by the faculty.
UD uses “Turnitin” software in Moodle to detect extent of similarity (through similarity index). Turnitin is used by both students and faculty to support in the learning process to understand the usage degree of the cited research material. The generated origination report from Moodle will support in the process.
For the above objective, Turnitin tool will be used by the faculty for all the graded assignments, exams, projects.
The faculty has the right to make final decision in regard to the students’ grades work in determining the student work integrity based on the criteria and the faculty awareness of the student’s work level.
Removal of a Graduate Degree The Disciplinary Sanction is applied to graduate students when the Master thesis or the PhD. Dissertation is found to be plagiarized; the Master or Doctoral Degree will be removed from the student.
Students who are registered in this course must strictly adhere to Student Academic Integrity Policy. Failure to do so will subject students to the sanctions stated in the UD Code of Conduct available at this link: https://ud.ac.ae/on-campus/graduate-catalog
MOODLE Important information about the course and supplementary exercises will be posted on Moodle. You are
automatically given access to Moodle, using your UD username and password, when you register for the
course. The course evaluation is also done via Moodle.